Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Morgan Sindall Group

Morgan Sindall Group

mgns · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mgns
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Morgan Sindall Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 R
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
C

Annual Report 2017

Who we are

Morgan Sindall Group is a leading UK construction and 
regeneration group. We offer support at every stage of a 
project’s life cycle through our six divisions of Construction & 
Infrastructure, Fit Out, Property Services, Partnership Housing, 
Urban Regeneration and Investments.

What we do

An overview of our market

Our Group strategy

Our construction services 
include design, new build, fit out, 
refurbishment and property 
maintenance, working on 
standalone projects or through 
strategic alliances. In regeneration 
we work in close partnership with 
landowners, local authorities and 
housing associations to revive cities 
with mixed-use developments.

Four macroeconomic trends 
will support long-term growth in 
the Group: the housing shortage; 
investment in infrastructure; 
population growth; and pressure 
on the public sector to achieve 
savings in managing their assets. 
We target growing markets 
that match our expertise.

We specialise in construction 
and regeneration, investing cash 
from our construction activities 
in long-term regeneration 
programmes. This strategy is 
supported by our objectives of 
winning work, retaining talented 
people, a disciplined use of 
capital, maximising resources 
and innovating.

See inside front cover

See pages 4 to 5

See pages 16 to 17

Our structure and approach

Our core values and commitments How we manage our business

We are a decentralised 
organisation. Our divisions have 
the autonomy to meet the needs 
of their markets and the flexibility 
to innovate and react quickly to 
opportunities. The Group is also 
cohesive. Our divisions achieve 
synergies by sharing opportunities 
and collaborating on schemes.

We share one set of core values 
throughout the Group that guide 
our approach to everything we 
do. Aligned to these values, our 
Group-wide Total Commitments 
to being a responsible business 
support our strategy and are 
measured against performance 
targets.

We measure our performance 
using financial and non-financial 
performance indicators related to 
our strategic objectives. Principal 
risks are identified and managed 
at divisional and Group level. 
Our risk governance system is 
designed to ensure that risks 
are reviewed at every level.

See pages 24 to 47

See pages 15 and 17

See pages 48 to 60

Our 2017 annual report is part of a suite of publications that also includes our 2017 responsible business report 
and environmental, social and governance data sheet. All reports can be downloaded from our website at 
morgansindall.com. (The responsible business report and data sheet will be available from mid-April 2018.)

FRONT COVER: 55 Colmore Row, Birmingham. Three new floors and refurbishment of existing space delivered by Construction & Infrastructure, 
while retaining the Grade II listed Victorian terrace façade. In the same building, Fit Out completed two floors of office space for international 
law firm, Pinsent Masons, and in 2018 will be carrying out two further projects for RICS and Savills.

At a glance The Group is structured around our two distinct but  complementary activities, construction and regeneration.

R
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
C

Construction 
& Infrastructure
Page 28

Revenue

£1,395m

2016: £1,321m

Fit Out 

Page 32

Revenue

£735m

2016: £634m

Property  
Services
Page 36

Revenue

£66m

2016: £55m

Partnership  
Housing
Page 38

Revenue

£474m

2016: £433m

Urban  
Regeneration
Page 42

Revenue

£175m

2016: £156m

Operating profit — adjusted*

Operating profit — adjusted*

Operating (loss)/profit — adjusted*

Operating profit — adjusted*

Operating profit — adjusted*

£20.4m

2016: £8.9m

£39.1m

2016: £27.5m

(£1.3m)

2016: £0.7m

£14.1m

2016: £13.4m

Fit out and refurbishment expertise
Overbury specialises in fit out and 
refurbishment in commercial, central 
and local government offices, further 
education and retail banking. 

Integrated property 
maintenance programmes
Provides response and planned 
maintenance to social housing 
and the wider public sector.

Morgan Lovell provides office 
interior design and build services 
direct to occupiers.

Responsible business
New initiatives to keep people 
safe on site include a safety 
app developed in house and 
a consultant-led programme 
to drive behavioural change.

Responsible business
A recognised market leader 
in the social enterprise model, 
investing in retraining local 
unemployed people and 
helping them back into work.

Housing-led regeneration
Works in partnerships with local authorities 
and housing associations. Activities include 
mixed-tenure developments, building and 
developing homes for open market sale and 
for social/affordable rent, design and build 
contracting and planned maintenance 
and refurbishment.

Responsible business
Continually develops close connections to 
local communities through relationships with 
local authorities and housing associations, 
particularly through apprenticeship and 
employment schemes.

Delivering vital UK infrastructure 
and construction
Provides infrastructure services in 
the highways, rail, aviation, energy, 
water and nuclear markets, including 
tunnel design; and construction 
services in education, healthcare, 
defence, commercial, industrial, 
leisure and retail. BakerHicks 
offers a multidisciplinary design 
and engineering consultancy.

Responsible business
Award-winning participant in 
the mental health charity, Mind’s, 
Workplace Wellbeing Index, 
and launched a returnships 
programme to attract people 
back to work after a voluntary 
break (see page 31).

Investments
Page 46

£10.0m

2016: £13.4m

Mixed-use urban regeneration
Works with landowners and public sector 
partners to transform the urban landscape 
through the development of multi-phase 
sites and mixed-use regeneration, including 
residential, commercial, retail and leisure.

Responsible business
From Aberdeen to Plymouth, breathing 
life back into 14 town centres across 
the country in 2017.

Operating profit/(loss) — adjusted*

 £0.5m

2016: (£2.0m)

Securing long-term construction and regeneration 
opportunities through strategic partnerships
Provides the Group with construction and regeneration opportunities 
through various strategic partnerships to develop under-utilised 
property assets.

Responsible business
Working with local authorities and NHS trusts to make 
the best use of their estates and enable them to deliver 
front-line services to their local communities. Its 15-20 
year programmes create long-term social value.

* Adjusted is defined as before intangible amortisation of £1.2m (2016: intangible amortisation of £1.4m and (in the case of earnings per share) deferred tax credit  due to changes in the statutory tax rate of £0.7m). The following strategic report is given on an adjusted basis, unless otherwise stated.

Performance highlights

Sustainable growth

Order book

£3.8bn
+6%

2016: £3.6bn

Shareholder returns

Regeneration and development pipeline

Gross margin

£3.2bn
+1%

2016: £3.2bn

9.8%
+30bps

2016: 9.5%

Profit before tax (adjusted*)

Basic earnings per share (adjusted*)

Total dividend

£66.1m
+46%

2016: £45.3m

Profit before tax

£64.9m

2016: £43.9m

121.1p
+43%

2016: 84.7p

Basic earnings per share

118.8p

2016: 83.3p

45.0p
+29%

2016: 35.0p

Social responsibility

Accident frequency rate1

Carbon intensity2

Apprentices and new graduates

0.09
–36%

2016: 0.14

10.2
–15%

2016: 12.0

217
+30%

2016: 167

1  The number of RIDDOR3 reportable accidents multiplied by 100,000 and divided by the number of hours worked.

2  Carbon intensity is total carbon emissions divided by revenue.

3  The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013.

Contents

Strategic report

At a glance

Chairman’s statement

Market overview

Business model

Chief Executive’s statement

Strategic framework

Key performance indicators

Financial review

Operating review

Principal risks

Governance

IFC

Board of directors

Executive team

Corporate governance report

Remuneration report

Directors’ report

62

64

66

83

97

Directors’ responsibilities statement

100

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report

Consolidated financial statements

Company financial statements

Shareholder information

102

111

138

146

02

04

06

14

16

18

20

24

48

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 01

Strategic reportChairman’s statement

This is my second statement since joining the Group and I am 
pleased to report a strong performance in 2017. We have remained 
committed to our values and focused on delivering our strategy, while 
creating long-term benefit for all our stakeholders.

Daily average cash

£118m

(2016: £25m)

I have now completed my first full 
financial year at the Group. During the 
year I and the non-executive directors 
met with the divisional managing 
directors and their teams, and visited 
a number of their projects. This provided 
us with valuable knowledge of operations 
and assisted in our reviews of the 
divisions’ strategic plans.

Performance
The Group achieved growth in 2017 and 
ended the year with a robust balance 
sheet which gives us flexibility to invest 
in the business. Revenue for the year 
was up 9% at £2,793m (2016: £2,562m), 
with adjusted profit before tax up 46% 
to £66.1m (2016: £45.3m).

The cash performance of the Group 
has also remained strong, due to a 
disciplined monitoring of average 
daily cash levels together with our 
tight management of working capital.

Values and strategy 
Our core values and our Total 
Commitments to being a responsible 
business (set out on pages 15 and 17) 
are at the heart of our culture, supporting 
our strategic objectives and underpinning 
our performance. Every new employee 
is inducted in our core values, and 
encouraged to adopt them as part 
of their approach to work and their 
relations with colleagues and 
external stakeholders.

02 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report“We have stayed focused 
on our strategy of specialising 
in construction and regeneration.”

Our Total Commitments focus primarily 
on our stakeholders, and the importance 
of engaging with them is driven by the 
Board. Our directors communicate 
regularly with institutional investors and 
analysts, and deliver presentations at 
each results announcement (see page 
71). Our divisions develop stakeholder 
engagement programmes tailored to 
their individual businesses. More detail 
of these initiatives can be found in our 
operating review on pages 26 to 27, 
together with the results of a survey 
recently undertaken with our 
stakeholders on social and 
environmental issues.

We have stayed focused on our strategy 
of specialising in construction and 
regeneration, which is supported by the 
UK’s need for new housing, improved 
infrastructure and urban regeneration. 
Operating in both the public and 
commercial sectors, we continue to 
target markets where demand is stable 
or growing and our divisions have the 
experience and the ability to deliver 
what is needed.

Board changes
I would like to welcome Tracey Killen 
to the Board, who joined us in May 
as a non-executive director. Tracey is 
director of personnel at the John Lewis 
Partnership and brings expertise in 
strategy development, business planning 
and corporate governance. I believe 
Tracey’s significant commercial and HR 
experience will contribute valuable new 
skills, knowledge and insight to Board 
discussions. Tracey will become chair 
of the remuneration committee in 2018.

Simon Gulliford has decided not to 
stand for re-election at the 2018 annual 
general meeting, and will therefore be 
leaving the Board with effect from the 
conclusion of the meeting. I would like to 
thank Simon for his valued contribution 
to the Board and its committees during 
his time as a director.

Dividend
The total dividend for the year has been 
increased by 29% to 45.0p per share 
(2016: 35.0p), which includes a proposed 
increase in the final dividend of 32% to 
29.0p per share (2016: 22.0p), reflecting 
the improved result in the year and the 
Board’s confidence in the future 
prospects of the Group.

Looking ahead
Our 2017 results demonstrate our 
continued progress in executing our 
strategy and can be credited to the 
hard work of our 6,400 employees, 
who I would like to thank on behalf of the 
Board. To sustain these achievements, 
the Board will ensure that our divisions 
engage in continuous succession 
planning, training and development, 
as well as initiatives to increase our 
diversity and inclusiveness, so that 
we have the best people in place to 
deliver our strategy and growth over 
the long term.

Michael Findlay
Chairman

22 February 2018

Governance principles

 Leadership
See pages 67 to 69

 Effectiveness

 Relations with shareholders 

See pages 69 to 71 and 73 to 74

See page 71

Board members rigorously challenge 
each other on strategy, performance, 
responsibility and accountability to 
ensure that we make high-quality 
decisions.

Culture and values
We are dedicated to running 
a responsible and sustainable 
business. See our 2017 responsible 
business report for more information.

The Board’s performance was scrutinised 
in our annual evaluation and the actions 
arising from the results are set out in our 
governance report on page 71. Succession 
planning and the composition of the Board 
and its committees have also remained 
a key focus. 

Maintaining strong relationships with 
our shareholders, both private and 
institutional, is crucial to achieving 
our aims. We hold various events 
throughout the year to keep an 
open dialogue with investors. 

 Accountability

See pages 77 to 82

All our decisions are discussed in the 
context of the risks involved. Effective 
risk management is central to achieving 
our strategic objectives.

 Remuneration
See pages 83 to 96

The Board ensures that there is 
a clear link between remuneration 
and delivery of the Group’s strategy.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 03

Strategic reportMarket overview

There are four fundamental long-term trends that will support growth 
in the Group over the next 10 to 20 years. We target sectors that are 
forecast to grow and our diverse portfolio of activities mitigates the 
impact of fluctuations within each market.

Long-term trends

Housing shortages

Investment in infrastructure

Population growth

Constrained public expenditure

Cost efficiencies 

required in the 

public sector

Despite reduced borrowing, the 

government has stated that debt 

is still too high and “it is vital that the 

government continues to control public 

spending and improve the productivity 

of public bodies and services” (2017 

Autumn Budget). The public sector 

therefore requires services that help 

it reduce its expenditure.

Opportunities for the Group

■  To deliver increased efficiencies in 

public sector assets and services 

through all divisions, via standalone 

projects or positions on local and 

national public sector frameworks 

(see pages 28 to 47 for further details).

■  To regenerate areas related to public 

sector land disposals and property 

consolidation.

■  To provide funding solutions for local 

authority and NHS Trust development 

schemes via Investments.

£15.3bn

£8bn

65.6m

new government financial support

increase in government investment fund

UK population at its largest ever

The housing shortage has made buying 
a new home less affordable, costing on 
average more than seven times annual 
earnings (Office for National Statistics 
(ONS)). In its 2017 Autumn Budget the 
government pledged support to build 
300,000 new homes per year by the 
end of the current Parliament, including 
£15.3bn of new financial support over 
the next five years. As a result of the 
reduced affordability of new homes, 
more people are turning to renting, 
and the private rented sector market 
is projected to grow from 19% to 25% 
of all UK households by 2020 (FT).

Opportunities for the Group
■  To deliver mixed-tenure homes, 
including social and affordable 
housing, in partnerships with local 
authorities and housing associations.
■  To provide accelerated housebuilding 

through continued investment in 
modern methods of construction.
■  To build homes for sale and private 
rent which can be forward-sold 
to investors.

Investment in infrastructure remains 
a government priority to boost 
UK productivity. The government 
announced in its 2017 Autumn 
Budget that it will expand its National 
Productivity Investment Fund for 
2016-2021 from £23bn to £31bn 
to underpin its industrial strategy, 
support innovation and upgrade the 
UK’s infrastructure, including housing. 
The Budget also announced a £1.7bn 
Transforming Cities Fund to improve 
local transport connections.

Opportunities for the Group
■  To deliver for the transport, energy, 

education, health and defence sectors 
through Construction & Infrastructure 
and for the housing sector through 
Partnership Housing.

■  To regenerate areas around 

transport hubs.

The UK population is at its largest ever 
at 65.6m in July 2016 and is projected 
to grow to over 70m by 2026 (ONS July 
2017). The increase on the previous year 
was the largest since the 12 months to 
mid-1947, although the annual growth 
rate at 0.8% is in line with the average 
since 2005. The population is also getting 
older, with 18% aged 65 and over (ONS).

Opportunities for the Group
■  To develop and regenerate urban areas.
■  To deliver, upgrade and maintain 
social infrastructure, particularly 
in our targeted markets of housing, 
education, transport and healthcare.
■  To deliver supported housing for the 

elderly, through Investments.

Median price paid for property 
and annual earnings indices
England and Wales 1997-2016

National Productivity Investment Fund:
£31bn until 2022–2023

UK population estimates 
and projections

Allocations to date:

Population

80m

400

300

200

100

0

Index (1997=100)

£11.5bn  Housing

£7.1bn 

Research and
development

70m

£4.9bn 

Transport

60m

— House prices 2016
— Earnings

£0.7bn 

Digital

1998

2002

2006

2010

2014

Costs are presented on a UK basis. Further allocations 
will be made at future fiscal events.

50m

0m

— Estimates
- - Projections

1960

1980

2000

2020

2040

Source: ONS

Source: Industrial Strategy: building a Britain fit for the 
future, HM Government

Source: ONS

Source: ONS

04 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report 
Long-term trends

Target markets

Housing shortages

Investment in infrastructure

Population growth

Constrained public expenditure

Our markets

£15.3bn

£8bn

65.6m

new government financial support

increase in government investment fund

UK population at its largest ever

The housing shortage has made buying 

Investment in infrastructure remains 

The UK population is at its largest ever 

a new home less affordable, costing on 

a government priority to boost 

average more than seven times annual 

UK productivity. The government 

earnings (Office for National Statistics 

announced in its 2017 Autumn 

at 65.6m in July 2016 and is projected 

to grow to over 70m by 2026 (ONS July 

2017). The increase on the previous year 

(ONS)). In its 2017 Autumn Budget the 

Budget that it will expand its National 

was the largest since the 12 months to 

government pledged support to build 

Productivity Investment Fund for 

300,000 new homes per year by the 

2016-2021 from £23bn to £31bn 

mid-1947, although the annual growth 

rate at 0.8% is in line with the average 

end of the current Parliament, including 

to underpin its industrial strategy, 

since 2005. The population is also getting 

£15.3bn of new financial support over 

support innovation and upgrade the 

older, with 18% aged 65 and over (ONS).

the next five years. As a result of the 

UK’s infrastructure, including housing. 

reduced affordability of new homes, 

The Budget also announced a £1.7bn 

more people are turning to renting, 

Transforming Cities Fund to improve 

and the private rented sector market 

local transport connections.

Opportunities for the Group

■  To develop and regenerate urban areas.

■  To deliver, upgrade and maintain 

social infrastructure, particularly 

in our targeted markets of housing, 

education, transport and healthcare.

■  To deliver supported housing for the 

elderly, through Investments.

is projected to grow from 19% to 25% 

of all UK households by 2020 (FT).

Opportunities for the Group

■  To deliver mixed-tenure homes, 

including social and affordable 

housing, in partnerships with local 

authorities and housing associations.

■  To provide accelerated housebuilding 

through continued investment in 

modern methods of construction.

■  To build homes for sale and private 

rent which can be forward-sold 

to investors.

Opportunities for the Group

■  To deliver for the transport, energy, 

education, health and defence sectors 

through Construction & Infrastructure 

and for the housing sector through 

Partnership Housing.

■  To regenerate areas around 

transport hubs.

Cost efficiencies 
required in the 
public sector

Despite reduced borrowing, the 
government has stated that debt 
is still too high and “it is vital that the 
government continues to control public 
spending and improve the productivity 
of public bodies and services” (2017 
Autumn Budget). The public sector 
therefore requires services that help 
it reduce its expenditure.

Opportunities for the Group
■  To deliver increased efficiencies in 
public sector assets and services 
through all divisions, via standalone 
projects or positions on local and 
national public sector frameworks 
(see pages 28 to 47 for further details).
■  To regenerate areas related to public 
sector land disposals and property 
consolidation.

■  To provide funding solutions for local 
authority and NHS Trust development 
schemes via Investments.

Public sector net borrowing
(excluding public sector banks)
April to November 2017 compared 
with April 2016 to March 2017, UK 

£bn

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

–10

— Cumulative full financial year
(April 2016 – March 2017)

— Cumulative financial year-to-date

(April – November 2017)

Apr

Jun

Aug

Oct

Dec

Feb

Source: ONS

Source: Industrial Strategy: building a Britain fit for the 

Source: ONS

Source: ONS

future, HM Government

Estimated overall construction 
market up 4.6% in 2017

Current market conditions 
The Construction Products Association (CPA) issued its industry 
forecast on 16 October 2017, estimating the overall UK construction 
market at £144bn in 2017 (2016: £138bn), up 4.6%. The CPA forecasts 
growth in the construction market to remain flat in 2018 and to rise 
2.0% in 2019. This includes growth in infrastructure work of 6.4% in 
2018 and 9.8% in 2019; growth in private housing of 2.0% in 2018 and 
2019; decline in office construction overall in the UK of 15.0% in 2018 
and 5.0% in 2019; and decline in retail construction of 5.0% in 2018 
and a rise of 2.0% in 2019.

The chart below shows our key targeted markets that contributed 
more than 5% to the Group’s revenue in 2017.

  Commercial

  Community and defence

  Education

  Social housing

  Other

  Transport

  Mixed-tenure housing

28%

16%

15%

12%

12%

10%

7%

See pages 28 to 47 in the operating review for more detail on our 
divisions’ markets.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 05

Strategic reportPage width = 210mm

Business model 

We offer construction and regeneration services in the public and 
commercial sectors. We reinvest cash from our construction activities 
into regeneration schemes that maximise longer-term value for all our 
stakeholders. Our specialism in these mutually supportive activities 
makes us competitive in the industry.

Construction

Construction & Infrastructure
Vital UK infrastructure and construction

Fit Out
Fit out and refurbishment expertise

Property Services
Response and planned
maintenance programmes

Investments

Repeat business 
and negotiated work
We work closely with 
our clients and partners 
to understand their needs 
and obtain their feedback 
to continuously improve. 
21% of the Group’s 
order book is in  
frameworks.

High performing 
employees
Bespoke training and 
personal development plans 
help employees reach their 
potential. We communicate 
our values and keep everyone 
informed of key business 
developments.

Profitability and 
capital investment 
to maximise 
shareholder returns
We foster good relationships 
with financial institutions. Equity 
partnerships with landowners 
help to avoid purchasing land 
on the open market and where 
possible we forward-sell 
the properties 
we build.

Inputs

Resources and  
relationships

Strong client and 
partner relationships

A talented workforce

Financial strength

High-quality supply chain

Technology

Our core values and 
Total Commitments 
(see pages 15 and 17)

E

U

L

A

V

G
N

I

T

A

R

E

s
t
n
e
m

t
i
m
m
o
C

l

a

t

o

T

N

E

G

Core 

Values

G

E

N

E

R

T

o

t

a

l

C

o

m

m

i

t

m

e

n

t

s

A

T

I

N

G

V

A

L

U

E

See pages 28 to 47 for the financial contribution from each construction and regeneration activity within our business model.

06 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
Page width = 207mm

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

Partnership Housing
Housing-led regeneration

Urban Regeneration
Mixed-use urban regeneration

Regeneration

E

U

L

A

V

G

N

I

T

A

R

E

s

t

n

e

m

t

i

m

m

o

C

l

a

t

o

T

N

E

G

G

E

N

Core 

Values

E

R

A

T

I

N
G

V
A
L

T

o

t

a

l

C
o
m
m
i
t

m
e
n
t
s

U

E

Investments

A loyal 
and motivated 
supply chain
We view our suppliers and 
subcontractors as partners and 
build long-term relationships 
with them based on trust. We 
support our subcontractors 
with constructive feedback 
and motivate them to 
achieve preferred 
status.

Technology 
as an enabler
New technology 
means faster, more efficient 
processes, improved methods 
of construction, better health 
and safety measures, and 
software that enables our 
employees to perform 
at higher levels.

Investment for 
long-term value
We invest in high quality 
services for clients, motivating 
our employees and supply 
chain, driving innovation and 
revitalising town centres. This 
helps create a sustainable 
business that leaves lasting 
legacies for local 
communities.

Outcomes

Benefits for stakeholders

Our clients and partners

Our people

Our shareholders

Our supply chain

The communities  
we work in

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 07

 
 
 
 
 
 
Page width = 197mm

Confidence
in

C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n

Page width = 197mm

the future

R
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

Page width = 197mm

Page width = 207mm

 Regeneration and 

A vibrant
 new city centre 
development

Project
Marischal Square, Aberdeen

Division
Urban Regeneration

Marischal Square is a new development 
in the heart of Aberdeen, delivered in 
partnership with Aberdeen City Council 
and funded by Aviva Investors. The £107m 
scheme completed in 2017, providing 
office, leisure and civic space on a site 
once dominated by the former council 
headquarters. New facilities include two 
office buildings with BREEAM ‘Excellent’

and energy performance ‘A’ ratings, 
providing 175,000 sq ft of Grade A 
office space, a 126-room Residence Inn 
by Marriott, and restaurants and bars. 
Public space was created, connecting 
the new buildings to Marischal College. 
Construction & Infrastructure was the 
main contractor on the scheme.

 £107m

scheme

Grade A office development 
offering views over the city.

ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 10

 
 
Page width = 207mm

Page width = 197mm

Construction

Collaborative working 
areas at RocketSpace.

11 ———  ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Building
high-tech
workspaces

Project
RocketSpace, North London

Division
Fit Out

Working in partnership with LOM architecture and design, a 1980s 
cash-handling facility was transformed into a state-of-the-art, co-working 
campus for tech start-up companies.

The building was stripped back to its original concrete frame and the upper 
floors divided into open plan accommodation, dedicated workspaces and 
The second phase has delivered a 50,000 sq ft 
cellular office space. The double-height basement provides a networking hub 
five-storey office building with a 4,000 sq ft 
Sainsbury’s Local store on the ground floor, a 
and event space with tiered seating, teaching facilities, media pods, meeting 
115 bed hotel and a ‘gateway’ pedestrianised 
rooms and a bar. The original bank vault was retained and redesigned as a 
public space opposite the station entrance. 
themed games room.

During the strip out, more than 1,200 tonnes of materials were removed, 
of which 97.5% was recycled.

1,500

flexible working spaces

111,000 sq ft

   
Page width = 207mm

Strategic report

Chief Executive’s statement

Our strong results are evidence of the significant operational 
progress being made across the Group. They are testament 
to the quality and commitment of our people.

Construction

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+9%

2,133

1,960

Operating profit — adjusted* £m

58.2

2017

2016

+57%

37.1

Regeneration

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+10%

659

601

Operating profit — adjusted* £m

2017

2016

–1%

24.6

24.8

The figures in the above charts exclude the costs 
of Group activities not allocated to the divisions.

The Group has delivered another 
strong year of growth in 2017, providing 
an encouraging platform for future 
progress across all divisions. Our result was 
driven by another excellent performance 
from Fit Out, with revenue growth of 
16% to £735m and significant margin 
improvement to 5.3% (2016: 4.3%), 
delivering operating profit of £39.1m, 
up 42% (2016: £27.5m). Construction 
& Infrastructure has made further 
operational progress with an improved 
operating margin of 1.5%, up from 0.7%, 
and operating profit up to £20.4m 
(2016: £8.9m). Progress in Property 
Services was impacted by restructuring 
costs in the year with the division 
making a loss of £1.3m, however this 
now leaves the division better placed 
to benefit from its secured workload 
in future years.

In regeneration, Partnership Housing 
increased its operating profit 5% to 
£14.1m (2016: £13.4m), although its 
performance was affected by lower 
mixed-tenure open market sales in the 
year and by cost escalation on a single 
design and build housing contract. 
Urban Regeneration reported operating 
profit of £10.0m (2016: £13.4m) which, as 
expected, was lower than last year but in 
line with its schedule of development 
completions. Investments made good 
progress with developing its portfolio 
of property partnerships, delivering 
a small profit of £0.5m in the year.

Our positive cash generation and 
increase in average net cash in the year 
has further strengthened our balance 
sheet and provides us with the flexibility 
to invest in our regeneration activities 
while allowing us to continue being 
highly selective with bidding in our 
construction activities.

Performance against strategy
We achieved our Group strategic 
objectives as outlined on pages 16 to 17. 
We have continued to target industry 
sectors within the UK where there is 
growth, and we have the capability to 
service areas of particularly high demand 
such as housing, infrastructure and urban 
regeneration, all of which are underpinned 
by firm government commitment.

Each of our divisions has succeeded 
in pursuing its business strategy. 
Construction & Infrastructure has 
continued to focus on operational 
delivery, contract selectivity and quality 
of earnings in its core sectors, securing 
appointments to a number of new public 
sector frameworks. Fit Out has continued 
to win work in its targeted sectors and 
secured places on two large public sector 
frameworks. Through Property Services 
we are currently delivering planned and 
response maintenance services to over 
25 social housing providers.

Partnership Housing made progress in 
developing partnerships with housing 
associations and local authorities, 
supported by its comprehensive 
research into development opportunities 
on underutilised public land. A highlight 
for the division was being formally 
awarded its largest ever project 
as a single phase, for the Defence 
Infrastructure Organisation. Urban 
Regeneration entered into an agreement 
with the Greater London Authority to 
develop a 2.2 hectare site in Canning 
Town through its English Cities Fund 
(ECf) joint venture and started on site 
with the fourth phase of its regeneration 
scheme in Warrington.

Investments’ successful regeneration 
programmes in Slough and Bournemouth 
are growing, and it has entered a new 
joint venture in the extra care sector. 
In addition, the division is continuing to 
provide collaborative opportunities for 
other parts of the Group through its 
schemes. More detail on the performance 
of our divisions can be found on pages 
28 to 47.

Our commitment to being a responsible 
business is integral to achieving our 
strategic objectives, as our activities 
affect a wide range of stakeholders. 
I am pleased to report that this year 
we achieved FTSE4Good Index Status. 
We have continued to reduce our 
greenhouse gas emissions and expect 
this trend to continue, but to avoid any 
complacency, we have set up a Carbon 
and Energy Action Group to drive 
best practice across the divisions. 

14 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Page width = 210mm

“Positive 
momentum across 
all divisions provides 
an encouraging 
platform for future 
progress.”

Core values

Our core values underpin the way 
we all behave to ensure our success.

The customer comes first

Talented people are 
key to our success

We must challenge 
the status quo

Consistent achievement 
is key to our future

We operate a decentralised 
philosophy

our intelligence around learning from all 
significant unplanned events. We will 
also be considering a new framework 
of health and safety objectives for the 
divisions to consider in their business 
improvement plans and an improved 
focus on leading indicators to improve 
performance.

See the health, safety and environment 
committee report on page 75 for 
further information.

Looking to the future
The Group’s prospects look very 
positive for 2018 and beyond. While 
focusing on an appropriate level of risk, 
our committed order book was £3.8bn, 
up 6% from the previous year and up 1% 
on the half year position. Our regeneration 
and development pipeline also grew, up 1% 
to £3.2bn, providing longer-term visibility 
of activity for the regeneration divisions. 

In the year ahead we expect continued 
margin progression in Construction & 
Infrastructure, another strong performance 
from Fit Out, further growth from Urban 
Regeneration and Partnership Housing 
and positive contributions from Property 
Services and Investments. Consequently 
we are confident of another good year 
of progress and with this positive 
momentum, the Group is well-placed 
to deliver a result for the year which is 
slightly above our previous expectations.

John Morgan
Chief Executive

1  The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 

Occurrences Regulations 2013.

2  The number of RIDDOR reportable accidents multiplied 
by 100,000 and divided by the number of hours worked.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 15

Our sustainability strategy for next year 
will include the adoption of science-based 
targets, and the UN’s sustainability 
development goals.

Health, safety and wellbeing 
We are committed to the health and 
safety of all who come into contact with 
our business. Over the past three years 
we have seen a significant improvement in 
our overall health and safety performance. 
In 2017 the number of RIDDOR1 incidents 
fell from 62 to 43, a reduction of 31%, 
and our accident frequency rate2 reduced 
from 0.14 to 0.09. We recognise that we 
need to remain focused on health and 
safety to try and reduce our RIDDOR 
incidents further.

During 2017 the Group supported a 
number of external UK programmes 
including the Health and Safety Executive’s 
‘Helping Great Britain work well’ strategy, 
Mental Health in Construction and a 
number of industry research projects 
including the University of East Anglia’s 
research on distributed workforces and 
Caledonian University’s research on 
worker engagement. See page 31 for 
examples of how we support mental 
wellbeing within the Group.

The Group health and safety forum met 
during the year to discuss key areas, 
including emerging technologies and 
the consideration of human behaviours 
in creating safe environments. In 2018, 
we will identify areas where we can 
develop more common approaches 
across the divisions, such as a Group-
wide focus on how best to promote 
occupational health, including mental 
health and wellbeing, and an in-depth 
look at high potential incidents to improve 

Strategic reportStrategic framework

We focus on five strategic objectives which we believe are 
fundamental to the Group’s long-term success. Our divisions 
select strategic priorities aligned to these objectives to drive 
success in their respective businesses – see pages 28 to 47.

Strategic objectives

Our Total 

Commitments

Risks

Performance against  

strategic objectives

We have selected the following key performance indicators 

to monitor and measure our progress against each objective.

Win in targeted 
markets

We target growing markets and pursue opportunities that suit our experience and expertise. We 
take a long-term approach to relationships with our clients, aiming to deliver exceptional quality 
and service that encourages them to choose us on their next project and recommend us to 
others. In 2017 82% of our projects achieved Perfect Delivery1 (2016: 81%).

To deliver consistently high quality, we recruit talented people and engage closely with our 
supply chain to ensure they are attuned to our values and standards.

■  Protecting people

■  Changes in the economy

■  Enhancing communities

■  Exposure to the UK 

£3.8bn

£3.2bn

0.09

housing market

■  Poor contract selection

■  Safety or environmental 

incident

Committed 

order book 

(2016: £3.6bn)

Regeneration and 

Accident 

development 

pipeline 

(2016: £3.2bn)

frequency rate 

(2016: 0.14)

Develop and 
retain talented 
people

We invest in developing and motivating our people to help them achieve their potential. 
Personal development plans are designed bespoke to the individual and we promote 
internally wherever possible. In 2017, 8.2% of employees were promoted internally across 
the Group. Our decentralised approach empowers our employees to innovate and take 
responsibility for their decisions.

■  Developing people

■  Failure to attract and 

retain talented people

Disciplined 
use of capital

We rigorously manage our cash, working capital and overheads. 

■  Working together with 

■  Insolvency of key client, 

By working in partnership with local authorities and landowners we avoid the need to 
purchase land on the open market for development. We also use alternative sources 
of funding where the conditions are favourable.

our supply chain

joint venture partner, 

subcontractor or supplier

■  Inadequate funding

■  Mismanagement 

of working capital

Maximise 
efficiency 
of resources

Operational efficiencies are achieved through Group-wide procurement agreements, 
continuously improving our systems and processes and developing and deploying new 
technology. By working closely with our clients and subcontractors, we can ensure projects 
run as smoothly as possible and changes are well managed.

Energy savings are a product of our drive to reduce carbon emissions, and the reduction of 
waste is also regularly measured to reduce the impact of landfill tax as well as resources. 

■  Improving the environment

■  Mispricing a contract

■  Changes to contracts 

and contract disputes

■  Poor project delivery

11%

Voluntary 

employee 

turnover  

(2016: 13%)

217

Apprentices and 

new graduates 

(2016: 167)

3.2

Average 

training days 

per employee 

(2016: 3.9)

174%

Operating 

cash conversion 

(adjusted for 

investment in 

regeneration) 

(2016: 301%)

9.7%

Gross margin in 

construction 

activities 

(2016: 8.9%)

-13.4%

Working capital 

as a percentage 

of revenue in 

construction 

activities 

(2016: -14%)

10.2

Carbon intensity 

(2016: 12.0)

11.6%

Return on capital 

employed in 

regeneration 

activities 

(2016: 13.2%)

7.0%

Overheads as 

a percentage 

of revenue in 

construction 

activities  

(2016: 7.1%)

Pursue 
innovation

Employees are encouraged to think differently and given the opportunity to share and test 
their ideas. As the divisions function independently they are able to pursue innovations 
that best suit their markets and operations.

■  Developing people

■  Working together 

with our supply chain

■  Failure to innovate

■  Failure to invest in 

information technology

Fit Out’s new health and safety app (see page 35) 

and Partnership Housing’s research into public land 

(see page 40) are examples of innovative projects 

undertaken by the divisions.

1 Perfect Delivery status is granted to projects that meet four customer service criteria specified by each division.

See pages 18 to 19 for further information on KPIs.

See our 2017 responsible 

business report.

See our principal risks on 

pages 50 to 59 for more 

information.

16 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic reportStrategic objectives

Our Total 
Commitments

Risks

Performance against  
strategic objectives

We have selected the following key performance indicators 
to monitor and measure our progress against each objective.

Win in targeted 

markets

We target growing markets and pursue opportunities that suit our experience and expertise. We 

take a long-term approach to relationships with our clients, aiming to deliver exceptional quality 

and service that encourages them to choose us on their next project and recommend us to 

others. In 2017 82% of our projects achieved Perfect Delivery1 (2016: 81%).

To deliver consistently high quality, we recruit talented people and engage closely with our 

supply chain to ensure they are attuned to our values and standards.

■  Protecting people
■  Enhancing communities

■  Changes in the economy
■  Exposure to the UK 

£3.8bn

£3.2bn

0.09

housing market

■  Poor contract selection
■  Safety or environmental 

incident

Committed 
order book 
(2016: £3.6bn)

Regeneration and 
development 
pipeline 
(2016: £3.2bn)

Accident 
frequency rate 
(2016: 0.14)

Develop and 

retain talented 

people

We invest in developing and motivating our people to help them achieve their potential. 

Personal development plans are designed bespoke to the individual and we promote 

internally wherever possible. In 2017, 8.2% of employees were promoted internally across 

the Group. Our decentralised approach empowers our employees to innovate and take 

responsibility for their decisions.

■  Developing people

■  Failure to attract and 
retain talented people

Disciplined 

use of capital

We rigorously manage our cash, working capital and overheads. 

By working in partnership with local authorities and landowners we avoid the need to 

purchase land on the open market for development. We also use alternative sources 

of funding where the conditions are favourable.

■  Working together with 

our supply chain

■  Insolvency of key client, 
joint venture partner, 
subcontractor or supplier

■  Inadequate funding
■  Mismanagement 
of working capital

Maximise 

efficiency 

of resources

Operational efficiencies are achieved through Group-wide procurement agreements, 

continuously improving our systems and processes and developing and deploying new 

technology. By working closely with our clients and subcontractors, we can ensure projects 

run as smoothly as possible and changes are well managed.

Energy savings are a product of our drive to reduce carbon emissions, and the reduction of 

waste is also regularly measured to reduce the impact of landfill tax as well as resources. 

■  Improving the environment

■  Mispricing a contract
■  Changes to contracts 
and contract disputes
■  Poor project delivery

11%

Voluntary 
employee 
turnover  
(2016: 13%)

217

Apprentices and 
new graduates 
(2016: 167)

3.2

Average 
training days 
per employee 
(2016: 3.9)

174%

Operating 
cash conversion 
(adjusted for 
investment in 
regeneration) 
(2016: 301%)

9.7%

Gross margin in 
construction 
activities 
(2016: 8.9%)

-13.4%

Working capital 
as a percentage 
of revenue in 
construction 
activities 
(2016: -14%)

10.2

Carbon intensity 
(2016: 12.0)

11.6%

Return on capital 
employed in 
regeneration 
activities 
(2016: 13.2%)

7.0%

Overheads as 
a percentage 
of revenue in 
construction 
activities  
(2016: 7.1%)

Pursue 

innovation

Employees are encouraged to think differently and given the opportunity to share and test 

their ideas. As the divisions function independently they are able to pursue innovations 

that best suit their markets and operations.

■  Developing people
■  Working together 

■  Failure to innovate
■  Failure to invest in 

with our supply chain

information technology

Fit Out’s new health and safety app (see page 35) 
and Partnership Housing’s research into public land 
(see page 40) are examples of innovative projects 
undertaken by the divisions.

1 Perfect Delivery status is granted to projects that meet four customer service criteria specified by each division.

See our 2017 responsible 
business report.

See our principal risks on 
pages 50 to 59 for more 
information.

See pages 18 to 19 for further information on KPIs.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 17

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

We use financial and non-financial KPIs to measure 
progress in delivering our strategic objectives.

Committed order book

Regeneration and  
development pipeline

Accident frequency rate  
(AFR)

Voluntary employee turnover

Number of apprentices 

and new graduates

Average number of training  

days per employee

2017

2016

£3,849m

£3,637m

2017

2016

£3,233m

£3,210m

2017

2016

0.09

0.14

See page 22 for a definition of committed 
order book.

See page 22 for a definition of regeneration 
and development pipeline.

Our order book increased 6% on 2016, 
with increases in most divisions. The quality 
of the order book was maintained with a similar 
proportion of work secured through negotiated, 
framework or two-stage bidding processes. 
We will continue to be selective in the work 
for which we bid in 2018.

Our pipeline was up 1% on 2016. The pipeline 
is long term with 67% relating to 2020 onwards. 
We continue to pursue regeneration opportunities 
which will contribute to the pipeline in future years.

The accident frequency rate is the number 
of RIDDOR reportable accidents multiplied 
by 100,000 and divided by the number of 
hours worked.

Our health and safety performance has 
continued to improve. We are encouraged to 
see a 36% reduction in the AFR and over the 
last 12 months, and our accident incident rate 
has also fallen from 330 to 216, a reduction of 
35%. We continue to review causation from 
incidents to develop our approach. As well as 
continuing our focus on safety, we have been 
reviewing how we can improve the wellbeing 
of employees through our work with the 
mental health charity, Mind.

This is the number of employees leaving the 

We are committed to developing a succession 

This KPI is calculated by dividing the 

business voluntarily during the year divided 

pool of talent across the Group. Offering 

total number of days of training provided 

by the average number of employees.

employment opportunities to graduates and 

to employees by the average number 

Over the last two years our employee 

turnover rate has improved significantly. 

We recognise that a certain level of turnover 

among employees is essential to ensure a 

regular injection of new ideas and approach. 

Our long-term target is to reduce employee 

turnover to 10%.

apprentices helps us to create and further 

of employees.

develop these pools. In 2017 we sponsored 

21 undergraduates and supported 547 people 

through NVQs and professional qualifications. 

We provide employees at all levels with the 

skills they need to advance their careers. In 

2017, 94 (2016: 101) employees completed our 

leadership development programme. As well 

as providing individuals with tools that will help 

develop their leadership skills, the programme 

provides an opportunity for them to network 

with colleagues from different divisions within 

the Group.

Operating cash conversion (adjusted 
for investment in regeneration)

Return on capital employed 
in regeneration activities

Working capital as a percentage  
of revenue in construction activities

Gross margin in 

construction activities

Overheads as a percentage of 

Carbon intensity

revenue in construction activities

2017

2016

174%

301%

2017

2016

11.6%

13.2%

(13.4%)

(14.0%)

2017

2016

Operating cash conversion is cash flow 
(excluding investment in regeneration activities) 
as a percentage of adjusted* operating profit.

Cash conversion was strong during the year 
due to efficient working capital management. 
As expected, the percentage was lower than 
in the previous year, which benefited from 
a number of long-standing final account 
settlements. We continue to target operating 
cash conversion of close to 100% after allowing 
for changes in capital employed in regeneration 
schemes which often do not follow an 
annual cycle.

Return on capital employed is calculated as 
adjusted* operating profit less interest on 
non-recourse debt less unwind of discount 
on deferred consideration, divided by average 
capital employed.

The decrease in return on capital employed 
was in line with our expectations as we invested 
further capital into schemes that will deliver higher 
profits and return on capital employed in 2018 
and beyond.

Working capital is defined as inventories plus 
trade and other receivables, less trade and 
other payables, adjusted to exclude deferred 
consideration payable, accrued interest, 
capitalised arrangement fees and derivative 
financial assets and liabilities.

Our continuing focus on working capital 
management has enabled us to maintain 
this ratio at a similar level to 2016. No material 
change is expected in 2018 as the Group targets 
operating cash conversion of 100%.

Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage 

The ratio remained broadly unchanged on 

Carbon intensity is total carbon emissions 

of revenue.

2016 as the overhead base grew in line with 

as a percentage of revenue.

revenue. No material change is anticipated 

in 2018.

We continue to effectively manage our 

environmental impact and in 2018 we will 

roll out science-based targets to help drive 

further improvements in our management 

of carbon (see page 76).

Our gross margin improved by 80bps, reflecting 

the higher quality of work secured as well as 

ongoing improved operational delivery. This 

trend is expected to continue as Construction 

& Infrastructure continues to progress towards 

delivering more normalised margins.

18 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic reportRelated strategic objectives

Win in targeted market

Develop and retain talented people

Disciplined use of capital

Maximise efficiency of resources

Committed order book

Regeneration and  

development pipeline

Accident frequency rate  

(AFR)

Voluntary employee turnover

Number of apprentices 
and new graduates

Average number of training  
days per employee

See page 22 for a definition of committed 

See page 22 for a definition of regeneration 

The accident frequency rate is the number 

order book.

and development pipeline.

of RIDDOR reportable accidents multiplied 

by 100,000 and divided by the number of 

Our order book increased 6% on 2016, 

Our pipeline was up 1% on 2016. The pipeline 

with increases in most divisions. The quality 

is long term with 67% relating to 2020 onwards. 

hours worked.

of the order book was maintained with a similar 

We continue to pursue regeneration opportunities 

Our health and safety performance has 

proportion of work secured through negotiated, 

which will contribute to the pipeline in future years.

continued to improve. We are encouraged to 

framework or two-stage bidding processes. 

We will continue to be selective in the work 

for which we bid in 2018.

see a 36% reduction in the AFR and over the 

last 12 months, and our accident incident rate 

has also fallen from 330 to 216, a reduction of 

35%. We continue to review causation from 

incidents to develop our approach. As well as 

continuing our focus on safety, we have been 

reviewing how we can improve the wellbeing 

of employees through our work with the 

mental health charity, Mind.

2017

2016

11%

13%

2017

2016

217

167

2017

2016

3.3

3.9

This is the number of employees leaving the 
business voluntarily during the year divided 
by the average number of employees.

Over the last two years our employee 
turnover rate has improved significantly. 
We recognise that a certain level of turnover 
among employees is essential to ensure a 
regular injection of new ideas and approach. 
Our long-term target is to reduce employee 
turnover to 10%.

We are committed to developing a succession 
pool of talent across the Group. Offering 
employment opportunities to graduates and 
apprentices helps us to create and further 
develop these pools. In 2017 we sponsored 
21 undergraduates and supported 547 people 
through NVQs and professional qualifications. 

This KPI is calculated by dividing the 
total number of days of training provided 
to employees by the average number 
of employees.

We provide employees at all levels with the 
skills they need to advance their careers. In 
2017, 94 (2016: 101) employees completed our 
leadership development programme. As well 
as providing individuals with tools that will help 
develop their leadership skills, the programme 
provides an opportunity for them to network 
with colleagues from different divisions within 
the Group.

Operating cash conversion (adjusted 

Return on capital employed 

for investment in regeneration)

in regeneration activities

Working capital as a percentage  

of revenue in construction activities

Gross margin in 
construction activities

Overheads as a percentage of 
revenue in construction activities

Carbon intensity

Operating cash conversion is cash flow 

Return on capital employed is calculated as 

Working capital is defined as inventories plus 

(excluding investment in regeneration activities) 

adjusted* operating profit less interest on 

trade and other receivables, less trade and 

as a percentage of adjusted* operating profit.

non-recourse debt less unwind of discount 

other payables, adjusted to exclude deferred 

Cash conversion was strong during the year 

due to efficient working capital management. 

capital employed.

As expected, the percentage was lower than 

The decrease in return on capital employed 

capitalised arrangement fees and derivative 

financial assets and liabilities.

on deferred consideration, divided by average 

consideration payable, accrued interest, 

in the previous year, which benefited from 

was in line with our expectations as we invested 

Our continuing focus on working capital 

a number of long-standing final account 

further capital into schemes that will deliver higher 

management has enabled us to maintain 

settlements. We continue to target operating 

profits and return on capital employed in 2018 

this ratio at a similar level to 2016. No material 

change is expected in 2018 as the Group targets 

operating cash conversion of 100%.

cash conversion of close to 100% after allowing 

and beyond.

for changes in capital employed in regeneration 

schemes which often do not follow an 

annual cycle.

2017

2016

9.7%

8.9%

2017

2016

7.0%

7.1%

2017

2016

10.2

12.0

Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage 
of revenue.

Our gross margin improved by 80bps, reflecting 
the higher quality of work secured as well as 
ongoing improved operational delivery. This 
trend is expected to continue as Construction 
& Infrastructure continues to progress towards 
delivering more normalised margins.

The ratio remained broadly unchanged on 
2016 as the overhead base grew in line with 
revenue. No material change is anticipated 
in 2018.

Carbon intensity is total carbon emissions 
as a percentage of revenue.

We continue to effectively manage our 
environmental impact and in 2018 we will 
roll out science-based targets to help drive 
further improvements in our management 
of carbon (see page 76).

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 19

Strategic reportStrategic report

Interior of 55 Colmore Row, Birmingham 
(see inside front cover)

Financial review
We continue to achieve growth in profitability, 
which together with our strong cash performance 
enables us to invest in regeneration opportunities 
that will deliver sustainable returns for shareholders.

20 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

“During the year 
we invested £40m 
in our regeneration 
activities.”

Performance
Revenue for the year was up 9% at 
£2,793m (2016: £2,562m), with adjusted 
operating profit up 41% to £68.6m (2016: 
£48.8m). This resulted in an adjusted 
operating margin of 2.5%, a significant 
improvement of 60bps compared to 
the prior year. The net finance expense 
reduced to £2.5m (2016: £3.5m) due 
to a lower net interest charge on 
borrowings and, after deducting this, 
the adjusted profit before tax was 
£66.1m, up 46% (2016: £45.3m).

The tax charge for the year is £12.5m, 
which broadly equates to the UK 
statutory rate after adjusting for the 
impact of tax on joint ventures. Almost 
all of the Group’s operations and profits 
are in the UK, and we maintain an open 
and constructive working relationship 
with HMRC.

The adjusted earnings per share was up 
43% to 121.1p (2016: 84.7p), with the fully 
diluted adjusted earnings per share of 
114.8p up 39% (2016: 82.3p). The total 
dividend for the year increased 29% 
to 45.0p.

Details on performance by division 
are shown on pages 28 to 47.

Adjusted 
operating profit

£68.6m

+41%

Financial performance

Revenue

Operating profit – adjusted*

Profit before tax – adjusted*

Earnings per share – adjusted*

Year end net cash 

Daily average net cash

Total dividend per share

Operating profit – reported

Profit before tax – reported

2017

2016

£2,793m

£2,562m

£68.6m

£48.8m

£66.1m

£45.3m

121.1p

84.7p

£193.4m

£208.7m

£118.0m

£25.0m

45.0p

35.0p

£67.4m

£47.4m

£64.9m

£43.9m

Basic earnings per share – reported

118.8p

83.8p

*  Adjusted is defined as before intangible amortisation of £1.2m (2016: intangible amortisation of £1.4m and 

(in the case of earnings per share) deferred tax credit due to changes in the statutory tax rate of £0.7m). In 
considering the financial performance of our divisions, the principal measure used by management is 
operating profit adjusted to exclude intangible amortisation. We believe that this makes it is easier to 
interpret financial performance between periods as the adjusted measure removes the distorting effect of 
the excluded item.

Net working capital1
Net working capital has increased by £39.4m to (£164.2m) as shown below:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

2017
£m

295.0

400.9

2016
£m

213.9

329.6

Trade and other payables

(860.1)

(747.1)

Change
%

+81.1

+71.3

-113.0

Net working capital1

(164.2)

(203.6)

+39.4

1  Net working capital is defined as ‘inventories plus trade and other receivables less trade and other payables, 
adjusted to exclude deferred consideration payable, capitalised arrangement fees, interest accruals and 
derivative financial assets and liabilities’.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 21

Strategic reportStrategic report Financial review
— continued

Committed order book1

Construction & Infrastructure

Fit Out

Property Services

Partnership Housing

Urban Regeneration

Investments

Inter-divisional orders

Total

2017
£m

1,855

500

836

523

141

7

(13)

Change
%

–2

+7

+22

+18

–31

–56

2016
£m

1,886

466

687

445

203

16

(66)

3,849

3,637

+6

1  Committed order book comprises the secured order book and framework agreements order book. The secured 
order book represents the Group’s share of future revenue that will be derived from signed contracts or letters 
of intent. The framework order book represents the Group’s expected share of revenue from the frameworks 
on which the Group has been appointed. This excludes prospects where confirmation has been received as 
preferred bidder only, with no formal contract or letter of intent in place.

Regeneration and development pipeline2

2017

£3,233m

2016

£3,210m

l Partnership Housing

l Urban Regeneration

l Investments

Total

2017
£m

851

2,063

319

3,233

2016
£m

764

2,233

213

3,210

Change
%

+11

–8

+50

+1

2  Regeneration and development pipeline represents the Group’s share of the gross development value of secured 

schemes including the development value of open market housing schemes.

Net cash
The Group’s cash performance has 
been strong with an operating cash 
inflow of £41.0m (2016: £179.9m) 
and free cash inflow of £27.1m (2016: 
£173.7m). As expected, this included 
further investment in inventories in 
regeneration activities as the Group 
started 2017 from a relatively low base 
following a large number of scheme 
completions in the fourth quarter of 
2016. The cash outflow for the year was 
£15.3m, resulting in closing net cash of 
£193.4m (2016: £208.7m). The average 
daily net cash for the year was £118.0m, 
compared to £25.0m in the prior year. 
This improvement was due to our ongoing 
focus on working capital management.

Financing facilities
We renewed our banking facilities 
during the year and now have £180m 
of committed loan facilities maturing in 
2022. The banking facilities are subject 
to financial covenants, all of which have 
been met throughout the year.

In the normal course of our business, 
we arrange for financial institutions to 
provide client guarantees (bonds) as 
security against the financial instability 
of the contractor prejudicing completion 
of the works. We pay a fee and provide 
a counter-indemnity to the financial 
institutions for issuing the bonds. As at 
31 December 2017, contract bonds in 
issue under uncommitted facilities 
covered £192.0m (2016: £227.7m) 
of our contract commitments.

Further information on the Group’s use 
of financial instruments is explained in 
note 25 to the consolidated financial 
statements.

Tax strategy
The Board approved the Group’s tax 
strategy in November 2017 and a copy 
has been published on our website.

Revenue

£2,793m

+9%

22 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

IFRSs 15 and 16
We will adopt IFRSs 15 and 16 from 
1 January 2018. The impact of these 
new standards on the Group is 
disclosed on page 116.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect our future 
development, performance and position, 
are set out in this strategic report. As at 
31 December 2017, the Group had net 
cash of £193.4m and committed banking 
facilities of £180m which are in place for 
more than one year. The Group has no 
pension funding requirements for its 
small defined benefits scheme that was 
closed to future accrual in May 1995. 
The directors have reviewed the Group’s 
forecasts and projections, which show 
that we will have a sufficient level of 
headroom within facility limits and 
covenants over the period of 
assessment. After making enquiries the 
directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Thus, they continue to prepare 
the annual financial statements on the 
going concern basis. See page 60 for 
further information on the Group’s 
longer-term viability.

Steve Crummett 
Finance Director

Cash flow £m

10.2

(6.1)

(37.8)

68.6

80

60

40

20

0

–20

Brentford Lock West 
(see page 44)

6.1

41.0

(4.3)

(9.6)

27.1

(16.8)

(25.6)

(15.3)

Operating
profit

Non-cash
adjustments1

Net capex
and
finance
leases

Working
capital

Other
operating
cash flows2

Operating
cash flow

Net
interest
(non-joint
venture)

Tax

Free
cash flow

Dividends

Other3

Total
cash flow

1  Non-cash adjustments include depreciation, share option charge, shared equity valuation movements, share of joint venture (JV) profit and non-cash provision movements.

2  Other operating cash flows include JV dividends and interest income, provision utilisations, shared equity redemptions, investment property disposals and gains on 

disposal of property, plant and equipment.

3  Other includes net loans advanced to JVs, consideration paid to acquire interests in JVs, proceeds from the issue of new shares, proceeds from the exercise of share 

options and purchase of shares in the Company by The Morgan Sindall Employee Benefit Trust.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 23

Strategic reportStrategic report

Operating review
We believe that a commitment to operating responsibly 
is fundamental to the long-term success of our strategy. 
This has been borne out by a strong performance in 
the year across our divisions.

Our operating review begins with key activities we have 
undertaken in the year in support of our responsible 
business strategy. This is followed by the operational 
and financial performance of our divisions, including 
how their projects have created value for our 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

24 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Operating responsibly
As a Group, we endeavour to ensure that our activities 
are conducted in a responsible manner. Our five Total 
Commitments to being a responsible business support 
the delivery of our strategic objectives (see page 17).

In 2017, we reviewed the Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs) adopted by the United Nations in 2015 “to end 
poverty, protect the planet and ensure prosperity for all”. 
As part of our responsible business strategy, we have 
decided to adopt the following SDGs which are core 
to our Total Commitments:

People
We aim to create a working environment where people feel 
respected, empowered and inspired. We help our employees 
learn new skills and gain new experiences to support their 
personal ambitions and drive the business forward.

We work with industry bodies and initiatives such as 
Construction United, Women into Construction and the 
5% Club, a national campaign to get more graduates and 
apprentices into the UK workforce. The table below shows 
the percentage of Group employees making up the 5% Club.

Our Total 
Commitments

UN Sustainable 
Development Goals

Apprentices

New graduates recruited

Sponsored students

2017

161

56

21

2016

104

63

116

Percentage of structured trainees

3.8%

4.8%

Our percentage of structured trainees in the Group has 
reduced in 2017, primarily due to a lower number of graduates 
recruited and sponsored. In addition to the structured trainees 
under the 5% Club, we have sponsored a further 547 people 
on NVQs and professional qualifications. We are committed 
to treating all our employees fairly and equally, without 
discrimination. A diverse workforce provides us with a deeper 
insight into different markets and the needs of our clients. 
Further details of our approach to inclusivity can be found in 
the nomination committee report on page 74.

Environment
We maintained our A- position in the CDP1 index, the highest 
score for a UK construction company, and achieved a 7.6% 
reduction in our carbon emissions for 2017, giving a total 
reduction of 55% against our 2010 baseline, which is a 
significant achievement. Details of our carbon emissions 
are set out in the health, safety and environment committee 
report on page 76.

1  Formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project, which runs a global disclosure system 

for managing environmental impacts.

Protecting  
people

Developing  
people

Improving the  
environment

Working  
together with  
our supply chain

Enhancing  
communities

For further information on our responsible business strategy 
and our application of the SDGs, please see our 2017 
responsible business report.

Timekeepers Square, Salford 
(see page 45)

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 25

Strategic reportStakeholder engagement
In order to ensure that our responsible 
business approach is both relevant and 
appropriate, we engage in continuous 
dialogue with our different stakeholders 
to help us understand their various 
needs. This is supported by formal 
stakeholder materiality and employee 
engagement surveys.

Materiality survey
We conduct regular surveys with our 
stakeholders to find out which issues 
are material to them. The results of the 
last survey were published in 2016. At 
the beginning of 2018, we surveyed all 
employees and over 1,300 external 
stakeholders (including customers 
and supply chain partners). Over a 
third of employees and a fifth of 

external stakeholders responded to the 
survey and early indications from the 
results identify the issues set out 
below as material to them.

Over the next few months we will be 
considering the impact of these results 
on our responsible business strategy. 
See our 2017 responsible business 
report for further information.

Issues material to our stakeholders

Issues that have remained material  
since the last survey

Issues newly identified as material  
in 2018

Waste

Our approach to health and safety

How we manage operations efficiently and add value

How we demonstrate advocacy and leadership on 
responsible business

Development and training of our employees

Corporate governance and integrity

How we are engaging with our employees

Respecting human rights

How we are recruiting and retaining our employees

How we help employees achieve work-life balance

How we are engaging with our customers

How we are creating opportunities for young people

77%

of materials and 
plant spend covered 
by Group-wide supply 
chain agreements

Investors
The executive directors undertake a 
programme of regular communication 
with institutional shareholders and analysts 
covering the Company’s activities, 
performance and strategy. In particular, 
presentations are made to institutional 
investors and analysts following the 
announcements of the full year and 
half year results. All shareholders are 
invited to the Company’s annual general 
meeting and the non-executive directors 
are available to meet with shareholders 
at any time.

Employees
We use regular newsletters, email 
notifications and briefing sessions 
to make our employees aware of our 
financial performance, including external 
factors and significant events and the 
potential impact of these on the Group’s 
performance. The Group has a ‘Next 
Generation’ panel of about 20 young 
people from across the Group who 
undertake two projects each year to 
help drive improvements in key areas. 
In 2017, the panel focused on how to 
improve employee retention among 
the Group’s younger employees. Their 
proposal of developing an induction video 
to explain the breadth of opportunities 
across the Group was adopted by the 
Group management team.

In addition, the divisions use a variety 
of ways to communicate with their 
teams about their divisional progress 
and ensure that they are aware of key 
business priorities. Employees are 
actively involved in driving continuous 
improvement using briefing groups 
and consultative meetings where open 
dialogue and feedback is encouraged. 
To reinforce this two-way approach, our 
divisions undertake employee surveys of 
their teams every two years. The results 
of the surveys are reviewed, shared with 
employees and acted on. All new 
employees receive a formal induction 
during which we explain the pivotal role 
of our core values in driving everything 
we do.

In 2017, our Fit Out and Investments 
divisions completed their employee 
engagement surveys. Together these 
surveys covered 13% of the Group’s 
employees. Feedback from these 
surveys and the subsequent action 
plans have been communicated to the 
employees of each division. Construction 
& Infrastructure, Partnership Housing, 
Urban Regeneration and Property 
Services will all undertake employee 
engagement surveys in 2018.

26 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report Operating review— continuedWomen in construction
Students from St Anne’s Catholic 
High School for Girls in Enfield were 
given a tour of Partnership Housing’s 
regeneration development in Ponders 
End and an insight into careers 
available in construction. They met 
women with successful careers in the 
industry, and Partnership Housing 
employees from a range of disciplines. 
Priya Halai, assistant surveyor for 
Partnership Housing and construction 
ambassador for the CITB, spoke to 
the students about her own career 
progression after joining the 
division as a graduate. 

One student commented:  
“The morning taught me that 
the glass ceilings are non-existent 
if you work at Lovell. Women were 
undertaking roles normally perceived 
as being male-dominated. It made me 
realise there are no boundaries.”

Supply chain and subcontractors
We are committed to developing 
long-term partnerships with high- 
quality suppliers and subcontractors. 
The Morgan Sindall Supply Chain 
Family consists of 379 (2016: 330) 
manufacturers and suppliers, and 
around 80% of materials used by 
the Group can now be traced back to 
members of the Supply Chain Family, 
which guarantees that they are 
responsibly sourced. Of the Group’s 
total spend on materials and plant 77% 
(2016: 71%) is covered by Group-wide 
agreements with our supply chain. We 
agree payment terms with our supply 
chain and have procedures in place 
to minimise late payments.

Each of our divisions operates preferred 
partner status programmes for their 
subcontractors. We aim to work with 
a smaller number of preferred partners 
in long-term relationships. Preferred 
partner status sets our expected 
standards and governs how we manage 
our supply chain performance, including 
both assessment and reward. It is only 
offered to those subcontractors that 
meet our high standards.

Customers
Our Perfect Delivery1 programme helps 
to ensure that we deliver our projects to 
the standard expected by customers as 
well as driving continuous improvement 
in our delivery. Each of our divisions 
actively engages with its customers and 
aims where possible to secure work on 
frameworks or from repeat business. On 
completion of each project, customers 
are asked to complete a questionnaire 
providing feedback on their experience 
of the division’s performance, the results 
of which are used to drive further 
improvements.

Local communities
Each of our divisions has dedicated 
engagement teams that are responsible 
for liaising with local communities and 
residents before and during our 
projects. Where appropriate, members 
of the local community are engaged in 
the development of particular projects. 
Our divisions also participate in various 
local outreach programmes which may 
include talks in schools or refurbishing 
community centres or public parks.

The following pages set out our 
operational and financial performance 
by division, including how their activities 
have created value for our stakeholders. 

1  Perfect Delivery status is granted to projects that 
meet four customer service criteria specified by 
each division.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 27

Strategic reportThe grand atrium  
at Anglia Ruskin 
University, a social 
space for students to 
mingle and study.

C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
&

I
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

Further progress was made in the year, with 
disciplined contract selectivity and improved 
operational delivery enhancing the quality 
of earnings.

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+6%

1,395

1,321

Operating profit — adjusted* £m

20.4

2017

2016

8.9

+129%

Operating margin — adjusted* %

1.5

2017

2016

0.7

+80bps

■  Operating profit more than doubled

■  Construction operating margin up to 1.3% 

from break-even

■  Significant new framework appointments

■  Voluntary staff turnover down

Revenue of £1,395m was up 6% on the 
prior year (2016: £1,321m). Split by type of 
activity, Construction (including Design) 
was up 2% at £807m (58% of divisional 
revenue), while Infrastructure increased 
10% to £588m (42% of divisional revenue).

Profitability improved significantly, 
driven by the continued focus on 
contract selection and project delivery. 
The divisional operating margin of 1.5% 
was up from 0.7% in the prior year and 
showed improvement throughout the year. 
The first half margin of 1.1% compared to 
a second half margin of 1.8%, reflecting 
the continued and significant progress 
being made towards achieving 
a normalised margin. 

When split by activity, Construction’s 
(including Design) operating margin for 
the year was 1.3%, up from break-even 
in the prior year. Its margin in the second 
half was 1.6% (1.0% in the first half), 
reflecting the benefit from its ongoing 
focus on contract selectivity and 
operational delivery. Infrastructure 
delivered an operating margin of 1.7% 
for the year, slightly up on the prior year. 
Its margin also showed a strong second 
half weighting (1.2% in the first half, 2.2% 
in the second half), which was a result of 
the work mix in the period. 

The committed order book at the year 
end was £1,855m, down 2% compared 
to the prior year end. Infrastructure 
continued to grow its order book, up 
6% from the prior year to £1,377m 
(74% of the total by value), with the 
focus maintained on its key sectors of 
highways, rail, aviation, nuclear, energy 
and water. The Construction (including 
Design) order book was £478m (26% of 
total value), a reduction of 19% against 
the prior year. Consistent with its focus 
on contract selectivity, the appropriate 
risk profile has been maintained in the 

28 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report Operating review— continued 
 
Building a world-class teaching facility

Project
Anglia Ruskin University,  
Cambridge

£45m

project

Anglia Ruskin University’s new Science 
Centre provides state-of-the-art 
facilities for its increasing number 
of science, technology, engineering 
and mathematics students. The centre 
includes a 300-seat lecture theatre and 
a 200-station biosciences laboratory. 

The building is designed to achieve 
a BREEAM ‘Very Good’ rating, with 
photovoltaic panels on the roof that 
provide renewable energy. Now in 
operation, the centre will produce 30% 
less carbon than a conventional building 
by generating its own electricity and 
using gas more efficiently.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 29

Strategic report 
 
Strategic report Operating review Construction & Infrastructure
— continued

Market overview

The public sector continued 
to provide opportunities for 
Construction in 2017, and 
long-term investment 
continues in schools and 
universities. The private sector 
market has remained stable in 
most areas, with a slowdown 
of major projects in the South 
East; our strategy is to target 
repeat business with preferred 
customers. Investments is 
an important work provider, 
and in 2017 we started on 
site with £98.5m of projects 
on their schemes.

Infrastructure’s market is 
buoyant, with significant 
investment continuing in 
most of our sectors. 
Upcoming opportunities 
include the Heathrow runway 
expansion, a new Sellafield 
framework, National Grid’s 
visual improvement 
programme, Network Rail’s 
upcoming procurement 
cycle, and Highways England 
frameworks. This busy 
market enables us to remain 
focused on our core sectors.

Pat Boyle
MD Construction

Simon Smith
MD Infrastructure

New work secured 
by Construction
l 68% public sector 
l 22% private regulated 
l 10% private sector

Construction order book, with 93% of 
the value derived through negotiated, 
framework or two-stage bidding 
procurement processes, and only 
7% through competitive tenders.

Construction
In education, projects delivered 
include the £40m Littleport Academy 
in Cambridgeshire and the £25m Science 
Centre for Anglia Ruskin University (see 
page 29) as well as the £15m Glenwood 
School for Essex County Council. In 
addition, work has continued on the £40m 
Collaborative Teaching Laboratory for 
the University of Birmingham.

In healthcare, projects completed 
include a new £10m care home in North 
East Enfield for Enfield Council, while 
work started on a £40m programme to 
build two new health and social care 
hubs for the NHS and Glasgow City 
Council in the Gorbals and Woodside 
in Glasgow, in collaboration with 
Investments through its hub 
West Scotland joint venture.

In defence, projects completed include 
a £90m project for BAE Systems to 
develop industrial facilities at their 
submarine building site in Barrow-in-
Furness, and a £39m training facility 
for the Civil Nuclear Constabulary in 
West Cumbria.

In other sectors, significant completions 
in the year include the £107m mixed-use 
scheme at Marischal Square in Aberdeen 
for Urban Regeneration (see pages 9 to 
10); a £30m redevelopment of 55 Colmore 
Row in Birmingham city centre (see 
front cover); a £24m extension of car 
storage and handling facilities at the 

Port of Southampton and, in early 2018, 
a £48m Operational Command Centre 
for Merseyside Police. Work continues 
on a £26m office project for BUPA UK 
in Salford Quays, and the division has 
started on site on the first of two 
projects totalling £47m for Liverpool 
City Council as part of its Paddington 
Village scheme, with the second due 
to start in mid-2018.

Construction was also appointed to 
a number of other new and renewed 
public sector frameworks during the 
year that offer future projects across 
its core markets. These include the new 
four-year Scape Group framework for 
public sector projects in the upper 
Midlands, covering the largest projects 
in the framework from £1m to £5m, and 
the new ESFA (Education and Skills 
Funding Agency) framework to build 
schools valued between £4.5m and 
£16m over four years.

Infrastructure
In highways, Infrastructure was awarded 
two Highways England Smart Motorway 
upgrade contracts in joint venture, on 
the M62 and M27 (worth more than 
£300m to the joint venture) while also 
securing four projects (Stanford le Hope 
Station Redevelopment, A414 Edinburgh 
Way, Stratton Park Phase 5 and A421 
Dualling) with a combined value of 
c£32m as part of the Eastern Highways 
Alliance framework. The division also 
won its first project under Transport 
for London’s £500m civils projects 
framework, the c£15m upgrade of Old 
Street roundabout. In addition, work 
continued on the c£100m repair of the 
M5’s Oldbury viaduct (in joint venture). 

Thames Tideway Tunnel 
Work began in 2017 on the construction phase of 
the seven-year, £416m project to deliver the western 
section of the Thames Tideway Tunnel, or ‘super sewer’, 
in joint venture with BAM Nuttall and Balfour Beatty. 
When complete, the tunnel will greatly reduce the 
39m tonnes of untreated sewage that currently 
flows into the River Thames in a typical year, and 
equip London’s sewers to cope with the city’s 
demands well into the next century.

30 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Develop and retain talented people and 
increase diversity and inclusiveness
New initiatives included an online 
‘People Portal’ for employees, two 
virtual careers fairs and a ‘returnships’ 
programme to attract people back into 
the sector after a career break. Our 
proportion of women has increased to 
18.6% (2016: 17.7%) and voluntary staff 
turnover reduced to 10.3% (2016: 12.4%).

Construction
Select projects based 
on capability, relationships, 
procurement route and risk profile
Over 90% of new work came via 
preferred procurement routes, and 
work continues to flow from the Slough 
regeneration with Investments (see 
page 47). We secured places on three 
Scottish local authority frameworks 
and a five-year partnership with 
Brighton & Hove Council.

Focus on core markets of education, 
health and defence and selected 
projects in the commercial and 
industrial markets
Of work secured in 2017, 68% came 
from the public sector and 22% from the 
private regulated sector. Our ‘My School’ 
design, used in the ESFA Priority 
Schools Building Programme, is now 
being used on projects for Rhondda 
Cynon Taf and Cardiff Councils.

Infrastructure
Continue to drive safety, 
including health and wellbeing
Our safety performance improved 
significantly in the year and we adopted 

the ‘Readiband’, a wrist-worn device 
that monitors daily fatigue levels and is 
currently being used by 100 employees.

Focus on productivity and efficiency 
to ensure delivery for clients and 
achievement of financial targets
We are increasing productivity and 
efficiency by concentrating on the 
basics of programming, cost, safety 
and quality.

Strategic priorities for 2018

■  Develop and retain talented people, 

including apprentices and graduates, 
and increase diversity and 
inclusiveness

Construction
■  Select projects based on capability, 

relationships, procurement route and 
risk profile, procuring work mainly via 
frameworks and other Group divisions
■  Focus on core markets of education, 
health and defence and selected 
projects in the commercial and 
industrial markets

Infrastructure
■  Focus on cash and quality of 

earnings to achieve financial targets

■  Focus on our core sectors, invest 
in work-winning approaches and 
continue to develop long-term 
customer relationships

■  Deliver outstanding health, safety 

and wellbeing performance 
including mental health and 
fatigue management

Supporting 
our people to 
thrive at work

A focus on mental health
Construction & Infrastructure 
took part in the 2016-2017 
Workplace Wellbeing Index, 
run by the mental health 
charity, Mind, and received 
their Bronze ‘Achieving 
Change’ award. In 2017 the 
division set up a continuous 
improvement group to focus 
on its occupational health 
and wellbeing strategy, 
introduced mental health 
first aiders and launched 
stress reduction workshops. 
Through its partnership 
with Mind, Construction & 
Infrastructure hosted the 
launch of ‘Thriving at Work’, 
a government-commissioned 
report on mental health 
and employers.

In rail, the division secured its first project 
under London Underground’s £350m 
Civils and Tunnelling Works framework, 
a c£20m train modification unit depot in 
Acton. Additionally, a c£18m project 
was awarded by Network Rail for the 
electrification of the Stirling, Alloa and 
Dunblane lines to improve journey times 
for passengers travelling to Edinburgh 
or Glasgow. 

In aviation, key projects secured include 
a c£30m project from IAG Cargo and 
British Airways to construct a cargo 
building at Heathrow Airport, 
incorporating an automated 
handling system.

In energy, Infrastructure secured a 
c£30m joint venture project for Scottish 
and Southern Energy Networks (SSEN) 

to design and build approximately 
18.5 km of new overhead lines in 
northern Scotland, and a separate 
£3.5m contract to install c9 km of 132kV 
cabling. The division was also awarded 
a £23m project related to National 
Grid’s IFA2, a high-voltage, direct 
current interconnector cable running 
between England and France. In water, 
projects awarded include a c£14m water 
quality improvement project at Irton 
Water Treatment Works in Scarborough, 
under the Yorkshire Water framework. 

Infrastructure was also appointed 
to places on multiple lots of the £1bn 
YORcivil2 framework, set up to deliver 
civil engineering and construction works 
for local authorities and other public 
sector bodies across the Yorkshire 

and Humber regions. The framework 
is scheduled to run for four years with 
a possible two-year extension and with 
an estimated total value of £324m for the 
North and East framework and £720m 
for the South and West section.

Divisional outlook
Looking ahead, Construction & 
Infrastructure will continue to focus on 
margin improvement and securing higher 
quality work with the appropriate risk 
balance. The target for Construction 
(including Design) is an operating margin 
of 2%, while the target for Infrastructure 
is an operating margin of 2.5%. 2018 
is expected to show further progress 
towards these targets, supported by 
the quality of core sector work in the 
division’s secured order book.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 31

Strategic reportRight and below right: 
Architect tp bennett’s drawings of 
Schroders’ headquarters.

F
i
t

O
u
t

Another excellent performance from Fit Out, 
benefiting from consistently strong project 
delivery and its focus on enhanced 
customer experience.

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+16%

735

634

Operating profit — adjusted* £m

39.1

27.5

2017

2016

+42%

Operating margin — adjusted* %

2017

2016

5.3

4.3

+100bps

■  Revenue up 16%

■  Operating profit up 42%

■  Operating margin increased to 5.3%

■  Increased order book

■  Reduced staff turnover

Fit Out delivered another excellent 
result, with revenue for the year up 
16% to £735m (2016: £634m), operating 
profit up 42% to £39.1m (2016: £27.5m), 
and operating margin increasing to 
5.3% (2016: 4.3%).

Of the total revenue for the year, 84% 
related to traditional fit out work (2016: 
81%), while 16% related to design and 
build (2016: 19%), a broadly similar split 
to previous years. In terms of the nature 
of work undertaken, the proportion of 
revenue generated from the fit out of 
existing office space reduced slightly to 
77% (2016: 82%), while the remaining 23% 
related to new office fit out (2016: 18%). 
Of the fit out of existing office space, 64% 
related to refurbishment in occupation.

By sector, the commercial office market 
remains the largest, contributing 84% of 
revenue (2016: 86%). However, there was 
a small change in overall balance in favour 
of higher education which accounted for 
12% of revenue, compared to 6% in the 
prior year. Retail banking, government 
and local authority work made up 
the remainder. 

Geographically, the London region 
remained the division’s largest market, 
accounting for 71% of revenue. Although 
this proportion was an increase from the 
prior year when 65% of total revenue was 
derived from London, this is not viewed 
as a significant trend.

Significant project completions in the year 
included an 85,000 sq ft office fit out for 
Network Rail in Birmingham, 64,000 sq ft 
for Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer at 
One New Bailey in Manchester, and 
42,000 sq ft for EY in Manchester. In 
addition, the division finished a three-
year refurbishment programme for 
Bristol City Council at City Hall and 100 
Temple Street to deliver their new 
workplace strategy, and a major 

32 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report Operating review— continued 
Delivering intelligent, efficient buildings

Projects
Deloitte LLP and Schroder Corporate Services,  
London

265,000 sq ft

at Deloitte

315,000 sq ft

at Schroders

Fit Out is carrying out two major projects for Deloitte and 
Schroders, each involving the installation of an Intelligent 
Building Management System (IBMS). The IBMS will 
integrate multiple building management systems such as 
air-conditioning, lighting, room-booking, AV and catering 
services, and enable employees and visitors to control 
settings for the rooms they use. An intelligent building will 
run more efficiently, save energy and have a much reduced 
life cycle cost. The data collected by the IBMS can be used to 
design ways of further optimising the building’s performance. 

The Deloitte project is one of the first fit outs in the UK to 
target both a BREEAM Outstanding rating and a WELL 
Building Standard Gold certificate. A building certified by 
WELL will score highly against their benchmarks in ‘air’, 
‘water’, ‘nourishment’, ‘light’, ‘fitness’, ‘comfort’ and ‘mind’.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 33

Strategic report     
Strategic report Operating review Fit Out
— continued

refurbishment of 70,000 sq ft for Sony 
Playstation in Soho, London. Completed 
design and build projects include a 
collaborative workspace in Croydon for 
Superdrug, new London headquarters of 
global media company AMC Networks 
International, and an activity-based 
workspace for Costa Coffee at its 
recently-opened flagship roastery in 
Basildon, Essex. Work also continues 
on projects for Deloitte and Schroder 
Corporate Services in London (see 
page 33) and, in education, a £44m 
refurbishment for King’s College 
London (see opposite page).

Continued strong operational delivery 
and a focus on customer experience 
and better procurement has driven the 
increase in operating profit, up 42% to 
£39.1m (2016: £27.5m) and an operating 
margin of 5.3% (2016: 4.3%). Performance 
in the second half of the year was 
particularly strong, with an operating 
margin of 6.2%, compared to a first 
half margin of 4.3%, due to the blend 
of higher margin contracts and the 
operational leverage benefit from 
increased activity in the second half.

At the year end, the secured order book 
was £500m, an increase of 7% on the 
prior year end. Of this year end total, 
£468m (94%) relates to 2018 and provides 
significant visibility of workload for the 
year. This level of orders of £468m for 

the next 12 months is 14% higher than it 
was at the same time last year of £410m.

Key business wins during the year 
include the appointment to three lots of 
the £1bn Government Hubs Programme, 
a national framework run by the 
Government Property Unit, which 
will provide a four-year pipeline of 
opportunities. The division also secured 
a place on a £250m four-year framework 
to deliver improvements to the 
Metropolitan Police Estate in London 
and the South East for projects ranging 
from £2.5m to £10m, which will include 
the fit out of existing buildings, offices, 
stations and training facilities. Other key 
projects won include a 450,000 sq ft 
fit out for the Cabinet Office in Canary 
Wharf, London, a 57,000 sq ft fit out for 
Amazon in Cambridge, and a 400,000 
sq ft fit out for a leading asset manager 
in London, which started on site in 
January 2018.

Divisional outlook
Fit Out’s stated target is to deliver annual 
profit in the range of £25m-£30m. In 2017 
this target was significantly exceeded. 
Looking ahead to 2018, based on its 
strong order book and visible pipeline 
of opportunities through its various 
frameworks, Fit Out is expected to 
deliver a performance in excess of 
the top end of this range.

Market overview

Office lease break activity 
is continuing to generate 
opportunities, with over 40m 
sq ft of occupied floor space 
in London becoming subject 
to a lease event in 2017-20231, 
and there is a pipeline of new 
office development in central 
London of 33m sq ft in 
2017-20212. Despite the 
building activity, availability 
of Grade A office space in 
London and other cities 
remains low, encouraging 
occupiers to opt for 
refurbishment in occupation, 
a core expertise of our 
division. Opportunities are 
also arising from relocations 
out of London.

The higher education market 
continues to grow and we 
have built up a strong track 
record in large-scale schemes 
for clients such as King’s 
College London, University 
of Leeds and UCL. University 
refurbishments often stretch 
over three to five years, 
providing good visibility 
of future income.

Fit Out has the advantage of 
being the largest UK service 
provider of fit out and 
refurbishment in our sectors 
and the only one to provide 
real national coverage.

1  Estates Gazette July 2017,

2  Deloitte UK London Office Crane 

Survey – Winter 2017.

Chris Booth
MD Fit Out

Contemporary design 
Three of Fit Out’s design and build 
projects featured in The Telegraph’s 
’10 Coolest Offices of 2017’.

34 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

King’s College London 
Fit Out was appointed 
to the £44m upgrade 
of several ‘Bush House’ 
buildings in the Aldwych 
Quarter. In Bush House 
a new double-height, 
395-seat auditorium has 
been created, plus event 
space, a students’ union, 
health centre, learning 
and study spaces and 
lecture theatres. Over 
the past four years, Fit 
Out has delivered 22 
projects worth £57m 
for the university.

“We are delighted that 
Overbury is continuing to 
work with us in bringing 
forward state-of-the-art 
education and research 
facilities which will further 
enhance our standing 
as a leading global 
university.”
Frank Rogers 
King’s College London 
project director.

Contributing to 
better air quality 
in central London

A vertical garden
Fit Out transformed the 
gateway to Covent Garden 
into a ‘vertical park’ as part 
of a greening initiative to 
recreate the area’s garden 
heritage. The living wall 
covers over 1,500 sq ft of 
the building façade on the 
corner of Long Acre and 
James Street and is watered 
by a drip irrigation system 
run on up to 80% rainwater 
harvesting. Over 8,000 plants 
were selected to help improve 
air quality and attract birds 
and insects.

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Continue to deliver high quality work
The quality of work that Fit Out 
is delivering is evidenced by our 
increased revenue, with 7% of work 
in 2017 delivered through frameworks 
and 21% secured through negotiation 
rather than competitive bidding. 
Our Net Promoter Score at year 
end was 83%. 

Invest in and develop people
We increased investment in 
management development and NVQ 
training in 2017, and designed bespoke 
courses to support the delivery of 
exceptional quality. We also recruited 
for dedicated roles in our Foundation 
Programme for school leavers and 
graduates. Nineteen students, 
including six women, joined the 
programme this year, the largest 
cohort since it began in 2015. All seven 
‘Foundationers’ who completed the 
programme in 2017 have remained 
employed by the division and are 
currently mentoring new joiners.

Under 25s represent 7% of Fit Out’s 
workforce, compared to 5% in 2014. 
Our voluntary staff turnover rate 
reduced to 5.2% in 2017 despite a 
highly competitive market for 
talented people.

Invest in enabling technology
In 2017 we launched a new health 
and safety application, H&SPLUS, 
to improve safety on our sites. The 
app is used by our safety advisers 
and project managers during site 
inspections and data collected by 
the app is used to discuss high 
risk activities, provide feedback 
to subcontractors and share best 
practice. The app has been made 
available to all staff.

Strategic priorities for 2018

■  Continue to deliver high quality work
■  Invest in and develop people
■  Invest in enabling technology

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 35

Strategic reportThe restructuring and streamlining of the contract 
portfolio undertaken in 2017 leaves Property Services 
well set for future profitable growth.

P
r
o
p
e
r
t
y
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+20%

66

55

Operating (loss)/profit — adjusted* £m

2017

(1.3)

2016

0.7

-286%

Operating margin — adjusted* %

2017

(2.0)

2016

1.3

–330bps

■  Revenue up 20%

■  Committed order book up 22%

■  New contracts with four social 

housing providers

■  30 local residents trained under 
the BasWorx social enterprise

Property Services made an operating loss of £1.3m on revenue 
of £66m. Although revenue was up 20% compared to the prior 
year, the reported result was impacted by costs of £1.1m incurred 
on exiting its legacy insurance services business and £1.3m of 
costs relating to the streamlining of its contract portfolio by 
exiting underperforming contracts.

The committed order book has increased 22% to £836m, 
compared to £687m at the prior year end. Latest appointments 
include a £10m, five-year contract with housing association 
Optivo to deliver gas servicing, boiler replacements and 
heating upgrades for more than 8,000 homes in and around 
Croydon. Earlier in the year, the division secured a place on the 
£52m planned maintenance framework for Network Homes, 
which manages over 19,000 homes mainly in London and the 
Home Counties; a 10-year, £38m contract by social housing 
provider EastendHomes to provide repairs, maintenance and 
refurbishment services for 3,600 homes in Tower Hamlets, 
London; and a number of repairs and maintenance contracts 
for CityWest Homes, which manages properties on behalf of 
Westminster City Council, with a combined expected value 
of £219m over 10 years.

Under the £140m ‘Better Homes’ framework for Camden 
Council, Property Services is also currently delivering two 
internal works projects including 459 kitchen and 171 bathroom 
refurbishments, rewiring and heating system replacements; 
£7m of upgrades in the borough following fire risk assessments; 
and a £1m refurbishment to two residential blocks at the 
Gamages Estate in Hatton Garden. In addition during the 
year, £2m of extensive external refurbishment works to 
Flaxman Court, a six-storey block in Camden containing 
84 properties, were completed.

Divisional outlook
The target for Property Services is to grow its operating margin 
to at least 3%. Looking ahead to 2018, the strong order book 
is expected to deliver increased revenue and the operational 
leverage impact of additional volumes, together with the 
benefit of the restructuring undertaken this year, underpin 
the expected growth in margin towards this target.

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Strategic priorities for 2018

Improve customer service, seeking 
innovative technological solutions
We increased training in our MSi 
property management software 
and set up a Centre of Excellence 
for employees to share best 
practice and ideas.

Ensure our projects contribute 
socially and economically
The BasWorx social enterprise 
(see opposite page) provides 

training and work opportunities 
for local residents. In 2017 we ran 
three training programmes, two for 
school leavers and one for older, 
unemployed residents.

Invest in training and 
development for employees
We implemented 100% of our planned 
training programme for the year.

■  Sustainable and profitable growth 
through contracts with existing 
customers and selected new 
opportunities

■  Maximise the benefit from MSi, 
creating client interfaces for 
direct access to the system

■  Continue to drive purchase and 

subcontract savings while creating 
a more robust supply chain

36 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report Operating review— continued 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

BasWorx participants 
are given four-week 
on-the-job training.

Market overview

There are currently over five 
million social housing homes 
in the UK, incurring an annual 
repairs and maintenance 
expenditure of £7bn1. The 
market is stable with no 
significant fluctuations in size 
or value over the past three 
years. Local authorities and 
housing associations remain 
open to integrated asset 
management contracts that 
combine planned works, 
repairs and maintenance, 
and compliancy services 
such as gas servicing into 
single contracts. We are 
well placed to meet these 
demands through our MSi 
property management 
software that drives down 
the need for responsive 
repairs. Local authorities 
and housing associations 
are seeing the benefits 
of longer-term contracts, 
providing us with greater 
forward visibility of revenue.

1.  Source: Housing.Net.co.uk

Alan Hayward
MD Property Services

Creating job opportunities for local people

Project
Basildon Borough Council, 
property management service –  
one year on

30

80%

local residents  
trained in 2017

supply chain 
locally based

A year ago Basildon Borough Council 
partnered with Property Services to 
deliver property management services 
to over 10,000 homes. As a result of 
cost savings generated by the scheme, 
the council has been able to reinvest 
over £1m back into the community. The 
scheme’s social enterprise, BasWorx, 
has trained 30 local residents, providing 
full time employment for eight of them, 
and received an award from the South 
East Local Enterprise Partnership.

In addition, the council and Property 
Services received an award from the 
National Housing Maintenance Forum 
in early 2018 for ‘Most Improved Asset 
Management Service’. The judges 
praised Property Services’ ‘holistic 
approach to asset management with 
a wide-reaching range of benefits to 
the client, contractor, residents and 
the wider community’.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 37

 
 
“Supporting this development goes 
to the heart of our purpose in 
helping people access quality 
affordable housing in an 
attractive environment.”
Peter Hughes 
Managing Director of 
Principality Commercial, 
Principality Building Society

i

P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
h
p
H
o
u
s
i
n
g

The market opportunity 
for Partnership Housing 
remains sizeable.

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+9%

474

433

Operating profit — adjusted* £m

2017

2016

+5%

14.1

13.4

Operating margin — adjusted* %

2017

2016

–10bps

3.0

3.1

■  Revenue up 9%

■  Operating profit up 5%

■  Return on capital employed 

up 200bps

■  Built new database of public land 

development opportunities 

■  38 apprentices employed during 

the year

38 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Revenue increased by 9% in the year 
up to £474m. Growth was driven by the 
division’s contracting activities, where 
revenue (including planned maintenance 
and refurbishment) was up 27% in the 
year to £290m (61% of divisional total). 
Mixed-tenure revenue was 10% lower at 
£184m (39% of divisional total), which 
was impacted by lower than expected 
sales completions in the fourth quarter 
of the year. 

In mixed tenure, 887 units were 
completed across open market sales 
and social housing, lower than the prior 
year number of 1,060. This was due in 
part to a lower number of sales than 
expected completing in the fourth 
quarter. The average sales price of 
£207k compared to the average of 
£192k in the prior year.

Operating profit increased to £14.1m, up 
5%, and resulted in an operating margin 
of 3.0%, down 10bps on the prior year. 
The lower margin was impacted by 
lower mixed-tenure open market sales 
in the year and by unexpected cost 
escalation on one design and build 
contract in London. 

A new urban 
community

Project The Mill, Canton, Cardiff

£100m

partnership

800

new homes

Strategic report Operating review— continued 
 
     
A former paper mill is being transformed 
into one of Wales’s largest ever regeneration 
programmes through a partnership with Tirion 
Group and Cadwyn Housing Association, and 
with financial backing from the Principality 
Building Society and the Welsh government. 
The new urban village will have a neighbourhood 
centre, community hall, tree-lined boulevard, 
river walk, cycle paths and parks. Around half 
the homes will be affordable housing and the 
rest for open market sale. Thirty-eight homes 
were sold in 2017 and a further 115 are due 
to complete in 2018.

The scheme is expected to create around 
200 local job opportunities, including 
apprenticeships and work placements.

Above: 
show home at  
The Mill, Cardiff.

Below: 
work continues  
on-site.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 39

Strategic reportStrategic report Operating review Partnership Housing
— continued

Market overview

Our main customer is the 
first-time buyer, and the 
gap in the housing market 
between supply and demand 
makes homes less affordable. 
Land is scarce and expensive, 
particularly in urban areas, 
but at the same time, a 
significant amount of public 
land is underutilised. Our 
strategy is therefore to 
identify underutilised public 
land (see case study below) 
and work in partnership 
with government bodies 
to develop it. This has the 
advantage of securing 
long-term access to land for 
development without the 
need to forward purchase.

So far our sales have not 
been affected by Brexit. 
Our continued investment 
into modern construction 
methods will help offset any 
labour shortages brought 
about by the change.

Andy Saul
Interim MD 
Partnership Housing 

Average capital employed1  
(last 12 months) £m

2017

2016

99.7

110.8

Capital employed1 at year end £m

2017

2016

88.0

63.9

1  Capital employed is calculated as total assets 

(excluding goodwill, intangibles and cash) less total 
liabilities (excluding corporation tax, deferred tax, 
inter-company financing and overdrafts).

2  Return on average capital employed = adjusted 

operating profit divided by average capital employed. 

The capital employed at year end 
was £88.0m, with the average capital 
employed for the last 12-month period 
of £99.7m resulting in an overall ROCE2 
of 14% (2016: ROCE2 of 12%). Capital 
employed is expected to increase 
to c£120m in 2018 as mixed-tenure 
developments come on stream. 

In mixed tenure, the regeneration and 
development pipeline increased 11% to 
£851m, supported by the committed 
order book for the contracting element 
in mixed tenure of £78m. The division 
currently has a total of 45 mixed-tenure 
sites at various stages of construction and 
sales, with an average of 102 open market 
units per site. Average site duration is 39 
months, providing long-term visibility 
of activity.

Work started on site at several 
developments in the year, including a 
£46m regeneration at Ponders End in 
partnership with the London Borough 
of Enfield, while progress was made on 
a number of ongoing schemes, including 
The Mill at Canton, Cardiff (see page 39) 
and Trinity Walk in Woolwich. The division 
was chosen for a £45m redevelopment 
in Hatfield, Hertfordshire to create c150 
new homes and a shopping parade for 
Welwyn Hatfield Borough Council. Key 
completions included the final 23 homes 
in a £25m development at Towcester, 
as part of a regeneration scheme 
being delivered in collaboration with 
Investments. As well as this, the division 
secured a number of mixed-tenure 
projects which ensure it is well placed 
for the future. These included Priorslee 
in the Midlands, a project for 220 homes; 
Lakeside Doncaster which comprises 
142 homes; Branston in Lincolnshire for 
73 homes; Beck Row in Norfolk which 
will see 117 homes being built; and 
Llantarnam in South Wales which 
will produce 78 homes. 

The division is continuing to develop 
partnerships with housing associations 
and local authorities, supported by its 

extensive research completed into 
underutilised government land. New 
partnership opportunities are being 
progressed with Clarion Housing Group, 
Flagship Housing Association and Home 
Group. The division was also appointed to 
two major frameworks: Homes England’s 
(formerly the Homes and Communities 
Agency) improved Delivery Partner 
Panel, DPP3, which runs for four years 
until 2021 and is used by a wide range 
of public sector bodies; and the £1.8bn 
Sanctuary Housing Group Framework 
set up to deliver 30,000 new homes 
over the next 10 years. 

In contracting, the secured order book 
increased 46% to £445m. Performance 
was adversely impacted by unexpected 
cost escalation and programme slippage 
on one design and build contract in 
London, which is due for completion 
in the first half of 2018. 

The division was formally appointed by 
the Defence Infrastructure Organisation 
on a £250m scheme to build 900 homes 
at Salisbury Plain for service families 
returning from Germany. Other 
appointments include the £6m phase 
three of the Nar Ouse Regeneration 
Area project to deliver 50 houses for the 
Borough Council of King’s Lynn & West 
Norfolk; and a £5m scheme for Hafod 
Housing, in partnership with Bridgend 
County Borough Council, to provide 48 
social rented homes in Bridgend, South 
East Wales. In planned maintenance and 
refurbishment works, the division secured 
a £10m improvement programme to 
three blocks of flats on the Lion Farm 
Estate in Oldbury, for Sandwell Council. 

Divisional outlook
The division’s target is to generate a return 
on capital employed of over 20%. Looking 
ahead to 2018, with its strong order 
book and pipeline and other identified 
partnership opportunities, the division 
is well placed to deliver further progress 
towards its returns target, at the same 
time as increasing overall profitability.

Unlocking land for new housing 
In 2017 Partnership Housing completed 
a large body of research into public 
land and built a comprehensive 
database of off-market development 
opportunities. The research provided 
evidence for a report into the housing 
crisis, produced by the independent 
think tank, Localis and co-funded by 
Partnership Housing. The report, 
launched by the Housing Minister in 
October, highlights the value of the 
public/private partnership model in 
progressing housing development.

40 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Trinity Walk, Woolwich 
Trinity Walk is part of the One 
Woolwich programme in partnership 
with the Royal Borough of Greenwich 
and PA Housing to regenerate three 
council estates for mixed tenure. A new 
neighbourhood is being created with 
modern apartments and townhouses, 
tree-lined streets and a linear park. In 
2017, 222 new homes were completed, 
101 for open market sale and 121 for 
affordable rent. Most of the homes 
will be available via Help To Buy 
and are being marketed initially to 
residents within the SE18 postcode.

The division worked with the council 
to develop an extensive employment 
and skills plan and 45% of labour 
on the project has been supplied 
by local residents.  

“A project with longevity and the local 
community at its heart.” Councillor 
Denise Hyland, leader of the Royal 
Borough of Greenwich.

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Pursue digital strategy, linking 
sales, design and construction 
Our augmented reality software 
system, that enables customers 
to select, reserve and customise a 
home online before meeting with 
the sales team, has helped 
increase the number and volume 
of sales in 2017 and resulted in 
a faster sales process. It also 
enables us to analyse buying 
patterns to inform the design 
and the rate at which new 
homes are built. In 2017 we 
launched a new customer 
relationship management 
system which will enable 
quicker responses to enquiries 
and efficiencies in reporting 
and data analysis. 

Increase sales outlets 
from 20 to over 30
Our total sales outlets at the 
end of the year was 28. This is 
lower than our target, as some 
sites did not progress as quickly 
as we hoped due to planning 
issues. These sites will come 
to market in 2018.

Create at least two strategic 
partnerships with housing 
associations or local authorities 
in every region
Most of our regions formed 
at least two partnerships with 
housing associations and local 
authorities. During the year we 
also focused on securing national 
partnerships with a variety of 
registered providers.

Achieve a minimum strike rate 
on land and contracting bids 
of one-in-three
Our win rates varied during 
the year. We are achieving a 
one-in-three win rate on larger 
contracting projects but less so 
on land bids due to the high level 
of competition. Our strategy has 
been to remain prudent in the 
current market to prevent 
overexposure to the open 
market sector.

Strategic priorities for 2018

■  Increase pipeline of 
government land
■  Form three national 

partnerships

■  Deliver an exceptional 

service for our customers

Offering training and 
work opportunities 
for local people

Funding awarded for 
project skills co-ordinator
Partnership Housing was awarded 
National Skills Academy for Construction 
(NSAfC) status by the CITB in recognition 
of its expertise in delivering construction 
skills and training in local communities. 
Over the next four years it will receive 
funding for a new project skills co-
ordinator who will help manage training 
at its housing developments across 
South Wales and the South West, where 
it aims to create c40 apprenticeships 
and 140 work experience placements. 

Mark Bodger, strategic partnerships 
director for CITB, Wales: “The awarding 
of the NSAfC is testament to Lovell’s 
commitment in putting training at 
the forefront of their projects.”

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 41

Strategic reportMackie Mayor 
People enjoying 
the food, drink 
and atmosphere 
at Mackie Mayor’s 
new street food 
restaurant.

U
r
b
a
n
R
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

Urban Regeneration’s 
portfolio of active 
development schemes 
leaves it well placed 
for future growth.

Revenue £m

2017

2016

+12%

175

156

Operating profit — adjusted* £m
10.0

2017

2016

13.4

–25%

■  Revenue up 12%

■  Return on capital employed 9%

■  Good progress on town 
centre developments

■  Received 20 national awards 

Urban Regeneration delivered 
operating profit for the year of £10.0m, 
which although lower than the prior 
year, was in line with its schedule of 
development completions. Revenue in 
the year was up 12% to £175m, however 
this is only representative of the type 
of development scheme from which 
the profits were generated.

Capital employed at the year end was 
£85.0m. Average capital employed for 
the last 12-month period was £88.5m, 
with an overall ROCE1 of 9%. The average 
ROCE over the previous three years is 13%, 
diluted by the current year performance. 
Capital employed is expected to increase 
to £100m-£110m in 2018 as a result of 
the higher level of scheme activity. 

Good progress was made on Urban 
Regeneration’s existing town centre 
developments. Key contributors to 
performance include the completion of 
a landmark mixed-use scheme at Marischal 
Square in Aberdeen (see pages 9 to 10), 
and two residential developments 
delivered by English Cities Fund (ECf), 
a joint venture with Legal & General 
and Homes England, as part of the 
Salford regeneration: 36 townhouses 
at Timekeepers Square, all sold by 
completion (see page 45) and a £16m, 

Enhancing 
communities

Projects 
Mackie Mayor, Smithfield, Manchester 
and Time Square, Warrington

1  Return on average capital employed = (adjusted 

operating profit less interest on non-recourse debt 
less unwind of discount on deferred consideration 
for the last 12 months) divided by average capital 
employed for the last 12 months. Interest and fees 
on non-recourse debt was £1.5m (2016: £1.1m) and 
the unwind of discount on deferred consideration 
was £0.2m (2016: £0.3m).

42 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

20

awards

200+

homes

Strategic report Operating review— continued 
 
 
   
Urban Regeneration received 20 nationally recognised 
awards in the year, including a Community Benefit Award –  
RICS North East Awards – for The Word in South Shields, 
and Development of the Year (schemes of more than 200 
homes) at The Sunday Times British Homes Awards for the 
Lumire mixed-tenure residential building at Rathbone Market, 
Canning Town, delivered through the ECf joint venture.

Mackie Mayor, the former meat market at Smithfield, 
Manchester and Grade II listed building, previously restored 
by Urban Regeneration, was transformed in 2017 into an 
indoor ‘street food’ restaurant, lined with artisanal food 
traders. It is expected to attract both visitors and investors 
to the area, continuing the division’s revitalisation of 
Manchester’s Northern Quarter. The division also created 
a temporary home for Warrington’s award-winning market 
as part of the Time Square development, while a permanent 
market hall is being constructed.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 43

Strategic reportStrategic report Operating review Urban Regeneration
— continued

Market overview

The government continues to be very 
supportive of residential development, 
and a number of projects in our portfolio 
will benefit from funding through the 
£2.3bn Housing Infrastructure Fund. In 
London, mixed-tenure schemes can be 
developed faster by incorporating both 
private sale and private rental homes in 
a single phase. The northern region is 
experiencing a relatively strong city 
office market, and the growth in online 
retailing has resulted in the development 
of large distribution centres, with a 
positive effect on the industrial and 
commercial markets. With shops moving 
out of the high street, local authorities 
are challenged with maintaining the 
vibrancy of town centres, however it 
also releases land and development 
opportunities for new leisure facilities, 
restaurants and housing.

Operating from four offices across the 
country, we remain close to our markets 
and can react quickly to local trends. 
We manage risk by targeting a range 
of growth sectors. As at the end of 2017, 
our portfolio was split between 51% 
residential, 30% offices and 19% in retail, 
manufacturing, distribution and leisure.

Matt Crompton and Nigel Franklin
Joint MDs Urban Regeneration

10-storey block of 90 apartments at The 
Slate Yard, New Bailey, the first in Greater 
Manchester to be institutionally funded 
and custom built for private rental. 

Other highlights in the year included 
the sale of One City Place, a six-storey, 
Grade A office building in Chester’s 
central business district; and, ahead of 
forecast, the full letting of a 50,000 sq ft 
Grade A office building at Stockport 
Exchange. The division is now working 
with Stockport Metropolitan Borough 
Council to deliver the next phase of 
office development. 

Additional completions include a health 
centre as part of the Swindon regeneration 
programme; a multi-storey car park in 
Warrington, part of the Time Square 
development; a second private rental 
building of 68 new homes for Fizzy 
Living at Lewisham Gateway; and a 
residential block at Brentford Lock West. 
In Brixton, the £70m refurbishment of the 
Grade II listed town hall continued, carried 
out by Construction & Infrastructure, with 
the interior handed over to Lambeth 
Council. Work also progressed on two 
residential developments in Brixton, 
Hambrook House and Ivor House, both 
due to complete in autumn 2018. 

The development portfolio continues to 
generate a high volume of construction 
work, with c£400m currently on site and 

a further c£420m expected to be awarded 
over the next 12 months. Key projects 
that started on site include phase four of 
the Warrington Bridge Street regeneration 
which will provide a 13-screen cinema and 
seven restaurants, new indoor market 
and 105,000 sq ft of council office space; 
a 160,000 sq ft office building at 2 New 
Bailey in Salford; three industrial units 
totalling 100,000 sq ft at Logic Leeds 
and 137 new homes at Millbay, Plymouth. 

The regeneration and development 
pipeline of £2.1bn reduced 8% in the 
year, however it remains sizeable, with 
a diverse geographic and sector split:

■  by value, 44% of the pipeline is in the 
South East and London, 35% in the 
North West, 17% in Yorkshire and the 
North East, and 4% in the rest of the UK;

■  by sector, 51% by value relates to 

residential, 30% to offices, and the 
remainder is broadly split between 
retail, leisure, and industrial.

Divisional outlook
The target for Urban Regeneration is to 
increase its ROCE2 towards 20%. Looking 
ahead to 2018, based upon the higher 
level of scheme activity and the current 
profile of scheduled completions, Urban 
Regeneration is expected to deliver 
increased profits from higher average 
capital employed and to make progress 
towards its target ROCE.

Average capital employed1  
(last 12 months) £m

2017

2016

88.5

80.0

Capital employed1 at year end %

2017

2016

85.0

68.9

1  Capital employed is calculated as total assets 

(excluding goodwill, intangibles and cash) less total 
liabilities (excluding corporation tax, deferred tax, 
inter-company financing and overdrafts).

2  Return on average capital employed = (adjusted 

operating profit less interest on non-recourse debt 
less unwind of discount on deferred consideration 
for the last 12 months) divided by average capital 
employed for the last 12 months. Interest and fees 
on non-recourse debt was £1.5m (2016: £1.1m) and 
the unwind of discount on deferred consideration 
was £0.2m (2016: £0.3m).

44 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Timekeepers Square, Salford  
(above and left) Part of the £650m 
scheme via ECf to regenerate Salford, 
this development features 36 Georgian-
style townhouses situated by a Grade II 
listed church and opposite Salford 
Cathedral. At its heart is a landscaped 
communal courtyard, with a pedestrian 
boulevard leading from the church. 
A sister development, Carpino Place 
in Salford, was launched during the 
year and will provide a further 
22 townhouses.

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Maintain forward pipeline
Urban Regeneration’s appointment 
as preferred bidder to a £75m town 
centre regeneration in partnership with 
Dartford City Council, and a mixed-use 
development in Slough in collaboration 
with Investments (see page 47), will 
add £200m to its forward pipeline.

Release and reinvest inefficient capital
We have released working capital from 
older developments through sales at 
Doncaster, Lingley Mere Business 
Park in Warrington, St Paul’s Square 
development in Liverpool, and 
Wakefield Westgate Station.

Maintain programme for schemes 
delivering profit in 2018 and beyond
Further residential phases at Brixton, 
Lewisham, Brentford and Salford, 
totalling 440 homes, will complete 
in 2018. Construction is due to start 
in the year on the first phase of Hale 
Wharf, consisting of 250 homes for 
private sale and rental, and 187,000 sq ft 
of offices and a new 633-space 
multi-storey car park at ECf’s New 
Bailey development in Salford.

Strategic priorities for 2018

■  Expand the forward pipeline
■  Release and reinvest 
inefficient capital

■  Maintain programme for schemes 

delivering profit in 2018 and beyond

Engaging 
employees in 
our business 
strategy

Strategy day
Once a year all Urban 
Regeneration colleagues 
gather together to learn 
about the division’s business 
plan and strategy. The 
conference includes a session 
for employees to ask questions 
of the division’s joint managing 
directors as well as the Group 
chief executive and finance 
director.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 45

Strategic reportI
n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

Investments has a 
portfolio of property 
partnerships which will 
provide development 
profits for Investments as 
well as high quality work 
for the rest of the Group.

Operating profit/(loss) – adjusted* £m
0.5

2017

2016

(2.0)

■  Contributed profit from capital employed

■  New opportunities through joint 

venture partnerships

■  New joint venture in the extra care sector

■  ‘Procurer of the Year’ at the international 

2017 Partnership Awards

A planned new mixed-use 
development (top right) on 
the site of Slough’s former 
library (bottom right).

Market overview

As a result of continued cuts 
to their grant funding, local 
authorities, despite being asset 
rich, lack the income needed 
to fund their front line services. 
One solution is to redevelop 
underutilised land they own, 
either to directly provide those 
services, such as housing, or 
to generate revenue with 
which to fund services. The 
Naylor review of NHS estates 
published in March 2017 made 
similar recommendations for 
the NHS foundation trusts. Local 
authorities and NHS trusts without 
large, in-house estate teams are 
therefore seeking development 
skills from the private sector. 
We aim to provide our public 
sector partners with long-term, 
strategic advice at the earliest 
possible stages, to help them 
make the most effective use of 
their estates and generate lasting 
value for the communities 
they serve.

Lisa Scenna
MD Investments

During the year, the role of Investments 
within the Group has evolved from 
being solely a source of securing 
prime long-term construction and 
regeneration opportunities for the rest 
of the Group, to also being a consistent 
profit contributor from the capital 
employed in its property partnerships 
and development schemes.

Capital employed at the year end was 
£38.6m (2016: £23.3m), with average 
capital employed for the last 12-month 
period of £30.7m (2016: £20.7m). A 
significant proportion of this capital 
employed is invested in property 
partnership joint ventures, the key 
ones being Slough Urban Renewal (SUR), 
a joint venture with Slough Borough 
Council; a joint venture partnership 
with Bournemouth Borough Council; 
HB Villages, a partnership with the 
original founders of the joint venture; 
and Morgan Ashley Care Developments, 
a joint venture with Ashley House plc. 
Other partnerships include the Priority 
Schools Building Programme, North 
West Batch (joint venture with Equitix 
and the Department for Education); 
hub West Scotland, a partnership to 
develop a pipeline of public sector health, 
education and community projects in 

the Glasgow area; and strategic 
development partnerships with both 
Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust and Burton 
Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust to support 
the rationalisation, development and 
transformation of their estates.

The operating profit of £0.5m in the year 
was derived from a number of Investments’ 
partnership platforms, with the largest 
single contribution coming from the 
Milestone residential development, 
part of the SUR joint venture. 

Through its existing joint venture 
partnerships, significant progress was 
made in securing new opportunities 
and progressing current developments. 
Through the SUR joint venture, there are 
currently 10 projects under construction 
with a combined construction value of 
c£95m: two residential developments, 
three primary school extensions, one 
secondary school extension and four 
leisure projects. In addition, two new 
appointments were achieved: Slough 
Borough Council agreed to appoint 
SUR to deliver a major, mixed-use 
development on the former Thames 
Valley University site, and a deal was 
secured with Cycas Hospitality for a 
mixed-use development on the former 
site of Slough’s central library, including 

private residential apartments and two 
new hotels. 

In Bournemouth, through the partnership 
with Bournemouth Borough Council, 
the regeneration of the town centre 
has continued, including Berry Court in 
St Peter’s Road where 113 new private 
rental homes are under construction on 
the former site of an underused car park. 
The council also approved investment 
in a second residential development at 
St Stephen’s Road, which will provide 
46 high quality homes for market rent. 
In addition, a planning application 
has been submitted for a £150m 
redevelopment of Winter Gardens, a 
landmark site overlooking the seafront, 
currently used as a car park.

Work has started on two health care 
centres in the Gorbals and Woodside in 
Glasgow under the hub West Scotland 
joint venture, while construction is 
also underway on a £15m extra care 
development in Northampton through 
the HB Villages joint venture to provide 
80 assisted living apartments and 
communal space, designed to support 
older people to live independently.

During the year, significant strategic 
progress was made in widening the range 

46 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic report Operating review— continuedS
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

Redefining Slough

Project
Slough Regeneration

Investments has been working in partnership with Slough 
Borough Council over the past five years to regenerate the 
borough, through the Slough Urban Renewal (SUR) joint 
venture. This year SUR was appointed to deliver a mixed-use 
development on the former site of Slough’s central library, 
including two Marriott International hotels and 62 private 
residential apartments; and a planned mixed-use 
development on the former Thames Valley University site 
will potentially deliver 1,400 homes, 270,000 sq ft of Grade 
A office space, 50,000 sq ft of leisure and retail facilities 
and high quality public realm.

The programme has continued to generate work for other 
divisions, including Partnership Housing (the Milestone 
and Wexham Green residential developments) and Urban 
Regeneration (providing development expertise on the 
Thames Valley University site). Construction & Infrastructure 
has an order book of more than £50m over the next three 
years for leisure and school projects for SUR. 

 £73m

of projects delivered

 £95m

of projects under construction

Gold award for ‘Procurer of the Year’, 2017 Partnership Awards.

of Investments’ partners. Examples 
include the acquisition of a 50% stake 
in a joint venture with Ashley House plc, 
to focus on development activity in the 
extra care sector, into which Ashley 
House transferred its pipeline of extra 
care and supported living schemes with 
a development value of £200m to the 
joint venture; and a new strategic 
estates partnership with Oxleas NHS 
Foundation Trust to deliver its Strategic 
Estate Partnership (SEP) for an initial 
10-year period.

During the year, £143m of construction and 
regeneration work on schemes sourced 
by Investments was delivered across 
the Group (primarily by Construction & 
Infrastructure). A further £135m of work 
was secured for future delivery.

Divisional outlook
Looking ahead, Investments is expected 
to consistently deliver a positive return 
from its capital employed each year, 
as well as generating construction 
and regeneration work for the rest of 
the Group. Its medium-term target is 
to increase ROCE1 up towards 20%, 
however due to the phasing of its 
scheme developments, progress 
towards this target is not expected 
to follow a uniform profile.

Progress against 2017 strategic priorities

Create long-term capital 
platforms with investors
In early 2017, we secured £100m 
of funding from the Universities 
Superannuation Scheme for our 
HB Villages joint venture. During 
2017, £14m of this funding was 
deployed on four projects.

Progress projects within 
the development pipeline
We delivered 30 projects through 
our partnerships this year, with 
another 30 reaching contract 
close and starting on site, and 
15 achieving or being submitted 
for planning approval. STRIDE, 
the strategic estates partnership 
between Community Solutions, 
Burton Hospitals NHS Foundation 
Trust and Arcadis, signed an option 
to develop a health village on 
surplus hospital land to provide 
a range of health and social 
care infrastructure.

Develop a second 
institutional investor fund
We are currently in discussions 
with institutional investors to 
create and develop a second 
institutional investor fund in 
the extra care sector.

Strategic priorities for 2018

■  Create long-term capital 
platforms with investors
■  Progress projects within 
the development pipeline

■  Extend pipeline within 
existing platforms, and 
leverage successful track 
record in strategic partnering 
into new platforms

1  Return on average capital employed = (adjusted operating profit plus 

interest received from joint ventures) divided by average capital employed.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 47

 
Principal risks

The Group’s risk profile has improved with a strong 
balance sheet, continued focus on contract selectivity 
and no noticeable impact relating to Brexit.

“Our diversity of 
offering through 
construction and 
regeneration 
protects the 
business from 
cyclical changes 
in individual 
markets.”

Our approach

Risk is inherent in our business and 
cannot be completely eliminated if 
we are to achieve growth. Our risk 
governance model ensures that 
our principal risks and the controls 
implemented throughout the Group 
are under regular review at all levels.

Overview of the Group’s risk profile 
The UK’s decision to withdraw from the 
EU continues to generate uncertainty, 
however the economy has performed 
well in the reporting period and this is 
reflected in our trading position. It is 
still too early to predict the medium- 
to long-term effects of Brexit, and we 
are keeping a close eye on developments. 
We will adjust our strategy in response 
to any clear indicators, but are reassured 
that most of our regeneration schemes 
and a sizeable portion of our construction 
order book and pipeline are supported 
by public sector clients via frameworks 
and joint venture arrangements.

Our diversity of offering through 
construction and regeneration protects 
the business from cyclical changes 
in individual markets. Government 
commitments continue to support 
our business model: in house building, 
expected to be a primary growth driver, 
and in infrastructure, where our work in 
the public and private regulated sectors 
has longer-term visibility.

Based on current trading patterns, 
a strong balance sheet, high-quality 
secured order book and visible pipeline 
of opportunities, our outlook for 2018 
looks positive. All businesses remain 
focused on long-term partnerships, 
our favoured route to market with more 
predictable outcomes. Our regeneration 
activities are mostly non-speculative and 
underpinned by a long-term pipeline. 
Residential schemes have shown 
no short-term impacts since the 

referendum, with demand continuing 
to meet expectations. With relatively low 
interest rates and government support 
for housing, we are confident that the 
homes we build will continue to be in 
demand and affordable. Should the 
market change, the majority of our 
schemes are subject to economic 
viability conditions: future phases 
can be remodelled or deferred, which 
together with robust risk and capital 
controls would help mitigate negative 
fluctuations. Construction’s long-term 
focus on selectivity has significantly 
improved its risk profile, reflected in its 
outturn margin, cash and order book. 
Fit Out, while more susceptible to GDP 
fluctuations, has a strong secured order 
book for 2018 and beyond, providing 
higher visibility of future workload 
than in previous years.

In terms of resourcing our medium- 
and long-term plans, we have committed 
banking facilities until 2022, an improving 
cash profile and robust cash and capital 
controls in place. Voluntary staff turnover 
continues to fall and new people are 
being recruited who will help us 
achieve our strategic objectives.

This review should be read in 
conjunction with the viability 
statement on page 60.

Principal risks
The principal risks to the business are set 
out overleaf. They have been extensively 
reviewed but have not changed 
significantly in the reporting period. 
The list is not exhaustive but includes 
those risks currently considered most 
significant in terms of potential impact. 
The risks are set out as they relate to 
our Group strategic priorities, indicating 
any change in severity and likelihood of 
impacts compared to 2016 and describing 
mitigating actions being taken.

48 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic reportRisk governance model

I n t ernal audit

s  

w

Risk re vie

Strate

g

ic

  c ommitte

e

k

R i s

p

l

a

n

n

i

n

g

Group
Board

Risk
appetite

D

ivisional   b o a r d s

D
e

l

e

g

a

t

e

d

a

u

t

h

orities 

n

s i o

D i v i

g

al reportin

Audit comm i t t e e

Group Board

The Board is responsible for risk management and assesses the principal risks to the Group that threaten our strategy and 
performance. For detailed information on our risk management and internal control governance, see pages 80 to 82.

Divisional boards

Risk committee

In accordance with our decentralised philosophy, each 
division identifies the risks facing its business and takes 
measures to mitigate the impacts. Senior managers take 
ownership of specific risks and ensure that tolerance levels 
are not exceeded.

The risk committee consists of heads of key Group 
functions, including legal, company secretarial, IT, finance, 
internal audit, tax, treasury and commercial. The committee 
identifies risks for entering in the Group risk register. It also 
reviews both the Group and divisional risk registers before 
they are presented to the Board and audit committee.

Risk reviews

Strategic planning

Delegated authorities

Divisional reporting

We view risk management 
as a fundamental part of our 
business planning process. 
Each year objectives and 
strategies are set that align 
with the risk appetite defined 
by the Board.

Twice a year every division 
carries out a detailed 
risk review, recording 
significant matters in its 
risk register. Each risk is 
evaluated, both before 
and after the effect of 
mitigation, on its likelihood 
of occurrence and severity 
of impact on strategy. The 
Group head of audit and 
assurance follows the same 
process for identifying and 
reviewing Group risks, 
conferring with the 
risk committee.

Our finance director and 
Group head of audit and 
assurance have produced 
a formal document which 
delegates approval for 
material decisions throughout 
the Group to appropriate 
levels of management. Such 
decisions include project 
selection, tender pricing, and 
capital requirements. Board 
approval is required before 
undertaking large, complex 
projects. The approval 
system is regularly reviewed.

The divisional risk registers 
record the activities 
needed to manage each 
risk, with mitigating 
activities embedded in 
day-to-day operations for 
which every employee 
has some responsibility. 
Rigorous reporting 
procedures are in place to 
monitor significant risks 
throughout the divisions 
and ensure they are 
communicated to the 
Group head of audit 
and assurance.

Internal audit

Audit committee

The Group head of audit and assurance reviews and collates 
the divisional risk registers and draws from them when 
compiling the Group risk register.

The audit committee assists the Board in monitoring risk 
management and internal control, and formally reviews 
the Group and divisional risk registers before they are 
presented to the Board.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 49

Strategic report 
 
 
 
Strategic report Principal risks
— continued

Win in targeted markets

Win in targeted markets (continued)

Global and UK economic conditions could potentially 
impact our longer-term strategy in our markets.

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period1

Mitigating activities

Trend

Changes in the economy
The number of opportunities in our 
chosen markets could be reduced or 
become less profitable. Allocation of 
resources and capital to the pursuit 
of declining markets or less attractive 
opportunities would reduce the Group’s 
profitability and cash generation.

■  EU exit negotiations have to date 

■  Opportunities have continued to 

■  Maintaining a high profile and competency 

■  High proportion of our construction and 

had little impact in the UK market but 
longer-term effects remain difficult to 
predict and could affect both investor 
and consumer confidence.

■  The industry relies on a pool of EU 

labour in order to sustain construction 
output. To date we have not seen any 
significant impact, however this is a 
concern that we need the government 
to resolve.

■  The government remains committed 

to investment in housing supply 
and infrastructure.

■  This commitment complements our 
business model which is designed to 
provide a mix of earnings across 
different market cycles.

flow in all our markets. There is high 
demand for our development and 
regeneration schemes (with high 
barriers to entry), which are now 
benefiting from historic investment.
■  Competition in construction remains 
high against a backdrop of lower 
growth and rising inflation. However 
we are being selective and our 
procurement routes, margins, 
contract terms and order book 
remain favourable.

Exposure to UK housing market
The UK housing sector is strongly 
influenced by government stimulus 
and consumer confidence. If mortgage 
availability and affordability are reduced 
this could make existing schemes 
difficult to sell and future developments 
unviable, reducing profitability and 
tying up capital.

■  There continues to be clear 

■  Dialogue continues with local 

government and cross-party 
support in terms of housing 
supply, policy and stimulus, which 
complements our business model 
and market positioning.

■  Sales volumes, pace and inflation 

across the regions have all generally 
held up during EU discussions in 
both the investor and private markets, 
albeit with some signs of plateauing 
in the London market.

authorities and housing associations, 
not yet reflected in our pipeline.
■  We are well positioned to support 
current and future affordable and 
regeneration housing with high 
demand across our existing property 
portfolio.

Poor contract selection
In a volatile market where competition is 
high, a division might accept a contract 
outside its core competencies or for 
which it has insufficient resources.

■  A significant proportion of our larger 
projects continue to be secured with 
longer-term repeat clients with whom 
we have good relationships and 
sensible terms.

■  Having improved selectivity in 

Construction three years ago, we are 
now benefiting from a business with 
an improved risk profile delivering 
better outcomes. 

Failure to understand the project risks 
may lead to poor delivery and ultimately 
result in reputational damage and loss 
of opportunities.

■  Our forward order book continues to 
improve. It includes a high proportion 
of public sector and framework clients 
with typically healthier risk profiles.
■  We continue to be selective when 

bidding for contracts, enabled by our 
strong order book and cash position.

■  We have an enhanced understanding 

of medium-term pipeline quality, 
enabling us to predict trends more 
accurately and adjust our strategy 
in response.

1  Risk change in reporting period signifies the Board’s opinion of pre-mitigation risk movement.

50 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

in sectors identified for investment, such as 

regeneration order book secured with 

infrastructure, housing and urban regeneration.

public sector and regulated entities.

■  Monitoring changes in the economy, which 

■  Construction and regeneration divisions work 

helps us detect shifts in spending and adapt 

together, adding value for clients and offering 

No change

our strategy if necessary.

■  Strategic focus on market spread, geographical 

capability and diversification to protect against 

the cyclical effect of individual markets 

(see ‘At a glance’ section on the inside 

front cover and pages 4 to 5).

■  Business planning that focuses on markets and 

opportunities consistent with our risk appetite.

■  Committing only to viable development schemes, 

allowing us to maximise our residential portfolio 

while responding quickly to any market changes.

a scale of service that enables us to compete in 

areas with higher barriers to entry (see Slough 

regeneration scheme, page 47).

■  Regular monitoring and reporting of financial 

performance, work won, prospects and pipeline 

of opportunities.

■  Monitoring key UK statistics, including 

unemployment, lending and affordability.

■  A residential portfolio that targets and 

supports the government’s demand for 

housing supply and partnerships.

■  Rigorous three-stage approval process before 

committing to development schemes.

■  A constrained land bank, targeting option type 

agreements with owners that limit long-term 

■  Largely non-speculative, risk-share development 

vehicles, subject to viability conditions that 

minimise any negative impact from market 

fluctuations. 

■  High majority of schemes in partnership with 

the public sector and in regenerative areas 

that attract government funding.

■  Targeting forward selling sections of large-scale 

residential schemes to institutional investors.

exposure and boost return on capital employed.

■  Regular forecasting and monitoring of 

development pipeline and order book.

No change

■  Clear selectivity, strategy and business plan to 

■  Regular reporting on sales, pipeline and 

target optimal markets, sectors, clients and projects.

order book, using customer relationship 

■  Divisions select projects according to pre-agreed 

management software.

types of work, contract size and risk profile.

■  Communication of feedback from the 

■  A multi-stage process of bid approval, including 

supply chain.

tender review boards, risk profiling and sign off 

■  A deliberately large proportion of projects 

Decrease

by appropriate levels of management.

■  Staff planning and profiling to ensure appropriate 

levels of qualified resource for future work. 

u  Maturing selectivity strategy and tools, delivering 

projects with improved outcomes and sustainable 

margins, and leading to repeat business.

■  Initiatives to select supply chain partners who 

match our expectations in terms of quality, 

sustainability and availability.

conducted via framework or joint venture 

arrangements with repeat clients who share 

our philosophy and values, making predictable 

outcomes more likely.

■  Construction strategy and culture of prioritising 

bid selectivity over volume.

Win in targeted markets

Win in targeted markets (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period1

Mitigating activities

Trend

Strategic Objectives

Win in targeted markets

Develop and retain talented people

Disciplined use of capital

Maximise efficiency of resources

Pursue innovation

■  Maintaining a high profile and competency 
in sectors identified for investment, such as 
infrastructure, housing and urban regeneration.

■  High proportion of our construction and 
regeneration order book secured with 
public sector and regulated entities.

■  Monitoring changes in the economy, which 

helps us detect shifts in spending and adapt 
our strategy if necessary.

■  Strategic focus on market spread, geographical 
capability and diversification to protect against 
the cyclical effect of individual markets 
(see ‘At a glance’ section on the inside 
front cover and pages 4 to 5).

■  Business planning that focuses on markets and 
opportunities consistent with our risk appetite.
■  Committing only to viable development schemes, 
allowing us to maximise our residential portfolio 
while responding quickly to any market changes.

■  Construction and regeneration divisions work 
together, adding value for clients and offering 
a scale of service that enables us to compete in 
areas with higher barriers to entry (see Slough 
regeneration scheme, page 47).

■  Regular monitoring and reporting of financial 

performance, work won, prospects and pipeline 
of opportunities.

No change

■  Monitoring key UK statistics, including 

unemployment, lending and affordability.

■  A residential portfolio that targets and 

supports the government’s demand for 
housing supply and partnerships.

■  Rigorous three-stage approval process before 

committing to development schemes.

■  A constrained land bank, targeting option type 
agreements with owners that limit long-term 
exposure and boost return on capital employed.

■  Largely non-speculative, risk-share development 

vehicles, subject to viability conditions that 
minimise any negative impact from market 
fluctuations. 

■  High majority of schemes in partnership with 
the public sector and in regenerative areas 
that attract government funding.

■  Targeting forward selling sections of large-scale 
residential schemes to institutional investors.

■  Regular forecasting and monitoring of 
development pipeline and order book.

No change

■  Clear selectivity, strategy and business plan to 

target optimal markets, sectors, clients and projects.
■  Divisions select projects according to pre-agreed 

■  Regular reporting on sales, pipeline and 
order book, using customer relationship 
management software.

types of work, contract size and risk profile.

■  Communication of feedback from the 

■  A multi-stage process of bid approval, including 
tender review boards, risk profiling and sign off 
by appropriate levels of management.

■  Staff planning and profiling to ensure appropriate 

levels of qualified resource for future work. 

u  Maturing selectivity strategy and tools, delivering 
projects with improved outcomes and sustainable 
margins, and leading to repeat business.

■  Initiatives to select supply chain partners who 
match our expectations in terms of quality, 
sustainability and availability.

supply chain.

Decrease

■  A deliberately large proportion of projects 
conducted via framework or joint venture 
arrangements with repeat clients who share 
our philosophy and values, making predictable 
outcomes more likely.

■  Construction strategy and culture of prioritising 

bid selectivity over volume.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 51

Global and UK economic conditions could potentially 

impact our longer-term strategy in our markets.

Changes in the economy

■  EU exit negotiations have to date 

■  Opportunities have continued to 

The number of opportunities in our 

chosen markets could be reduced or 

become less profitable. Allocation of 

resources and capital to the pursuit 

of declining markets or less attractive 

opportunities would reduce the Group’s 

profitability and cash generation.

had little impact in the UK market but 

flow in all our markets. There is high 

longer-term effects remain difficult to 

demand for our development and 

predict and could affect both investor 

regeneration schemes (with high 

and consumer confidence.

■  The industry relies on a pool of EU 

barriers to entry), which are now 

benefiting from historic investment.

labour in order to sustain construction 

■  Competition in construction remains 

output. To date we have not seen any 

high against a backdrop of lower 

significant impact, however this is a 

growth and rising inflation. However 

concern that we need the government 

we are being selective and our 

to resolve.

■  The government remains committed 

to investment in housing supply 

and infrastructure.

■  This commitment complements our 

business model which is designed to 

provide a mix of earnings across 

different market cycles.

procurement routes, margins, 

contract terms and order book 

remain favourable.

Exposure to UK housing market

The UK housing sector is strongly 

influenced by government stimulus 

■  There continues to be clear 

government and cross-party 

support in terms of housing 

and consumer confidence. If mortgage 

supply, policy and stimulus, which 

availability and affordability are reduced 

complements our business model 

this could make existing schemes 

and market positioning.

■  Dialogue continues with local 

authorities and housing associations, 

not yet reflected in our pipeline.

■  We are well positioned to support 

current and future affordable and 

regeneration housing with high 

difficult to sell and future developments 

unviable, reducing profitability and 

tying up capital.

■  Sales volumes, pace and inflation 

demand across our existing property 

across the regions have all generally 

portfolio.

held up during EU discussions in 

both the investor and private markets, 

albeit with some signs of plateauing 

in the London market.

Poor contract selection

■  A significant proportion of our larger 

■  Having improved selectivity in 

In a volatile market where competition is 

projects continue to be secured with 

Construction three years ago, we are 

high, a division might accept a contract 

longer-term repeat clients with whom 

now benefiting from a business with 

outside its core competencies or for 

we have good relationships and 

an improved risk profile delivering 

which it has insufficient resources.

sensible terms.

better outcomes. 

Failure to understand the project risks 

may lead to poor delivery and ultimately 

result in reputational damage and loss 

of opportunities.

■  Our forward order book continues to 

■  We have an enhanced understanding 

improve. It includes a high proportion 

of medium-term pipeline quality, 

of public sector and framework clients 

enabling us to predict trends more 

with typically healthier risk profiles.

accurately and adjust our strategy 

■  We continue to be selective when 

bidding for contracts, enabled by our 

strong order book and cash position.

in response.

1  Risk change in reporting period signifies the Board’s opinion of pre-mitigation risk movement.

Strategic reportStrategic report Principal risks
— continued

Win in targeted markets (continued)

Win in targeted markets (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Safety or environmental incident 
Health, safety and environmental (HSE) 
impacts will always feature significantly 
in the risk profile of a construction 
business. We carry out a significant 
portion of our work in public areas and 
complex environments, requiring strict 
observation of Health and Safety 
Executive standards.

Incidents that cause harm to an 
individual or the community could 
result in legal action, fines, costs and 
insurance claims as well as project 
delays and damage to reputation. Poor 
HSE performance could also affect our 
ability to secure future work and 
achieve targets.

■  Sentencing guidelines for health and 
safety introduced in 2016 can impose 
significant fines. We currently have 
no material issues that might attract 
a fine and we continue to focus on 
managing HSE issues to the standards 
required to protect individuals, the 
community and the environment.
■  Construction & Infrastructure has 

embedded its cultural development 
programme and adopted an innovative 
approach to fatigue management, 
known as Readiband (see page 31).

■  Fit Out introduced a health and safety 
app to improve safety on sites (see 
page 35).

■  Health and safety leadership team 

meetings were held during the year 
to discuss safety matters and trends 
impacting the business. The meetings 
were attended by divisional managing 
directors and health and safety directors.

■  Individuals in each division and on the Board with 

■  Investigations and root cause analysis of 

specific responsibility for HSE matters.

accidents or incidents and near misses.

■  Communication of each division’s HSE policy to 

■  Regular HSE training that includes 

all staff and senior managers appointed to ensure 

behavioural change.

they are implemented.

■  A Group health and safety forum with 

■  Major incident management plans and business 

continuity plans that are periodically reviewed 

No change

representatives from all divisions that continues 

and tested.

to share best practice and exchange information 

on emerging risks.

■  HSE report to the Board each month, HSE audits 

on projects and training schedules and incident 

■  Established safety systems, site visits, monitoring 

investigation reports if necessary.

and reporting procedures including near-miss 

and potential hazard reporting.

Develop and retain talented people

Develop and retain talented people (continued)

We operate in sectors that are technically complex, requiring innovative solutions, and 
recognise that talented, motivated people improve our performance and contribute to 
our planned growth. Voluntary staff turnover rates, while falling, can be reduced further.

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Failure to attract and 
retain talented people
Talented people are needed to provide 
excellence in project delivery and 
customer service.

Skills shortages in the construction 
industry remain an issue for the 
foreseeable future.

■  In divisions where voluntary staff 

■  Our leadership development 

■  Continued implementation of the People 

■  Monitoring future skills requirements.

turnover was higher than it should 
have been, improvements have been 
made to the working environment and 
investment made in technology and 
leadership training. 

■  Our investment in graduate, trainee 
and apprenticeship schemes is now 
well established, with a continuing 
number of participants progressing to 
more senior positions.

programme is proving popular, 
and progressing well.

■  There is a stretch in the labour market 
which has been manageable in the 
short term. However it would be 
exacerbated if the government were 
unable to secure EU skills mobility. 

■  Our current success is helping us 

attract and retain people, reflected 
in our falling voluntary staff 
turnover rates.

Promise1 to help employees fulfil their potential.

■  Annual appraisals providing two-way feedback 

■  Training and development plans to build skills 

on performance.

and experience.

where possible.

■  Attractive remuneration packages benchmarked 

■  Providing industry-leading working 

environments, technology tools and software to 

enrich people’s working experience.

■  Giving people empowerment and responsibility 

together with clear leadership and support.

■  Succession plans in all businesses.

■  Debriefs with leavers and joiners to understand 

the reasons for their decision.

■  Divisional ‘people boards’ that meet twice a year 

to review talent in the business.

■  Employee engagement surveys.

■  Monthly HR reports to the Board including 

a report on leavers and joiners.

■  Monitoring recruitment.

Decrease

1  Our People Promise given to all employees explains what they can expect from the Group and their team members and, in turn, what is expected from them.

52 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

   
    
    
Win in targeted markets (continued)

Win in targeted markets (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Safety or environmental incident 

■  Sentencing guidelines for health and 

■  Fit Out introduced a health and safety 

■  Individuals in each division and on the Board with 

Health, safety and environmental (HSE) 

safety introduced in 2016 can impose 

app to improve safety on sites (see 

specific responsibility for HSE matters.

■  Investigations and root cause analysis of 
accidents or incidents and near misses.

impacts will always feature significantly 

significant fines. We currently have 

page 35).

in the risk profile of a construction 

business. We carry out a significant 

no material issues that might attract 

a fine and we continue to focus on 

portion of our work in public areas and 

managing HSE issues to the standards 

complex environments, requiring strict 

required to protect individuals, the 

observation of Health and Safety 

community and the environment.

■  Health and safety leadership team 

meetings were held during the year 

to discuss safety matters and trends 

impacting the business. The meetings 

were attended by divisional managing 

directors and health and safety directors.

Executive standards.

Incidents that cause harm to an 

individual or the community could 

result in legal action, fines, costs and 

insurance claims as well as project 

delays and damage to reputation. Poor 

HSE performance could also affect our 

ability to secure future work and 

achieve targets.

■  Construction & Infrastructure has 

embedded its cultural development 

programme and adopted an innovative 

approach to fatigue management, 

known as Readiband (see page 31).

■  Communication of each division’s HSE policy to 

■  Regular HSE training that includes 

all staff and senior managers appointed to ensure 
they are implemented.

■  A Group health and safety forum with 

representatives from all divisions that continues 
to share best practice and exchange information 
on emerging risks.

■  Established safety systems, site visits, monitoring 
and reporting procedures including near-miss 
and potential hazard reporting.

behavioural change.

■  Major incident management plans and business 
continuity plans that are periodically reviewed 
and tested.

■  HSE report to the Board each month, HSE audits 
on projects and training schedules and incident 
investigation reports if necessary.

No change

Develop and retain talented people

Develop and retain talented people (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

■  Continued implementation of the People 

Promise1 to help employees fulfil their potential.
■  Annual appraisals providing two-way feedback 

on performance.

■  Training and development plans to build skills 

and experience.

■  Attractive remuneration packages benchmarked 

where possible.

■  Providing industry-leading working 

environments, technology tools and software to 
enrich people’s working experience.

■  Giving people empowerment and responsibility 

together with clear leadership and support.

■  Monitoring future skills requirements.
■  Succession plans in all businesses.
■  Debriefs with leavers and joiners to understand 

the reasons for their decision.

■  Divisional ‘people boards’ that meet twice a year 

to review talent in the business.
■  Employee engagement surveys.
■  Monthly HR reports to the Board including 

a report on leavers and joiners.

■  Monitoring recruitment.

Decrease

1  Our People Promise given to all employees explains what they can expect from the Group and their team members and, in turn, what is expected from them.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 53

We operate in sectors that are technically complex, requiring innovative solutions, and 

recognise that talented, motivated people improve our performance and contribute to 

our planned growth. Voluntary staff turnover rates, while falling, can be reduced further.

Failure to attract and 

retain talented people

■  In divisions where voluntary staff 

■  Our leadership development 

turnover was higher than it should 

programme is proving popular, 

Talented people are needed to provide 

have been, improvements have been 

and progressing well.

excellence in project delivery and 

customer service.

made to the working environment and 

investment made in technology and 

leadership training. 

■  There is a stretch in the labour market 

which has been manageable in the 

short term. However it would be 

Skills shortages in the construction 

industry remain an issue for the 

foreseeable future.

■  Our investment in graduate, trainee 

exacerbated if the government were 

and apprenticeship schemes is now 

unable to secure EU skills mobility. 

well established, with a continuing 

number of participants progressing to 

more senior positions.

■  Our current success is helping us 

attract and retain people, reflected 

in our falling voluntary staff 

turnover rates.

Strategic report   
    
    
Strategic report Principal risks
— continued

Disciplined use of capital

Disciplined use of capital (continued)

Our long-term success depends not only on our disciplined use of capital but also 
the liquidity of our clients, partners and suppliers, which could be affected by 
overtrading in an increasingly uncertain market.

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Insolvency of key client, joint venture 
(JV) partner, subcontractor or supplier
An insolvency could disrupt project 
works, cause delay and incur the costs 
of finding a replacement, resulting in 
bad debt and significant financial loss. 
There is a risk that credit checks 
undertaken in the past may no 
longer be valid.

■  A high proportion of our current order 
book is public sector focused. Outside 
of this we seek to obtain relevant 
securities in the form of guarantees, 
bonds, escrow and/or favourable 
payment terms.

■  Our current JV project portfolio has 
not suffered any material impact as 
a result of recent industry 
insolvency issues. 

■  Construction & Infrastructure continues 
to develop long-term relationships with 
financially sound subcontractors.

Inadequate funding
A lack of liquidity could impact our 
ability to continue to trade or restrict 
our ability to achieve market growth 
or invest in regeneration schemes.

■  Debt availability and terms continue 
to be favourable for the Group, our 
clients and our supply chain.

■  Our average cash improved once 

again in the period, providing a clear 
indication of the health of the business 
and its cash-backed nature.

Mismanagement of working capital
Poor management of working capital 
leads to insufficient liquidity and 
funding problems.

■  Overall working capital continues 
to improve following the settling 
of long-standing accounts, phasing 
of scheme starts and completions 
in regeneration schemes, plus the 
continuing benefits from positive 
cash generation in construction.

■  We have recently renewed our 

banking facility which together with 
our strong cash position provides 
significant headroom.

■  Our robust balance sheet gives 

us greater opportunity to explore 
further investment in new regeneration 
schemes and continue to be selective 
in Construction.

■  Cash management continues to 
improve in Construction due to a 
combination of improved returns, 
cash optimisation and cash conversion.

■  Our average net cash for the period 
underlines our strong performance 
and working capital management, but 
there are still areas for improvement.

■  A business strategy focused on the public sector 

■  Working with preferred or approved suppliers 

and commercial clients in sound market sectors.

wherever possible, which ensures visibility of 

■  Rigorous due diligence and credit checks on 

both financial and workload commitments.

clients, partners and suppliers.

■  Regular meetings with key supply chain 

■  Obtaining financial security where necessary, 

such as bonds, guarantees, specific preferential 

payment terms or escrow accounts.

■  Formal approval process before entering 

contracts, supported by tender review boards.

■  Formal JV selection due diligence papers and 

approval at Group executive director level.

■  JV agreements contain protection relating to 

bank accounts and resource employed by a 

defaulting party. 

members to exchange feedback and maintain 

dialogue, resulting in meaningful relationships 

and a greater understanding of their business.

■  Monitoring supply chain utilisation to ensure we 

do not overstress either their finances or 

operational resource.

■  Monitoring work in progress (uninvoiced income), 

debts and retentions to ensure optimal cash 

conversion and identify potentially stressed 

businesses.

No change

■  Securing medium-term committed 

■  A Group-led disciplined allocation process for 

banking facilities to 2022.

■  A three-stage process requiring approval 

at Group level for all development and 

investment-related schemes, which gives 

an early indication of potential long-term 

balance sheet commitments and risks.

significant project-related capital which considers 

all future requirements and return on investment.

■  Daily monitoring of cash levels and regular 

forecasting of future cash balances and 

facility headroom. 

■  Regular stress-testing of long-term 

cash forecasts.

Decrease

■  Monitoring and management of working 

■  Cash profiling of key opportunities at an early 

capital with acute focus on any overdue 

work in progress, debtors or retentions.

■  Reinforcing a culture in the bidding and 

project teams of focusing on generating 

positive cash outcomes.

■  Daily monitoring of cash levels and weekly 

cash forecast reports.

stage to ensure they meet the Group’s 

expectations.

■  Efficient management of capital on regeneration 

schemes, such as phased scheme delivery, seeking 

institutional and government funding solutions, 

and forward selling where possible.

Decrease

54 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

   
Our long-term success depends not only on our disciplined use of capital but also 

the liquidity of our clients, partners and suppliers, which could be affected by 

overtrading in an increasingly uncertain market.

Insolvency of key client, joint venture 

■  A high proportion of our current order 

■  Our current JV project portfolio has 

(JV) partner, subcontractor or supplier

book is public sector focused. Outside 

not suffered any material impact as 

An insolvency could disrupt project 

of this we seek to obtain relevant 

a result of recent industry 

works, cause delay and incur the costs 

securities in the form of guarantees, 

insolvency issues. 

of finding a replacement, resulting in 

bonds, escrow and/or favourable 

bad debt and significant financial loss. 

payment terms.

■  Construction & Infrastructure continues 

to develop long-term relationships with 

financially sound subcontractors.

There is a risk that credit checks 

undertaken in the past may no 

longer be valid.

Disciplined use of capital

Disciplined use of capital (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

■  A business strategy focused on the public sector 
and commercial clients in sound market sectors.

■  Rigorous due diligence and credit checks on 

clients, partners and suppliers.

■  Obtaining financial security where necessary, 

such as bonds, guarantees, specific preferential 
payment terms or escrow accounts.

■  Formal approval process before entering 

contracts, supported by tender review boards.
■  Formal JV selection due diligence papers and 
approval at Group executive director level.
■  JV agreements contain protection relating to 
bank accounts and resource employed by a 
defaulting party. 

■  Working with preferred or approved suppliers 
wherever possible, which ensures visibility of 
both financial and workload commitments.

■  Regular meetings with key supply chain 

members to exchange feedback and maintain 
dialogue, resulting in meaningful relationships 
and a greater understanding of their business.
■  Monitoring supply chain utilisation to ensure we 

do not overstress either their finances or 
operational resource.

■  Monitoring work in progress (uninvoiced income), 

debts and retentions to ensure optimal cash 
conversion and identify potentially stressed 
businesses.

No change

Inadequate funding

■  Debt availability and terms continue 

■  We have recently renewed our 

■  Securing medium-term committed 

■  A Group-led disciplined allocation process for 

A lack of liquidity could impact our 

ability to continue to trade or restrict 

our ability to achieve market growth 

or invest in regeneration schemes.

to be favourable for the Group, our 

banking facility which together with 

clients and our supply chain.

our strong cash position provides 

■  Our average cash improved once 

significant headroom.

again in the period, providing a clear 

■  Our robust balance sheet gives 

indication of the health of the business 

us greater opportunity to explore 

and its cash-backed nature.

further investment in new regeneration 

schemes and continue to be selective 

in Construction.

Mismanagement of working capital

■  Overall working capital continues 

■  Cash management continues to 

Poor management of working capital 

to improve following the settling 

leads to insufficient liquidity and 

funding problems.

of long-standing accounts, phasing 

of scheme starts and completions 

in regeneration schemes, plus the 

continuing benefits from positive 

cash generation in construction.

improve in Construction due to a 

combination of improved returns, 

cash optimisation and cash conversion.

■  Our average net cash for the period 

underlines our strong performance 

and working capital management, but 

there are still areas for improvement.

banking facilities to 2022.

■  A three-stage process requiring approval 
at Group level for all development and 
investment-related schemes, which gives 
an early indication of potential long-term 
balance sheet commitments and risks.

■  Monitoring and management of working 
capital with acute focus on any overdue 
work in progress, debtors or retentions.
■  Reinforcing a culture in the bidding and 
project teams of focusing on generating 
positive cash outcomes.

■  Daily monitoring of cash levels and weekly 

cash forecast reports.

significant project-related capital which considers 
all future requirements and return on investment.

■  Daily monitoring of cash levels and regular 
forecasting of future cash balances and 
facility headroom. 

■  Regular stress-testing of long-term 

cash forecasts.

■  Cash profiling of key opportunities at an early 

stage to ensure they meet the Group’s 
expectations.

■  Efficient management of capital on regeneration 
schemes, such as phased scheme delivery, seeking 
institutional and government funding solutions, 
and forward selling where possible.

Decrease

Decrease

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 55

Strategic report   
Strategic report Principal risks
— continued

Maximise efficiency of resources

Maximise efficiency of resources (continued)

Contract terms need to reflect risks arising from the nature and duration 
of the works. Projects must be properly resourced to ensure successful 
delivery for clients.

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Mispricing a contract
If a contract is incorrectly costed this 
could lead to loss of profitability that 
reduces overall gross margin. It might 
also damage the relationship with the 
client and supply chain.

■  Contract procurement routes and 

terms have remained favourable, as 
reflected in our outturn margins and 
quality of forward order book.
■  We have maintained our focus on 

■  We provide for increases in bids where 
appropriate in order to hedge against 
supply chain costs that are exposed to 
exchange rate or inflation fluctuations.

■  We continue to secure projects 

selecting projects that are right for the 
business and match our risk appetite, 
thus offering a higher probability 
of success.

with repeat clients via negotiation, 
open book and framework style 
arrangements, with limited, selective 
open market bids.

Changes to contracts 
and contract disputes
Changes to contracts and contract 
disputes could lead to costs being 
incurred that are not recovered, loss 
of profitability and delayed receipt of 
cash. Ultimately we may need to resort 
to legal action to resolve disputes which 
can prove costly with uncertain outcomes, 
as well as damaging relationships.

■  The high proportion of framework 
related, two-stage and negotiated 
work in our current order book has 
reduced the likelihood of unforeseen 
changes and disputes.

■  Improvements in early warning tools 
and metrics flag potential issues in 
Construction earlier than before.

■  Further development has continued 
on electronic project management 
and commercial controls to improve 
trend analysis and early warning 
intervention.

■  Construction’s order book contains a 
greater proportion of repeat client 
work, meaning we are more likely to 
achieve sustainable and predictable 
outcomes via negotiated settlement.

■  A well-established bidding process with 

■  Tender reviews at three key stages of 

experienced estimating teams.

■  Robust review of pipeline at key stages, with 

rigorous due diligence and risk assessment, and 

senior level approval.

■  Our order book quality and strong cash position 

mean we can remain selective in our bidding.

■  Construction strategy and culture in prioritising 

bid selectivity over volume.

pre-qualification, pre-tender and final tender 

submission, with each stage approved by senior 

management via tender review boards.

■  Using the tender review process to challenge 

and mitigate any impacts of rising supply 

chain costs.

Decrease

■  Carrying out work under standard terms 

■  Regular reporting on all projects with a particular 

wherever possible.

focus on matters likely to impact on programme, 

■  Reviewing contract terms at tender stage and 

cost and quality.

ensuring variations are approved by the 

■  Where legal action is necessary, taking appropriate 

appropriate level of management.

advice and making suitable provision for costs.

Decrease

■  Well-established systems of measuring and 

■  All material disputes notified to the Board as 

reporting project progress and estimated 

outturns that include contract variations.

they occur.

■  Monthly monitoring of financial and operational 

■  Regular project reviews including feedback from 

performance on projects.

peers, to provide a level of positive challenge 

around progress and project performance.

■  Use of electronic change control tools to inform 

clients and project teams of the status of the 

■  Continued use and development of electronic 

final account and programme at each stage 

dashboards for project management and 

of construction.

commercial metrics designed to highlight areas 

of focus and provide early warnings.

Poor project delivery
Failure to meet client expectations could 
incur costs that erode profit margins 
and lead to the withholding of interim 
cash payments which impacts working 
capital. It may also result in reduction of 
repeat business and client referrals.

■  Maturing early warning tools are 

■  We have successfully settled older 

■  Incentivising project teams on Perfect Delivery 

■  Formal internal peer reviews that highlight areas 

flagging problems in project delivery, 
enabling earlier intervention and 
provisioning.

■  Our continued focus on project 

selectivity reduces risk in the order 
book and the probability of poor 
performance.

■  Various initiatives in Construction are 

underway that focus on improvements 
in product quality, predictability and 
customer experience.

project disputes via a combination of 
expert advice and sensible dialogue, 
negating significant legal costs and 
prolonged uncertainty.

■  Fit Out’s sophisticated initiative to drive 
customer service and experience is 
maturing and continues to 
differentiate their offering.

■  Our electronic snagging and handover 

technology improves the way we 
manage project close outs.

outcomes to achieve high levels of client 

of improvement and share best practice and 

satisfaction.

‘lessons learned’ exercises.

■  Strategic supply chain trading arrangements 

■  Collection and analysis of client feedback.

to help ensure consistent quality.

■  Monthly monitoring of project performance and 

Decrease

■  Electronic project management tools which 

electronic dashboards for project management 

help improve quality and efficiency.

and commercial metrics.

■  Continued application of early warning tools 

■  Regular formal and informal stakeholder 

to highlight delivery issues.

■  An escalation process to ensure senior 

management intervention at an early 

stage if necessary.

feedback to ensure our performance 

is meeting expectations.

56 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

  
Contract terms need to reflect risks arising from the nature and duration 

of the works. Projects must be properly resourced to ensure successful 

delivery for clients.

If a contract is incorrectly costed this 

could lead to loss of profitability that 

reduces overall gross margin. It might 

also damage the relationship with the 

client and supply chain.

terms have remained favourable, as 

appropriate in order to hedge against 

reflected in our outturn margins and 

supply chain costs that are exposed to 

quality of forward order book.

exchange rate or inflation fluctuations.

■  We have maintained our focus on 

■  We continue to secure projects 

selecting projects that are right for the 

with repeat clients via negotiation, 

business and match our risk appetite, 

open book and framework style 

thus offering a higher probability 

arrangements, with limited, selective 

of success.

open market bids.

Changes to contracts 

and contract disputes

Changes to contracts and contract 

disputes could lead to costs being 

incurred that are not recovered, loss 

of profitability and delayed receipt of 

cash. Ultimately we may need to resort 

to legal action to resolve disputes which 

can prove costly with uncertain outcomes, 

as well as damaging relationships.

■  The high proportion of framework 

■  Further development has continued 

related, two-stage and negotiated 

work in our current order book has 

on electronic project management 

and commercial controls to improve 

reduced the likelihood of unforeseen 

trend analysis and early warning 

changes and disputes.

intervention.

■  Improvements in early warning tools 

■  Construction’s order book contains a 

and metrics flag potential issues in 

Construction earlier than before.

greater proportion of repeat client 

work, meaning we are more likely to 

achieve sustainable and predictable 

outcomes via negotiated settlement.

Maximise efficiency of resources

Maximise efficiency of resources (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Mispricing a contract

■  Contract procurement routes and 

■  We provide for increases in bids where 

■  A well-established bidding process with 

■  Tender reviews at three key stages of 

experienced estimating teams.

■  Robust review of pipeline at key stages, with 

rigorous due diligence and risk assessment, and 
senior level approval.

■  Our order book quality and strong cash position 
mean we can remain selective in our bidding.
■  Construction strategy and culture in prioritising 

bid selectivity over volume.

■  Carrying out work under standard terms 

wherever possible.

■  Reviewing contract terms at tender stage and 

ensuring variations are approved by the 
appropriate level of management.

■  Well-established systems of measuring and 
reporting project progress and estimated 
outturns that include contract variations.

■  Regular project reviews including feedback from 
peers, to provide a level of positive challenge 
around progress and project performance.
■  Continued use and development of electronic 

dashboards for project management and 
commercial metrics designed to highlight areas 
of focus and provide early warnings.

Poor project delivery

■  Maturing early warning tools are 

■  We have successfully settled older 

■  Incentivising project teams on Perfect Delivery 

cash payments which impacts working 

capital. It may also result in reduction of 

repeat business and client referrals.

Failure to meet client expectations could 

flagging problems in project delivery, 

project disputes via a combination of 

incur costs that erode profit margins 

enabling earlier intervention and 

and lead to the withholding of interim 

provisioning.

expert advice and sensible dialogue, 

negating significant legal costs and 

prolonged uncertainty.

■  Our continued focus on project 

selectivity reduces risk in the order 

■  Fit Out’s sophisticated initiative to drive 

book and the probability of poor 

customer service and experience is 

performance.

■  Various initiatives in Construction are 

maturing and continues to 

differentiate their offering.

underway that focus on improvements 

■  Our electronic snagging and handover 

in product quality, predictability and 

technology improves the way we 

customer experience.

manage project close outs.

outcomes to achieve high levels of client 
satisfaction.

■  Strategic supply chain trading arrangements 

to help ensure consistent quality.

■  Electronic project management tools which 

help improve quality and efficiency.

■  Continued application of early warning tools 

to highlight delivery issues.

■  An escalation process to ensure senior 
management intervention at an early 
stage if necessary.

pre-qualification, pre-tender and final tender 
submission, with each stage approved by senior 
management via tender review boards.

■  Using the tender review process to challenge 
and mitigate any impacts of rising supply 
chain costs.

■  Regular reporting on all projects with a particular 
focus on matters likely to impact on programme, 
cost and quality.

■  Where legal action is necessary, taking appropriate 
advice and making suitable provision for costs.

■  All material disputes notified to the Board as 

they occur.

■  Monthly monitoring of financial and operational 

performance on projects.

■  Use of electronic change control tools to inform 
clients and project teams of the status of the 
final account and programme at each stage 
of construction.

■  Formal internal peer reviews that highlight areas 
of improvement and share best practice and 
‘lessons learned’ exercises.

■  Collection and analysis of client feedback.
■  Monthly monitoring of project performance and 
electronic dashboards for project management 
and commercial metrics.

■  Regular formal and informal stakeholder 
feedback to ensure our performance 
is meeting expectations.

Decrease

Decrease

Decrease

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 57

Strategic report  
Strategic report Principal risks
— continued

Pursue innovation

Pursue innovation (continued)

Innovation drives quality, efficiency and competitive advantage and continued 
investment in technology will improve our delivery and service. Business continuity 
depends on secure and resilient IT systems and the persistent threat of cyber-risks 
continues to present a challenge.

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

Failure to innovate
A failure to produce or embrace new 
products and techniques could diminish 
our delivery to clients and reduce our 
competitive advantage. It could also 
make us less attractive to existing or 
prospective employees.

■  All divisions have continued to 
develop solutions to improve 
efficiency, customer service and 
employee satisfaction. Examples 
range from Fit Out’s new health 
and safety app (see page 35) to 
Partnership Housing’s research into 
underutilised public sector land 
(see page 40). 

■  Infrastructure has worked on some 

of the UK’s leading projects, including 
the Lee Tunnel, Crossrail, HS2, Sellafield 
and Heathrow. These clients encourage 
innovation and optimised construction 
techniques, sharing in the risk 
and reward.

■  One of our core values is to challenge 

the status quo and innovation is strongly 

■  Business improvement and IT forums review, 

sponsor and promote new innovations across 

encouraged. New ideas are welcomed from 

the business.

every employee, partner and supplier.

■  The successful centralisation of our IT team has 

■  Our involvement in major infrastructure projects 

given the businesses the confidence to initiate 

No change

puts us at the forefront of new innovation in 

and introduce a number of new technology-led 

construction, management and project control 

tools. Examples range from a new electronic 

techniques. This allows us to compete in areas 

snagging tool in Construction & Infrastructure to 

with high barrier to entry while sharing new 

a Group-wide online expenses processing system. 

ideas across the Group.

■  Our employees enjoy working on high profile, 

innovative projects that provide them with the 

ability to enhance their knowledge and experience.

■  A centralised IT service that improves efficiency, 

■  A dedicated information security team certified 

oversight, reporting, security and performance, 

and accredited by key industry bodies in data 

with localised divisional resource providing 

protection and information security.

business-specific product support.

■  Group-wide and divisional IT forums that 

■  Group-wide risk and security strategies that 

address creating awareness, threat alert, risk 

No change

discuss and report IT strategy and operations.

and vulnerability prioritisation and response.

■  Continuing investment to improve infrastructure, 

■  Government-accredited security installations 

application service and new technology.

and certification to hold protectively marked 

information, including under the government’s 

Cyber Essentials Scheme.

Failure to invest in 
information technology
Investment in IT is necessary to 
meet the future needs of the business 
in terms of expected growth, security 
and innovation, and enables its 
long-term success.

■  Our centralised team works to ensure 
a stable and resilient IT environment.

■  We moved to a new data centre in 

2017 to ensure sustained performance 
of our IT network to meet our future 
needs. Continued investment has 
allowed us to focus with confidence 
on delivering new and improved 
technology into the business.

■  Our IT team has seen a significant 

increase in demand for new 
technology from operational teams 
and we foresee this trend continuing. 
New software tools have focused on 
quality, supply chain analytics, change 
and information management, 
commercial management, risk, design 
and project dashboards, with many 
more initiatives in the pipeline.

■  We previously upgraded our Group-
wide financial software and are now 
exploring options to add construction-
specific features.

■  Security levels and data resilience 

continue to be a focus. Our dedicated 
and accredited information security 
and compliance team are continuing 
the rollout of endpoint encryption, 
active monitoring and threat analysis 
of external web-based threats, and 
data protection and information 
security training.

■  Ongoing strategic projects to improve 
security include updating our Active 
Directory of authenticated users, 
preparing for compliance with the EU 
General Data Protection Regulation 
and ISO 27001 accreditation. 

58 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

   
Innovation drives quality, efficiency and competitive advantage and continued 

investment in technology will improve our delivery and service. Business continuity 

depends on secure and resilient IT systems and the persistent threat of cyber-risks 

continues to present a challenge.

Failure to innovate

■  All divisions have continued to 

■  Infrastructure has worked on some 

A failure to produce or embrace new 

develop solutions to improve 

products and techniques could diminish 

efficiency, customer service and 

our delivery to clients and reduce our 

competitive advantage. It could also 

make us less attractive to existing or 

prospective employees.

employee satisfaction. Examples 

range from Fit Out’s new health 

and safety app (see page 35) to 

underutilised public sector land 

(see page 40). 

Partnership Housing’s research into 

and reward.

of the UK’s leading projects, including 

the Lee Tunnel, Crossrail, HS2, Sellafield 

and Heathrow. These clients encourage 

innovation and optimised construction 

techniques, sharing in the risk 

Failure to invest in 

information technology

Investment in IT is necessary to 

meet the future needs of the business 

in terms of expected growth, security 

and innovation, and enables its 

long-term success.

■  Our centralised team works to ensure 

■  We previously upgraded our Group-

a stable and resilient IT environment.

wide financial software and are now 

■  We moved to a new data centre in 

2017 to ensure sustained performance 

exploring options to add construction-

specific features.

of our IT network to meet our future 

■  Security levels and data resilience 

needs. Continued investment has 

continue to be a focus. Our dedicated 

allowed us to focus with confidence 

and accredited information security 

on delivering new and improved 

technology into the business.

■  Our IT team has seen a significant 

increase in demand for new 

technology from operational teams 

and we foresee this trend continuing. 

and compliance team are continuing 

the rollout of endpoint encryption, 

active monitoring and threat analysis 

of external web-based threats, and 

data protection and information 

security training.

New software tools have focused on 

■  Ongoing strategic projects to improve 

quality, supply chain analytics, change 

security include updating our Active 

and information management, 

Directory of authenticated users, 

commercial management, risk, design 

preparing for compliance with the EU 

and project dashboards, with many 

General Data Protection Regulation 

more initiatives in the pipeline.

and ISO 27001 accreditation. 

Pursue innovation

Pursue innovation (continued)

Risk and potential impact

Risk change in reporting period

Mitigating activities

Trend

■  One of our core values is to challenge 

the status quo and innovation is strongly 
encouraged. New ideas are welcomed from 
every employee, partner and supplier.

■  Our involvement in major infrastructure projects 

puts us at the forefront of new innovation in 
construction, management and project control 
techniques. This allows us to compete in areas 
with high barrier to entry while sharing new 
ideas across the Group.

■  Our employees enjoy working on high profile, 
innovative projects that provide them with the 
ability to enhance their knowledge and experience.

■  A centralised IT service that improves efficiency, 
oversight, reporting, security and performance, 
with localised divisional resource providing 
business-specific product support.

■  Group-wide and divisional IT forums that 

discuss and report IT strategy and operations.
■  Continuing investment to improve infrastructure, 

application service and new technology.

■  Business improvement and IT forums review, 
sponsor and promote new innovations across 
the business.

■  The successful centralisation of our IT team has 
given the businesses the confidence to initiate 
and introduce a number of new technology-led 
tools. Examples range from a new electronic 
snagging tool in Construction & Infrastructure to 
a Group-wide online expenses processing system. 

No change

■  A dedicated information security team certified 
and accredited by key industry bodies in data 
protection and information security.

■  Group-wide risk and security strategies that 
address creating awareness, threat alert, risk 
and vulnerability prioritisation and response.
■  Government-accredited security installations 
and certification to hold protectively marked 
information, including under the government’s 
Cyber Essentials Scheme.

No change

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 59

Strategic report   
Viability statement

As required by provision C.2.2 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the directors have assessed the prospects and financial 
viability of the Group and have concluded that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of the assessment. This assessment took account of the Group’s 
current position and the potential financial and reputational impact of the principal risks (as set out on pages 48 to 59) on the 
Group’s ability to deliver the Company’s business plan. This describes and tests the significant solvency and liquidity risks involved 
in delivering the strategic objectives within our business model. The assessment has been made using a period of three years 
commencing on 1 January 2018, which is consistent with the Group’s budgeting cycle. Most of the Group’s contracts follow a 
life cycle of three years or less and the majority of the Group’s secured and framework order book falls within this time period. 

The directors have compiled cash flow projections on a bottom up basis incorporating each division’s detailed business plans. 
At Group level, the base case financial projections assume modest revenue growth and an improvement in gross margin. 

Operating cash flows are assumed to broadly follow forecast profitability in the Group’s construction activities, but are much more 
independently variable in regeneration, driven by the timing of construction spend and programmed completions on schemes. 

In 2017 the Group secured £180m of new five-year committed revolving credit facilities replacing the previous facilities which 
were due to expire in 2018. Due to the continued strong cash performance of the Group, the new facilities were not utilised 
in the period, however they provide ongoing funding headroom and financial security for the Group throughout the period 
reviewed. The Group has no anticipated pension funding requirements as its closed defined benefits scheme is in surplus. 

The impact of a number of downside scenarios on the Group’s headroom against its committed facilities and the financial 
covenants thereon has been modelled based on the Group’s principal risks. The scenarios are focused on the risks that are 
scored as most likely to occur or that would have the greatest potential severity should they occur and include declining 
revenue, failure to improve gross margin from current levels, a decline in gross margin and deterioration in working capital, 
specifically client receivables. 

The Board has also considered a range of potential mitigating actions that may be available if one or more of the scenarios arose.

Approval of strategic report
This strategic report was approved 
by the Board and signed on its 
behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

22 February 2018

60 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Strategic reportGovernance

Board of directors

Executive team

Corporate governance report

Remuneration report

Directors’ report

62

64

66

83

97

Directors’ responsibilities statement

100

Oastler Building, University of Huddersfield 
Six-storey, 80,000 sq ft building constructed to 
house the university’s Law School and School 
of Music, Humanities and Media. Delivered by 
Construction & Infrastructure, who sourced 
local Yorkshire stone for the cladding.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 61

GovernanceBoard of directors

The Board is responsible to all its stakeholders 
for the long-term success of the Group.

Michael Findlay
Chairman

John Morgan
Chief Executive

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

Patrick De Smedt
Senior Independent Director

Appointed: October 2016

Appointed: October 1994

Appointed: February 2013

Appointed: December 2009

Committee membership:  

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Patrick assumed the role of senior 
independent director in November 
2012, having held board positions 
including chair of the remuneration 
committee and senior independent 
director at other public companies, 
and brings considerable experience 
to the Board.

Other roles 
Patrick’s career includes 23 years 
with Microsoft, during which 
time he founded the Benelux 
subsidiaries, led the development 
of its western European business 
and served as chairman of 
Microsoft for Europe, Middle East 
and Africa. Since leaving Microsoft 
in 2006, Patrick has served on the 
boards of a number of European 
public and private companies. He 
is currently a non-executive director 
of Victrex plc, where he also chairs 
the remuneration committee, senior 
independent director of Page Group 
plc, senior independent director of 
KCOM Group plc, and non-executive 
director of Nexinto Holding Limited 
and Kodak Alaris Holdings Limited. 
He is an investor in several European 
technology companies.

.

Committee membership:  

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Michael has 27 years of experience 
in investment banking and has 
advised the boards of many leading 
UK public companies on a wide 
range of strategic, finance and 
governance matters.

Other roles 
Michael is chairman of Fin Capital Ltd 
and a director of The International 
Exhibition Co-Operative Wine 
Society Ltd. He was previously 
the co-head of investment banking 
for the UK and Ireland at Bank of 
America Merrill Lynch and the 
senior independent director at 
UK Mail Group PLC.

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
John was appointed as chief 
executive in November 2012. 
He has overall responsibility for 
proposing and developing the 
strategy and day-to-day 
management of the operational 
activities of the Group. John has 
in-depth knowledge of both the 
construction and regeneration 
markets with significant leadership 
skills and experience.

Other roles 
John co-founded Morgan Lovell 
in 1977 which then combined with 
William Sindall plc in 1994 to form 
Morgan Sindall Group plc. He was 
formerly chief executive from 1994 
to 2000 and executive chairman 
from 2000 to 2012.

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Steve brings wide-ranging financial, 
accounting and UK public 
company experience.

Other roles 
Steve was finance director of 
Filtrona plc (now Essentra plc) 
from 2008 to 2012, having 
previously held senior finance roles 
with a number of listed companies. 
Steve is a chartered accountant 
and has been chair of the audit 
committee and a non-executive 
director of Consort Medical plc 
since June 2012.

Committee membership key:

  Audit

  Remuneration

  Nomination

  Health, safety and environment

  Chair

62 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Governance 
 
 
 
 
Diversity

Board balance

1

2

6

5

l  Female

l  Male

l  Executive

l  Non-executive

Malcolm Cooper
Non-executive Director

Simon Gulliford
Non-executive Director

Tracey Killen
Non-executive Director

Appointed: November 2015

Appointed: March 2010

Appointed: May 2017

Committee membership:  

Committee membership:  

Committee membership:  

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Malcolm is a qualified accountant 
and an experienced FTSE 250 
audit committee chair. He has an 
extensive background in corporate 
finance and experience of the 
property industry.

Other roles 
Malcolm is currently senior 
independent director and audit 
committee chair at CLS Holdings 
plc and a non-executive director of 
St William Homes LLP. His recent 
executive roles include managing 
director of National Grid Property, 
managing the sale of National 
Grid’s gas distribution business 
and global tax and treasury director 
of National Grid. He has previously 
acted as president of the Association 
of Corporate Treasurers and as a 
member of the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Listing Authority 
Advisory Panel.

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Simon has substantial executive 
management and strategic 
marketing expertise gained through 
his extensive corporate experience.

Other roles 
Since 2015 Simon has been 
executive chairman of the Hendy 
Automotive Group and is also a 
non-executive director of Scottish 
Equitable plc, Hortons’ Estate 
Limited and a number of other 
private companies. Before setting 
up his own consultancy, he was 
head of the marketing faculty 
at Ashridge College and he has 
previously held marketing roles 
at companies including Sears plc, 
EMAP plc, Barclays plc and 
Standard Life plc.

Skills, competencies  
and experience 
Tracey has wide-ranging 
expertise in the retail sector 
and extensive corporate and 
main board experience, including 
nominations, remuneration and 
corporate responsibility board 
sub-committees, the development 
of strategy and business planning 
and corporate governance.

Other roles 
Tracey is director of personnel 
for the John Lewis Partnership. 
She is a main board director 
and a member of the executive 
team and leads on shaping 
and delivering a distinctive 
and competitive employment 
proposition. In addition, as a main 
board director Tracey has collective 
responsibility for the performance 
of the business and the effective 
operation of the Partnership’s 
unique co-ownership model. 
Tracey is chair of the Golden 
Jubilee Trust for the Partnership, 
providing opportunities for Partners 
and charities alike, and is a member 
of the Roffey Park Trustee Board.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 63

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive team

The executive directors are supported by the executive team which 
includes the divisional managing directors, the Group commercial 
director, company secretary and partnerships director.

John Morgan*
Chief Executive

Steve Crummett*
Finance Director

Clare Sheridan*
Company Secretary

See page 62 for biography.

See page 62 for biography.

Clare has been with the Company for 20 years, 
and was appointed company secretary in June 
2014 having previously been deputy company 
secretary. Prior to this, she was general manager 
of a theatre production company, responsible for 
budgetary control and contract negotiations. 
Clare is a qualified chartered secretary.

Simon Smith*
Managing Director, Infrastructure

Martin Lubieniecki*
Managing Director, BakerHicks (design)

Chris Booth*
Managing Director, Fit Out

Simon is a chartered quantity surveyor with 
30 years’ multi-sector experience. He joined the 
Group in 2011 and was appointed as managing 
director of Construction & Infrastructure’s 
infrastructure business in June 2017 following 
the resignation of Nick Fletcher. Simon holds 
overall responsibility for the infrastructure 
business which includes aviation, rail, highways, 
nuclear, energy and water. In addition Simon 
has responsibility for our in-house plant and 
engineering businesses.

Martin joined the Group in October 2015 from 
Colliers International where he was the UK chief 
operating officer. Prior to this he had been the 
EMEA chief operating officer for CB Richard Ellis 
bringing over 15 years’ property professional 
services experience to the Group. Martin’s early 
career started at PricewaterhouseCoopers and 
McKinsey before taking senior roles at Sears 
Group and Hilton International. Martin is 
a qualified chartered accountant.

Chris has overall responsibility for the Fit Out 
division, including the Overbury and Morgan 
Lovell brands. Chris joined Overbury in 1994, 
progressing through divisional management 
(1998-2003) to become managing director of 
Overbury in 2003. He was appointed to the Fit 
Out divisional board as chief operating officer 
in 2010 and managing director in 2013.

*  Member of Group management team

64 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

GovernanceDiversity

2

10

l  Female

l  Male

Andy Saul*
Group Commercial Director

Jonathan Goring
Partnership Director

Pat Boyle*
Managing Director, Construction

Andy joined the Group in January 2014. He 
was previously managing director of Bullock 
Construction Ltd from 2010 to 2013. Prior to that 
Andy’s career included 20 years with Kier Group 
culminating in the role of commercial director 
at Kier’s construction division where he had 
overall responsibility for the commercial 
and procurement functions.

Jonathan was managing director of Partnership 
Housing until taking up his new Group role in 
November 2017. Jonathan has led challenging 
projects and government partnerships in the UK 
over the past 30 years. Before joining the Group, 
he was managing director for Capita Symonds and 
chief executive officer of Capita’s joint venture 
with the Defence Infrastructure Organisation.

Pat holds overall responsibility for 
Construction & Infrastructure’s construction 
business. A member of the Chartered Institute 
of Building, he joined the Group in 2014 from 
Lend Lease, where he was most recently head 
of their public sector construction division. Prior 
to this, Pat held various wide-ranging senior 
level roles within Laing and Laing O’Rourke, 
including regional director, group HR director 
and managing director of Select Plant Hire.

Alan Hayward
Managing Director, Property Services

Matt Crompton*
Joint Managing Director, 
Urban Regeneration

Lisa Scenna*
Managing Director, Investments

Alan joined the Group in August 2017 with over 
15 years’ experience in the sector. His previous 
roles included positions both as finance director 
and managing director in national building, 
infrastructure and facilities management 
businesses. Alan has experience across a range 
of sectors including defence, health, corporate 
and housing. Alan is a qualified chartered 
accountant.

Matt joined the Group when we acquired the 
Muse Developments business from AMEC in 
July 2007, where he started in 1990 as a senior 
development surveyor. Matt is responsible for 
the division’s activities in the Northern region. He 
is also on the board of English Cities Fund (ECf), 
a £100m mixed-use regeneration vehicle owned 
by Muse Developments, Legal & General and 
Homes England. His earlier career included 
development positions at both London & 
Metropolitan and Chestergate Seddon.

Lisa joined the Group in June 2013. In her last 
position before joining the Group, Lisa was 
managing director of Explore Investments 
at Laing O’Rourke. Prior to that she was 
the joint managing director at Stockland 
UK and held senior financial roles within 
both Stockland and Westfield in Australia. 
Lisa is a qualified chartered accountant.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 65

GovernanceCorporate governance report

This report explains our approach to governance in practice and the work the Board has done throughout the year. It also includes 
reports from each of the committee chairs which provide detail on key matters addressed by the committees during the year.

Governance structure
The Board is responsible to all stakeholders, including our 
shareholders, for the approval and delivery of our strategic 
objectives to ensure the Group’s long-term success. 
Responsibility for developing and implementing our strategy 
and commercial objectives is delegated to the chief executive 
who is supported by the finance director and Group 
management team. The Board is our principal decision-
making body, and in line with the Code, delegates certain 
roles and responsibilities to its various committees. The 
committees assist the Board by fulfilling their delegated 
responsibilities, focusing on specific activities throughout the 
year, reporting to the Board on decisions and actions taken, 
and making any necessary recommendations in line with their 
terms of reference. The terms of reference of each committee 
comply with the provisions of the Code.

Day-to-day management of the Group is delegated to the 
executive directors, who are supported by the executive team 
and the Group management team (see pages 64 to 65 for 
details of the members). The Group management team meets 
regularly to consider operational matters affecting the Group as 
a whole. These include health and safety, strategy, the Group 
budget and our responsible business strategy. We also have 
several forums with representatives from across the divisions 
that report into the Board. These include a health and safety 
forum, HR forum, commercial directors’ forum and sustainability 
steering group. Each forum meets on a regular basis, focuses 
on specific topics, and acts as a channel for sharing ideas 
and best practice. The forums assist in ensuring that good 
governance is adopted at all levels throughout the Group.

Group Board

Principal 
committees

Executive 
directors

Executive 
committees

Executive 
Team

Group 
management 
team

Risk 
committee

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

Health, 
safety and 
environment

UK Corporate Governance Code
As a UK premium-listed company, we have adopted 
a governance structure based on the principles of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code). In April 2016, 
the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) published the latest 
edition of the Code, which is available on its website at  
frc.org.uk. Further details of how we have applied the 

Code’s principles and complied with its provisions are set out 
in this report and the directors’ remuneration report.

The Board considers that it, and the Company, were compliant 
throughout the accounting period with the main principles and 
provisions of the Code applicable to premium-listed companies.

66 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

GovernanceKey responsibilities

Chairman
■  leads our Board and is responsible for its effectiveness;
■  is responsible for setting agendas for Board meetings and 
for timely dissemination of information to the Board, in 
consultation with the chief executive, finance director and 
company secretary; 

■  facilitates contributions from all directors; and
■  ensures effective communication with our shareholders 

and other stakeholders.

Chief executive
■  is responsible for the Group strategic objectives;
■  develops and implements Group strategy as approved by 

the Board; and

■  promotes and conducts the affairs of the Company to the 

highest standards of integrity, probity and corporate 
governance.

Finance director
■  manages the Group’s financial affairs; and 
■  supports the chief executive in the implementation 

and achievement of Group strategy.

Senior independent director
In addition to his responsibilities as a non-executive director, 
the senior independent director:

■  supports the chairman in the delivery of his objectives;
■  is available to shareholders should they have a concern 
which has not been resolved through the chairman or 
chief executive or for which contact through those 
channels is not appropriate;

■  together with the nomination committee is responsible 

for ensuring that an orderly succession planning process 
is in place for the Board; and

■  leads the appraisal of the chairman’s performance 

with the non-executive directors.

Non-executive directors
■  constructively challenge the executive directors in 
all areas and help develop proposals on strategy;
■  monitor delivery of the strategy within the risk and 

control framework set by the Board;

■  satisfy themselves on the integrity of the financial 

information and the effectiveness of financial controls 
and risk management systems; and

■  are responsible for determining appropriate levels 

of remuneration for the executive directors.

Company secretary
■  acts as secretary to the Board and its committees, 
ensuring sound information flows to the Board and 
between senior management and the non-executive 
directors;

■  is responsible for advising the Board on corporate 

governance matters;

■  facilitates a comprehensive induction for newly appointed 

directors tailored to individual requirements;

■  is responsible for compliance with Board procedures;
■  co-ordinates the performance evaluation of the Board; and
■  provides advice and services to the Board.

■ Leadership
The Board’s role 
Our Board is responsible for ensuring the sound running of 
the Group for all our stakeholders in accordance with best 
practice corporate governance. The Board ensures we have 
an appropriate corporate governance structure to facilitate 
effective, entrepreneurial and prudent management that can 
deliver the long-term success of the Company. As demonstrated 
in our strategic report, our core values and Total Commitments 
are at the heart of everything we do and define the qualities 
which underpin our culture, values and ethics. 

The Board’s key responsibilities include: 

■  setting the strategic direction and governance framework 

of the Group;

■  ensuring that the necessary financial, technical and human 

resources are in place;

■  establishing and embedding our culture, values and ethics 

to ensure that the appropriate corporate governance 
structure is in place to prevent misconduct and breach 
of ethical practices; and

■  reporting to shareholders on its stewardship of the Group.

The Board monitors and reviews all significant aspects of 
the Group’s activities, including overall internal control and 
risk management systems and succession planning, and 
oversees the executive management. There is a clear 
division of responsibilities between the chairman and 
the chief executive as set out in the left hand panel.

Formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board

There are documented processes in place regarding 
the Board’s activities; matters specifically reserved for 
its decision-making; the role of and authority delegated 
to the chief executive; the accountability of the chief 
executive for that authority; and guidance on managing the 
relationship between the Board and the chief executive. 
These processes are reviewed annually and the formal 
schedule of matters reserved for the Board was updated 
and approved by the Board at its meeting in November 2017.

Responsibility for the following matters has been reserved 
for the Board:

■  strategy;
■  risk management and internal controls;
■  structure and capital;
■  financial reporting and controls;
■  communication, including ensuring a satisfactory 

dialogue with shareholders;

■  Board membership and other key appointments;
■  remuneration for the executive directors;
■  delegation of authority including the Group’s 

delegated authorities process; and

■  corporate governance matters including a review of 
the effectiveness of the Board and its committees.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 67

GovernanceGovernance Corporate governance report
— continued

A formal programme of meetings is put in place each year 
to ensure that the Board is able to allocate sufficient time to 
each of the matters reserved for its decision-making. The 
programme allows the Board to plan its meetings while being 
sufficiently flexible to allow items to be added should they 
arise. This enables Board members to use their time together 
more effectively. The Board’s key activities in 2017 can be 
found in the panel below. There is a process in place whereby 
key matters can be escalated to the Board outside of the 
formal programme of meetings and the executive 
management keeps the Board updated with interim 
Board reports in between the regular meetings.

Key activities in 2017

Strategy
■  comprehensively reviewed progress against strategy; and
■  attended presentations from each divisional managing 

director on their strategic plans.

Risk management and internal controls
■  reviewed and monitored the Group’s safety performance; 

and

■  reviewed the appropriateness of the Group’s risk 

management framework.

Board effectiveness
■  reviewed the effectiveness of the Board as a whole, 

the Board’s committees and each individual director; 

■  reviewed the composition and skills required of the 

Board; and

■  appointed a new non-executive director, Tracey Killen.

Performance management
■  set Group budget and tracked performance against 

agreed KPIs;

■  monitored market trends, supported by comparative 

data and customer insight; 

■  approved all financial results statements and dividend 

payments; and

■  assessed the going concern and longer-term viability 

of the Group.

Culture and values
■  reviewed the Group’s gender pay gap data and report;
■  discussed divisional initiatives to improve diversity and 

inclusion within their businesses;

■  increased its focus on the non-executives’ engagement 

with the divisions; and

■  reviewed the Group’s performance against our Total 

Commitments.

Governance
■  approved the Group’s statement of compliance in 

accordance with the Modern Slavery Act;

■  approved the Group’s tax strategy;
■  reviewed the Group’s information security governance; and
■  reviewed the schedule of matters reserved for the Board.

68 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Culture
Our culture is fundamental to the successful delivery of 
our strategic objectives. The Board ensures that the tone is 
set from the top and the executive directors ensure that our 
core values are embedded throughout the Group by meeting 
regularly with all divisions, attending and participating in their 
staff conferences and running sessions at the leadership 
development programme, where participants are asked to 
consider what the core values mean for them individually 
and for the Group as a whole. The Board regularly monitors 
various indicators of our culture which include our health and 
safety performance, matters raised through our independent 
whistleblowing hotline, called Raising Concerns, employee 
turnover and stakeholder engagement (see page 26). 

Following the Sharesave invitation sent to employees in April 
2017, the Board is pleased to report that participation in the 
Sharesave plan now stands at over 42% of eligible employees. 
At the forthcoming annual general meeting (AGM), the Board 
will propose a resolution to shareholders to approve plan rules 
for a new Sharesave plan as no further awards can be made 
under the existing plan.

Our measures for ensuring good corporate governance 
practice across the Group include regular internal audit reviews, 
encouraging employees to speak up and taking appropriate 
action where behaviour does not meet expectations.

Strategy day

Every year the Board holds a strategy day in October to 
review the Group’s five-year strategic plan and each of the 
divisional strategic plans and priorities. In 2017, as part of this 
review, the chairman, chief executive and a non-executive 
director met with the managing directors of each division 
to discuss their divisional strategic plans in detail prior to the 
meeting in October. Each non-executive director provided 
a summary to the Board of their findings on strategy.

Divisional meetings

Following the 2016 Board review it was agreed that the 
non-executives would gain a deeper understanding of each 
division and the divisional teams through additional visits. 
Prior to the review of each division’s strategic plan, the 
chairman and the non-executive directors each made two 
visits to the division whose strategic plan they would be 
reviewing. These visits included site visits to at least one 
project per division.

In June 2017, the Board held an evening reception with the 
directors and senior management teams of the Construction 
business and in October the Board held a dinner with 
the Group management team. These events allowed the 
non-executive directors to meet operational managers 
and discuss a range of topics in a less formal setting.

Senior management team conference

The chairman and two of the non-executive directors 
attended our senior management conference in October, 
which gave them an opportunity to meet around 80 
managers from across the Group and gain insight into 
how best practice is shared between the divisions. The 2017 
conference focused on how we can deliver outperformance, 
including examples from the divisions.

Spread of key activities in the year

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

February

May

June

August

September

October

November

2016 results 
and dividend 
approved

AGM

B  = Board meeting

Presentation 
to analysts  
on Partnership 
Housing with  
site visit to 
Woolwich

Half year 
results and  
interim  
dividend  
approved

Divisional  
strategy  
reviews  
and Board 
evaluation  
results review

Group  
strategy  
meeting

Presentation 
to analysts on 
Investments  
and 2018  
budget  
approved

In addition to formal meetings, the Board meets informally 
several times a year to allow the directors to spend more 
time together and discuss specific areas of the business with 
the Group management team and other senior executives. 
Tracey Killen visited various divisions as part of her induction. 
More information on the informal meetings is set out in the 
panel on the previous page.

Attendance
Attendance of individual directors at scheduled Board 
and committee meetings in 2017 is set out below. Sufficient 
time is given at the end of each meeting for the chairman to 
meet privately with the senior independent director and 
non-executive directors to discuss any matters.

The chairman met formally with the non-executive directors 
on seven occasions in the year without the executive directors 
present. No material issues were raised at any of these meetings.

Board

Remuneration Audit Nomination

Health,
safety and
 environment

Total number  
of meetings

Michael Findlay1

John Morgan2

Steve Crummett

Patrick De Smedt

Malcolm Cooper3

Simon Gulliford4

Tracey Killen5

Liz Peace6

7

7

7

7

7

7

5

4

1

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

2

1

3

3

2

3

3

3

1

1

4

1

3

3

1

1  Michael Findlay attended all meetings of the remuneration and audit committees 

during the year, together with one health, safety and environment (HSE) committee 
meeting in place of Simon Gulliford.

2  John Morgan stood down from the nomination committee following the meeting 

held on 4 May 2017.

3  Malcolm Cooper joined the HSE committee on 4 May 2017 and attended all meetings 

following his appointment. 

4  Simon Gulliford was unable to attend two Board meetings and one HSE meeting for 
personal reasons. Simon’s non-attendance was approved by the Board as a whole.

5  Tracey Killen was appointed as a director on 5 May 2017. Tracey was unable to attend 
one Board meeting following her appointment due to prior commitments. Tracey 
attended all the committee meetings following her appointment.

6  Liz Peace resigned as director on 4 May 2017. Liz attended all Board and committee 

meetings up to the date of her resignation.

■ Effectiveness
Composition
As at the date of this report, the Board consists of the 
chairman, two executive directors and four non-executive 
directors. Biographical details of each of the directors are 
given on pages 62 to 63. Tracey Killen will be standing for 
election at the 2018 AGM as this is the first AGM following her 
appointment. Simon Gulliford has advised the Board that he 
will step down as a non-executive director at that AGM and 
therefore will not offer himself for re-election. In accordance 
with the Code, all of the other directors will stand for re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM.

All of the non-executive directors are considered by the 
Board to be independent in character and judgement and 
no cross-directorships exist between any of the directors. 
Individually, each director acts in a way they consider will 
promote the long-term success of the Group for the benefit 
of, and with regard to, the interests of its various stakeholders.

See the nomination committee report on pages 72 to 74 for 
further information.

Development, information and support
Newly appointed directors receive a detailed information pack 
describing our values and culture and governance matters 
relevant to the Group, and participate in a comprehensive and 
tailored induction programme which includes visits to our 
divisions and meetings with senior divisional management. 

Following Tracey Killen’s appointment to the Board in May 2017, 
her induction programme contained each of these elements, 
detailed further overleaf. 

Training on the role and responsibilities of directors is offered 
on appointment and subsequently as necessary. The chairman 
reviews on an annual basis each of the director’s training 
undertaken and any development needs.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 69

GovernanceGovernance Corporate governance report
— continued

Ongoing training and development
This includes:

■  briefing papers;
■  divisional visits;
■  strategic planning and review;
■  one-to-one meetings with management;
■  e-learning; and
■  external seminars.

The regular presentations from management and informal 
meetings included in the Board programme increase the 
non-executive directors’ understanding of the Group and the 
construction and regeneration industries. During the year the 
non-executive directors met individually with members of the 
management team and visited projects on site.

The company secretary provided updates to the Board during 
the year on relevant governance matters, new legislation and 
its impact on the Company. This included further information 
on the requirements under the gender pay gap and payment 
practices reporting obligations, the Criminal Finance Act 2017, 
the General Data Protection Regulation and the Modern 
Slavery Act. The audit committee regularly considers new 
accounting developments through presentations from 
management and the external auditor (see page 78). 

All Board members completed the Group’s e-learning module 
on Directors’ duties that was rolled out in the third quarter of 
2017. Further details can be found on page 82.

There are agreed procedures by which directors are able to 
take independent professional advice, at the expense of the 
Company, on matters relating to their duties. The directors 
also have access to the advice and services of the company 
secretary, who attends all Board and committee meetings.

Induction of Tracey Killen

In addition, to our normal induction programme, Tracey spent 
additional time with the chair of the remuneration committee 
and our remuneration advisers in order to help with her 
preparations to take over as the chair of the remuneration 
committee in 2018. Tracey’s induction included the items below:

■  Documentation pack containing information on:

 – the Group, including risks, procedures relating to 

delegation and limits of authority, and banking facilities;

 – the Board;
 – Group and divisional strategic plans;
 – Board committees;
 – compliance matters including conflicts of interest, the 
Market Abuse Regulation and Bribery Act guidance; and

 – Group policies.

■  One-to-one meetings with:

 – executive directors;
 – the chairman and the chairs of the remuneration and 

audit committees;

 – the company secretary;
 – our remuneration advisers;
 – divisional managing directors; and
 – our brokers.

■  Visits/meetings as follows:

 – various meetings with the divisional management 

teams at their offices; and

 – attendance at the senior management conference with 
the opportunity to meet around 80 senior managers 
from across the Group.

Board evaluation
The 2016 evaluation involved a review of the Board’s processes to ensure that the Board operates as effectively as possible. 
The review provided recommendations of changes to improve the efficiency of the Board. In 2017, the Board acted on each 
of the recommendations made.

2017 Evaluation process

Evaluation 
questionnaire 
developed for the 
Board and the 
audit, nomination 
and remuneration 
committees.

Questionnaire 
circulated and 
responses collated 
and analysed by 
the chairman 
and company 
secretary.

Chairman held 
one-to-one 
meetings with each 
director to discuss 
the results and 
their individual 
performance.

Results reported 
to the Board and 
each committee.

Discussion held by 
the whole Board 
and agreement 
of areas of focus. 

The 2017 evaluation questionnaire focused on the Board’s effectiveness and that of the audit, nomination and remuneration 
committees. Due to changes in the membership of the HSE committee during the year, the Board decided to postpone the 
evaluation of this committee until 2018. The results of the 2017 evaluation confirmed that the Board and each of the committees 
debate and spend adequate time on the right topics and that each of the directors are given the opportunity to participate fully 
and overall are operating effectively. There were, however, areas identified for future focus by the Board which are highlighted 
in the table on the following page.

70 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Topic

Area of focus

Actions

Corporate 
reputation

Succession 
planning and 
diversity

Delegation of 
Board authority

Risk appetite 
framework

Training

Consideration of corporate reputation, its 
enhancement and the risks surrounding it.

Board to review the long-term opportunities and trends 
influencing the Group as part of the 2018 strategy review.

Ensure there is appropriate succession 
planning for key Board members and 
senior executives.

Review and update where necessary 
the schedule of matters reserved for the 
Board and the delegation of authorities 
across the Group.

Consideration of how each divisional 
managing director assesses and manages 
risk and reward in each of their divisions.

Continuing training and development 
of directors.

Board will continue to monitor and engage with potential 
leadership talent across the Group for future succession. 

Board reviewed and approved these documents at the 
Board meeting in November.

Board agreed to review its appetite and approach to risk 
as part of its 2018 Board agenda. 

Each director is responsible for ensuring they are up to 
date with legislation and best practice and will submit an 
annual declaration of training undertaken during the year.

Through an internal evaluation and appraisal process, the chairman provided feedback to each executive and non-executive 
director on their individual contributions to the Board, reviewed with each of them the training they had undertaken during 
the year, and considered development priorities individually tailored to each director’s experience and role. In particular, the 
chairman reviewed the continued independence and value provided to the Board by Patrick De Smedt and Simon Gulliford 
who have both served on the Board for more than six years. The senior independent director reviewed the chairman’s 
performance with the other directors and subsequently met him to provide feedback. Overall, no significant issues 
were highlighted in the feedback given to each director and the chairman.

■ Relations with shareholders
The Board recognises its responsibility to our shareholders 
and wider stakeholders. Further information can be found 
in our strategic report on pages 25 to 27.

Engagement
The chair of the remuneration committee held meetings 
with various shareholders to discuss proposed changes to 
our remuneration policy in early 2017 (see page 83 in the 
remuneration report for further information). The chairman 
and the non-executive directors are available to meet with 
shareholders to listen to their views, although no such 
meetings were requested in the year. 

The executive directors undertake a programme of regular 
communication with institutional shareholders and analysts 
covering the Company’s activities, performance and strategy. 
In particular, presentations are made to institutional investors 
and analysts following the announcements of the full year and 
half year results. Written feedback from these meetings and 
presentations is distributed to all members of the Board.

Capital Markets event and site visit
In June 2017 a Capital Markets event was held for analysts 
and investors, followed by a site visit to a Partnership Housing 
development in Woolwich. The series of presentations and 
a tour of the site provided a more detailed insight into our 
regeneration activities in Partnership Housing and 
Urban Regeneration. 

Drinks reception
A drinks reception was hosted in London in November 2017 
which was an opportunity for financial analysts and institutional 
investors to meet with the divisional managing directors.

Division visit
In November 2017 one of the Company’s institutional investors 
visited Urban Regeneration to obtain an update on the division’s 
development activities in Salford Central.

AGM
We encourage all shareholders to use the AGM as an 
opportunity for effective communication with the Company. 
The AGM also provides a valuable opportunity for the Board 
to communicate with private shareholders. Shareholders are 
invited to ask questions related to the business of the meeting 
and have the opportunity to meet all the directors informally. 
All directors normally attend the AGM and all serving directors 
plan to attend the 2018 AGM. Shareholders unable to attend 
are encouraged to vote using the proxy form mailed to them 
or sent electronically as detailed in the notice of meeting. As in 
previous years, at the forthcoming AGM each of the resolutions 
put to the meeting will be taken by voting on a poll.

The directors believe that a poll vote is more representative of 
shareholders’ voting intentions because shareholder votes are 
counted according to the number of shares held and all votes 
tendered are taken into account. The results of voting at general 
meetings, including proxy directions to withhold votes, are 
published on our website.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 71

GovernanceNomination committee

Chairman’s overview
During 2017, succession planning and the composition of the 
Board and its committees remained a key focus. Highlights of 
the committee’s activities included:

■  the appointment by the Board, on the committee’s 

recommendation, of Tracey Killen as an independent 
non-executive director;

■  approval of Tracey Killen as chair of the remuneration 
committee in 2018 following an orderly transition from 
Patrick De Smedt;

■  approval of the appointment of Malcolm Cooper to the 
HSE committee in May 2017 following the resignation of 
Liz Peace; and 

■  consideration of executive succession planning.

The committee also considered progress against the 
recommendations and priorities from the 2016 Board 
evaluation review. We are pleased to report that the 
changes introduced to some of the Board processes have 
led to improvements in the operation of the Board which 
the Board as a whole has found valuable.

Members during the year

Michael Findlay (Chair)
Patrick De Smedt
Simon Gulliford
Malcolm Cooper
Tracey Killen (from 5 May 2017)
John Morgan (until 4 May 2017)
Liz Peace (until 4 May 2017)

72 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Responsibilities
The nomination committee is responsible for establishing 
a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for the 
appointment of new directors to the Board. In addition, the 
committee has a wider responsibility to keep under review 
the future leadership needs of the Company, both executive 
and non-executive, to ensure our continued ability to deliver 
our strategy.

Michael Findlay chairs the committee but is not permitted to 
chair meetings where his own succession and performance 
are discussed. Biographies for each member of the committee 
are set out on pages 62 to 63.

The committee’s detailed responsibilities include:

■  reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board;
■  making recommendations to the Board for any changes 

considered necessary;

■  approving the description of the role and capabilities 

required for a particular appointment;

■  satisfying itself with regard to succession planning for 

the Board and senior management, taking into account the 
challenges and opportunities facing the Group and future 
skills and expertise needed on the Board, including 
development and training; and

■  ensuring suitable candidates for the Board are identified 

and recommended for appointment, giving due regard to 
the benefits of diversity, including gender, ethnicity, and 
cognitive diversity. 

The committee’s terms of reference are available on 
our website.

Activities during the year
In 2017 the committee met three times to review the 
structure, size and composition of the Board. Details of 
attendance at meetings are disclosed on page 69. More 
information on our objective in respect of developing 
and retaining talented people is included in the strategic 
framework on page 16 and the risk review on pages 
50 to 53.

In addition to the highlights outlined in the Chairman’s 
overview, the committee:

■  considered and reviewed the 2017 Board evaluation 
process and oversaw the internal evaluation of the 
Board and committees. See page 70 for further details;
■  considered the overall structure and balance of the Board;
■  reviewed succession planning for the divisional 

management teams;

■  considered our process for developing and retaining 

employees;

■  considered the level of diversity within the Group, in light 

of our gender pay gap results; and

■  reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.
John Morgan and Steve Crummett are not members of the 
committee although they are invited to attend meetings.

Governance■ Effectiveness
Succession planning
Board
The Board takes succession planning for its members seriously. 
We believe we have good balance and diversity among our 
non-executive directors with each of them having highly relevant 
skills, derived from serving in a range of executive and non-
executive positions throughout their careers. As part of the 
Board evaluation process undertaken during the year, the 
Board reviewed the skills needed to deliver our Group strategy 
and whether the Board had all the appropriate skills. A similar 
process was undertaken as part of the Board’s succession plan 
review. The committee also considered the overall structure 
and balance of the Board, including the length of tenure of the 
existing non-executive directors. The Board recognises the value 
and independence that the longer-serving directors continue to 
bring. The committee is satisfied that the Board has the required 
balance of skills and that appropriate succession plans are in 
place across the Group for future Board appointments.

During the year, Liz Peace resigned as a non-executive director. 
In determining the right type of candidate, the committee 
considered the skills, experience and time commitment 
required for the role, and the length and tenure of the existing 
non-executive directors. The committee noted the length of 
tenure of Patrick De Smedt as non-executive director and chair 
of the remuneration committee and concluded that the new 
non-executive director should have the requisite skills to 
succeed Patrick as remuneration committee chair during 2018.

The committee appointed a sub-committee consisting of 
the chairman, the chief executive and the senior independent 
director to manage the recruitment of a new non-executive. 
Following a review of potential headhunters, the sub-committee 
appointed Zygos Partnership. The sub-committee identified a 
shortlist of candidates from a selection of individuals suggested 
by Zygos Partnership and, following meetings with each of 
these candidates, identified a further shortlist for the other 
Board members to meet. After completing the comprehensive 
process, the Board was delighted to appoint Tracey Killen as 
a non-executive director on 5 May 2017. Tracey’s significant 
commercial and HR experience will bring new skills, knowledge 
and insight to Board discussions and be of great benefit to the 
Board and the Group. Tracey became a member of the audit, 
nomination and remuneration committees following her 
appointment. Zygos Partnership does not provide any other 
services to, or have any connection with, the Company.

Our non-executive directors’ tenure on the Board as at the 
year end was as follows:

Board tenure non-executive 

Number

Percentage

< 1 year

1 to 2 years

2 to 3 years

7 to 8 years

8 to 9 years

1

1

1

1

1

20

20

20

20

20

Tracey Killen
Succession planning in action

February 2017
Following the resignation 
of Liz Peace, a candidate 
profile was drafted and 
Zygos Partnership was 
appointed to identify a 
shortlist of potential 
candidates.

March – April 2017
Candidates were 
interviewed by the 
chairman, chief executive 
and senior independent 
director and a selection of 
the shortlisted candidates 
were interviewed by other 
Board members.

May 2017
Tracey began her formal 
induction programme  
(see page 70 for  
further details).

24 April 2017
Appointment of  
Tracey Killen to the Board, 
audit, nomination and 
remuneration committees 
announced, effective 
5 May.

2018
Tracey to succeed 
Patrick De Smedt as chair 
of the remuneration 
committee.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 73

GovernanceAt the November 2017 Board meeting, the Board reviewed 
the results of the Group’s gender pay gap. Our median gender 
pay gap of 31% provides a benchmark that enables the Board 
to drive improvement in inclusivity and diversity across the 
Group over the next couple of years. The Board is satisfied 
that the results are not due to any equal pay issues within 
the Group, but are attributable to the lack of women in senior 
positions. While 21% of the Group’s employees are women, 
only 8% of our senior managers (those attracting the highest 
levels of remuneration) are female. To address this, the Board 
will implement a range of activities in 2018 that will help drive 
greater inclusivity and diversity across the Group. These 
activities will include:

■  undertaking further detailed analysis of our data to 

ascertain whether or not we have any underlying issues 
that are impacting the percentage of women employed in 
the Group and the percentage in senior positions, and to 
identify specific actions to address them if appropriate; 

■  introducing an e-learning module on inclusivity;
■  introducing anonymised shortlists as part of our 

recruitment process;

■  tracking underrepresented groups’ employment experience 

with the Group; and 

■  undertaking a review of our ethnic pay gap in conjunction 

with our annual gender pay gap review.

2018 priorities and performance review
The committee’s performance was assessed as part of the 
Board’s annual effectiveness review. It was concluded that 
all members of the committee play an effective role and that 
the committee manages the process of appointments to the 
Board effectively. During 2018, the committee will continue 
to focus on:

■  succession planning for the Board as a whole;
■  reviewing succession planning in the divisional 

management teams; and

■  reviewing progress against our activities to improve 

inclusivity and diversity across the Group.

Governance Nomination committee
— continued

Wider Group
During 2016, the executive directors reviewed the short-term 
succession arrangements for the Group management team 
and in 2017 the committee reviewed its processes for 
monitoring succession planning across the Group. As 
mentioned above, the committee also considered the skills 
required across the Group and the ongoing development of 
these skills through talent and training programmes. Due to 
the diverse nature of our activities the committee reviewed 
the divisional succession and talent development plans 
individually and in the context of our Group strategic 
objective to develop and retain talented people. We have 
an overarching leadership development programme in place 
which provides core and consistent leadership training for 
about 500 senior employees across the Group. In addition, 
each of the divisions has its own specific training programmes 
incorporating both technical and broader business training 
specific to their divisions and employees’ requirements and 
professional development. These training programmes 
range from apprenticeships for different skills to supporting 
employees through professional qualifications. Where 
practically possible each division seeks to consider existing 
employees for new roles and development opportunities and 
in 2017, 8% of employees across the divisions were promoted 
internally. Simon Smith’s appointment as managing director 
for Infrastructure when Nick Fletcher resigned was as a result 
of being previously identified as a potential candidate within 
the division’s succession plan.

Diversity
In June 2017, the Board adopted a diversity policy which sets 
out its commitment to inclusivity and equal opportunity within 
the Board and among all employees in the Group. Female 
representation on the Board in 2017 was 14%. As set out in 
its diversity policy, the Board ensures that the selection 
processes for Board candidates will provide access to a 
diverse range of candidates. Appointments will be made on 
merit and without resorting to quotas, but with due regard 
for the benefits of diversity on the Board, including gender.

We believe that a diverse workforce reflecting different skills 
and experience at all levels is critical for innovation and ensuring 
that we benefit from the broadest range of ideas and expertise. 
As part of the Board’s ongoing commitment to provide 
leadership on inclusion, during 2017 we continued to include 
a ‘people report’ in the Board meeting papers, covering key 
statistics and details of activities undertaken by each division 
to improve inclusivity and diversity. These included activities to 
broaden the range of skills, industry experience, gender, race, 
disability, age, nationality and other attributes which can enhance 
the contribution of the divisions and the Group as a whole.

74 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Health, safety and environment committee

The principal purpose of the committee is to focus on our 
health and safety culture in order to drive better behaviour 
and performance in this area. It also aims to support the 
existing Group health and safety forum and divisional health 
and safety teams.

The committee’s terms of reference, setting out its duties, are 
available on our website.

Activities during the year
The committee has an annual work plan, developed from 
its terms of reference, which includes standing items 
considered at each meeting together with any additional 
matters the committee has decided to focus on. The 
divisional managing directors are responsible for HSE 
issues within their respective divisions and for providing 
the committee with information for its consideration at 
each meeting. Monthly monitoring and reporting to the 
Board includes a report from the Group commercial 
director on the Group’s performance in relation to health 
and safety matters as well as a verbal report from the HSE 
committee chair following each meeting. Further details 
are included in the chief executive’s statement on page 15 
and the risk review on pages 52 to 53.

In 2017, the committee met four times to review our strategy 
with respect to HSE matters and carried out one site visit. 
Details of attendance at meetings are disclosed on page 69.

A summary of the committee’s other principal activities in 
2017 is as follows:

■  reviewed divisional health and safety performance 

during the year;

■  continued to review our approach in respect 

of occupational health, particularly in respect of 
assisting employees in identifying and managing 
mental wellbeing issues;

■  carried out a site visit;
■  reviewed our environmental reports;
■  monitored our performance as a Group against 

HSE targets and KPIs; 

Chairman’s overview
During 2017, the Group’s safety performance remained 
a key focus for the committee. Highlights of the committee’s 
activities included:

■  meeting with the divisional managing directors in January 
2017 to discuss the work they were undertaking to reduce 
health and safety incidents;

■  gaining an understanding of our approach to helping 
employees to identify and manage mental wellbeing 
issues; and

■  a site visit to a Construction & Infrastructure project 

in Birmingham.

Members during the year

Simon Gulliford (Chair)
Malcolm Cooper (from 4 May 2017)
Andy Saul
Clare Sheridan (from 4 May 2017)
Liz Peace (until 4 May 2017)

Responsibilities
The committee is responsible for the following:

■  assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 

■  reviewed our performance against the Total 

in relation to health, safety and environment (HSE) matters 
and making recommendations to the Board for any changes 
considered necessary;

■  assisting the Board in reviewing our Group strategy with 

respect to HSE matters;

■  receiving reports on any major HSE incidents and ensuring 
that all actions required by the report are appropriately 
implemented in a timely manner;

■  reporting to the Board on development trends and 

forthcoming legislation in relation to HSE matters which 
may be relevant to the Group;

■  monitoring our Group health and safety strategy and 
regulatory environmental obligations (including CRC 
(carbon reduction commitment) compliance) and how 
compliance with these and with applicable laws and 
regulations is ensured across the Group;

■  receiving and reviewing periodic HSE reports of the Group’s 

performance; and

■  reviewing our responsible business strategy and 
performance against our Total Commitments.

Commitments; and

■  reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.

Safety
We have well-established safety systems designed to 
minimise the risks of health, safety and environmental 
incidents occurring as a result of our activities. These systems 
include tool box talks, detailed method statements, health and 
safety briefings at induction, site visits, detailed investigation 
of all incidents, regular training and updates. 

We are committed to achieving a continuing reduction in 
the number of incidents on sites and to protecting those 
who work on and visit our projects. Overall, the committee 
is encouraged by the continued improvement in the Group’s 
accident frequency rate in 2017 (see page 18). During the year, 
a number of trials and initiatives were put in place by each of 
the divisions in connection with improving workplace safety 
and wellbeing, which will be reviewed by the committee 
during 2018. These included the use of new technology and 
a trial to change behaviours to help improve safety at work. 

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 75

GovernanceGovernance Health, safety and environment committee
— continued

Each division sets its own strategy and targets focusing on 
areas that are relevant to its business within an overarching 
framework. At the end of 2017, our health and safety forum 
reviewed and updated this framework. From 2018, it will cover 
three key strategic areas: severity, mental health and wellbeing. 
Divisional strategies and targets are reviewed and approved 
by the committee and learning is shared by the divisions. 

Site visits
As mentioned in the 2016 annual report, on 12 January 2017 
the committee made an unannounced visit to a Construction & 
Infrastructure project in Birmingham. The committee was 
impressed that health and safety was demonstrably a key 
priority on the project. For example, tarmac had been placed 
on all walkways around the site prior to construction to reduce 
the level of mud and potential slippages. In addition, all external 
barriers had been pre-fitted with cladding to avoid the risk of 
falls from height by cladding the barriers after they were in place. 
In January 2018 the committee also made an unannounced visit, 
to a Construction & Infrastructure ice arena project in Slough. 

Health and wellbeing
The committee reviewed management plans to improve health 
and wellbeing across the Group. All employees have access to 
an employee assistance programme that provides confidential 
counselling and support on a variety of issues. During the year, 
each of the divisions continued its focus on occupational 
health, particularly mental health and wellbeing. These initiatives 
included wellbeing clinics and health surveillance programmes. 
Work was also undertaken during the year in Construction & 
Infrastructure surrounding fatigue management (see page 31). 

Environment
We are committed to reducing energy consumption across the 
Group and in our supply chain. During the year, the committee 
reviewed the Group’s performance in reducing our environmental 
impact. Highlights of our activities in 2017 included:

■  creating a climate action group to develop science-

based targets;

■  retaining our A- score in the CDP index;
■  decreasing the Group’s carbon intensity measure by 15%; 
■  reducing our total waste produced by 20% to 687,803 

tonnes (2016: 860,209 tonnes);

■  diverting 89% of total waste from landfill (2016: 90%);
■  reducing construction waste by 23% to 99,704 tonnes 

(2016: 129,691 tonnes); and

■  increasing the percentage of construction waste diverted 

from landfill to 96% (2016: 94%).

Managing our emissions
Our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have been calculated 
based on the ISO 14064-1:2006 standard. Emissions reported 
correspond with our financial year and include all areas for 
which we have operational control in the UK, excluding joint 
ventures. The materiality threshold has been set at a Group 
level of 5% with all operations estimated to contribute more 
than 1% of the total emissions included. No material emissions 
have been omitted from this report.

Emissions have been calculated using data gathered for the 
recertification audit of the Group’s energy data by supply 
chain risk management company, Achilles, under its Certified 
Emissions Measurement and Reduction Scheme (CEMARS). 
Emission factors are from the Department for Environment, 
Food & Rural Affairs (Defra) conversion factor guidance current 
for the year reported. All data has been verified by Achilles.

76 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Emissions are predominantly from bulk fuel used on sites, 
our vehicle fleet and electricity use. Our target is to reduce 
our absolute emissions by 26% by 2020 from a baseline of 
the data set as at 31 December 2010. Our Group director of 
sustainability and procurement is responsible for the delivery 
of this target.

GHG emissions CO2e tonnes

Scope 1 – Operation of facilities

Scope 2 – Indirect emissions 
(purchased energy)

Scope 3 – Indirect emissions 
(related activities)

2017

19,559

5,337

2016

17,201

6,935

2010 
baseline

33,357

25,288

3,548

6,634

5,097

Total emissions

28,444

30,770

63,742

Intensity ratio
We have chosen to use an intensity ratio of GHG per £m 
of turnover, which is consistent with prior years. We are 
encouraged by the further reduction in this ratio in 2017.

GHG emissions intensity ratio

2017

10.2

2016

12.0

2010 
baseline

30.3

Revenue

£2,793m

£2,562m

£2,102m

As part of our introduction of science-based targets, from 
1 January 2018 we will be reporting against a 2016 baseline year. 
For further details on the Group’s environmental performance 
see our 2017 responsible business report.

Responsible business strategy
During the year, our sustainability steering group decided to 
review our responsible business strategy to take account of 
the United Nations Development Programme’s Sustainable 
Development Goals (see page 25 for further details). In addition, 
the steering group agreed to undertake a materiality survey in 
2018 to ensure that our responsible business strategy and the 
sustainable development goals that we had agreed to adopt 
remained relevant and appropriate. The committee therefore 
decided to postpone its review of the responsible business 
strategy to its meeting in March 2018. Although the review of 
the strategy was not undertaken during the year, the committee 
did monitor the Group’s performance over the last 12 months 
against our Total Commitments. Overall, this performance 
was positive, although further work is needed to embed the 
use of Local Multiplier 3 (LM3) for assessing the social value 
contribution made on our projects.

Looking ahead
In 2018, the committee will continue to challenge each of the 
divisions to seek continual improvement in managing and 
reducing the number of safety incidents. This will include:

■  a review of data collected by the divisions in respect of high 

potential incidents;

■  a review of any actions needed to protect the health and 

wellbeing of employees;

■  rolling out an independent personal financial education 

programme across the Group during the first half of 2018. 
This programme is provided by an independent third party 
and is not affiliated to any financial product; and
■  reviewing and approving any amendments to our 
responsible business strategy and our overarching 
health and safety policy framework.

Audit committee
■ Accountability

Chairman’s overview
During 2017, the committee’s key focus has been on the integrity 
of the Group’s: 

■  financial reporting; 
■  process of risk management and internal controls; and
■  compliance with new legislation including the Modern 

Slavery Act and Payment Practices Reporting Regulations.

I am pleased to report that no issues in respect of the Group’s 
integrity have been identified by the committee during the year.

The Board evaluation for 2017 included an evaluation of the 
audit committee. Overall the committee is considered to be 
operating effectively.

All committee members during the year and up to the date of 
this report are or were independent non-executive directors in 
accordance with the Code, and the members of committee as 
a whole have competence relevant to the sector. Biographies of 
each member of the committee are set out on pages 62 to 63. 
Malcolm Cooper, the chair of the committee, is a qualified 
accountant and experienced FTSE 250 audit committee 
chair and is considered to have recent and relevant financial 
experience for the audit committee of a company in the 
construction and regeneration sectors.

Other regular attendees:

■  Chairman of the Board;
■  Finance director;
■  Company secretary;
■  Group financial controller;
■  Group head of audit and assurance; and
■  Representatives from the external auditor.

Members during the year

Malcolm Cooper (Chair)
Patrick De Smedt
Simon Gulliford
Tracey Killen (from 5 May 2017)
Liz Peace (until 4 May 2017)

Responsibilities
In summary, the committee is responsible for reviewing 
and monitoring:

■  the integrity of the financial statements;
■  the Group’s internal financial controls and internal control 

and risk management systems; and

■  the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function.

The committee is also responsible for the oversight and 
appointment of the external auditor.

The formal role of the committee, which was reviewed 
and updated during 2017, is set out in the terms of reference 
which are available on our website. The committee’s terms 
of reference were updated to take account of the updates 
required following implementation of the European Union’s 
Audit Regulation and Directive.

Activities during the year
The committee held three scheduled meetings during 
the year. Further detail is set out overleaf. Details of 
attendance at meetings are disclosed in the corporate 
governance report on page 69. The regular attendees 
listed above also attended each meeting. There is a formal 
agenda for each meeting to ensure that the committee 
covers all elements of its remit. The chair of the audit 
committee met with the finance director and the external 
audit partner individually during the year. In addition, the 
committee held discussions at the end of each meeting 
with the external auditor and the Group head of audit 
and assurance, without the management team present. 
No matters of significance were raised during any of these 
discussions. The committee’s authorities and calendar of 
work remain in line with the requirements of the Code 
and the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s) guidance 
on audit committees.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 77

GovernanceGovernance Audit committee
— continued

Spread of key activities in the year
In compliance with the Code and the accompanying guidance, the main activities of the committee during the year were as follows:

February

August

November

■  Full year results review;
■  Undertook fair, balanced 

■  Half year results review;
■  Reviewed Group and 

■  Reviewed Group and divisional risk registers including the 

Group’s principal risks;

and understandable 
review of the 2016 
annual report;

■  Reviewed effectiveness 
of the external auditor 
including an evaluation 
of performance during 
the 2016 audit;

■  Reviewed effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal 
financial controls and 
internal audit;

■  Reviewed fraud and 
bribery prevention 
measures and details of 
any matters arising from 
the raising concerns 
reporting lines; and 
■  Reviewed the Group’s 

business continuity and 
incident management plan.

divisional risk registers 
including the Group’s 
principal risks;

■  Reviewed effectiveness 

of the Group’s risk 
management and 
internal controls;

■  Discussed the 2017 audit 
plan with the external 
auditor;

■  Reviewed fraud and bribery 
prevention measures and 
details of any matters arising 
from the raising concerns 
reporting lines; and
■  Approved the 2018  

audit plan.

■  Reviewed effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 

and internal controls;

■  Reviewed the Group’s progress in preventing modern 
slavery within our business and first tier supply chain;
■  Reviewed fraud and bribery prevention measures and 
details of any matters arising from the raising concerns 
reporting lines;

■  Reviewed significant accounting judgements for the 2017 

audit including the impact of IFRSs 9 (‘Financial Instruments’), 
15 (‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’) and 16 (‘Leases’);

■  Reviewed the Group’s tax strategy on behalf of the Board;
■  Approved the fees for the external auditor;
■  Reviewed the Group’s processes for compliance with the 

payment practices regulations; and

■  Reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.

Further information on the work of the committee during the year including full descriptions of the risk management and internal 
control processes are set out on the following pages.

Financial and business reporting
The committee’s detailed review of the year end position 
by reference to the year end accounts assisted the Board in 
making the going concern statement set out on page 23. In 
line with the Code, the committee considered and approved 
the key assumptions in the long-term viability statement 
(see page 60 for further information).

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
One of the key compliance requirements of the Code is 
for the Board to confirm that the annual report and financial 
statements (annual report), taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy (see the strategic report from the 
inside front cover to page 60). To enable the Board to make 
this declaration, a formal review is embedded in the year end 
process to ensure the committee and the Board as a whole 
have access to all relevant information and, in particular, 
management papers on significant issues faced by the Group.
The committee receives a paper from the company secretary 
detailing the approach taken in preparing the annual report.

The committee and the Board as a whole receive drafts of 
the annual report in sufficient time to facilitate their review and 
enable them to challenge the disclosures where necessary. In 
addition, the Group’s external auditor reviews the consistency 
between the narrative reporting of the annual report and the 
financial statements.

Application of accounting policies, judgements and estimates
In carrying out its duties, the committee is required to assess 
whether suitable accounting policies have been adopted and 
to challenge the robustness of significant judgements and 
estimates reflected in the financial results. This process 
involves reviewing relevant papers prepared by the finance 
team in support of the policies adopted and judgements 
and estimates made.

These papers are discussed with the finance director, the external 
auditor and, where appropriate, the Group head of audit and 
assurance. In addition, the committee reviews the year end 
report to the audit committee from the external auditor based 
on the work it performed and findings from the annual audit.

78 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

The matters considered by the committee during the year are listed below.

Issue

Basis of assurance

Contract revenue, margin, 
receivables and liabilities
The recognition of revenue 
and margin on long-term 
contracts in the financial 
statements, and the 
associated contract 
receivables and payables, 
require management to 
make estimates.

Impairment of goodwill

Valuation of shared 
equity loan receivables
The valuation of shared 
equity loan receivables is 
reliant upon the assumptions 
made by the management 
team and the accompanying 
valuation model.

Going concern

In addition to updates on the key contract issues at Board 
meetings, at which management identify any significant 
differences in contract valuations that exist with either client 
or supplier, the committee has reviewed the status of these 
key contract issues at each audit committee meeting. The 
committee also reviewed the analysis undertaken by 
management on the areas of difference between current 
accounting standards for revenue recognition and IFRS 15 
(‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’), which will be 
applicable for the Group’s 2018 financial statements. 

The value of goodwill is supported by a value-in-use model 
prepared by the management team. This is based on cash 
flows extracted from the Group budget and strategic plan, 
which have both been approved by the Board. The committee 
reviewed and challenged the management team on the 
assumptions used in the value-in-use model.

Key assumptions include the discount rate, redemption rates and 
house price inflation. The committee reviewed and challenged 
the management team on the supporting assumptions used 
in the valuation of shared equity loan receivables.

The committee reviewed papers supporting the going 
concern assessment which was compiled based on the latest 
management forecasts and covers the next 12 months. In 
addition a number of sensitivities were considered to determine 
the effect on headroom against our committed facilities. The 
review has been performed in conjunction with the viability 
statement assessment which covers a 36-month period.

Additionally, the committee discussed each issue with the 
external auditor and sought its opinion based on the work 
it performed during the audit.

Conclusion

Based on its review 
and discussions with the 
management team and 
external auditor, the 
committee concluded that 
the treatment of contract 
revenue, margin, receivables 
and payables in the financial 
statements is appropriate.

Based on its review 
and discussion with the 
management team and 
the external auditor the 
committee was satisfied 
that the value of goodwill 
is appropriate.

Based on its review 
and discussion with the 
management team and 
the external auditor the 
committee was satisfied 
that the supporting 
assumptions used 
remain appropriate.

Based on its review and 
discussions with both the 
management team and our 
external and internal auditors, 
the committee is satisfied 
that, after raising appropriate 
challenges, the judgements 
outlined above are reasonable 
and that the appropriate 
disclosures have been included 
in our consolidated financial 
statements.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 79

Governance 
Governance Audit committee
— continued

Auditor
External auditor’s independence and effectiveness
The committee oversees the Company’s relationship with 
the external auditor. To ensure that the external auditor 
remains independent of the Company it carries out an 
annual assessment of the auditor’s independence along with 
an appraisal of its qualifications, expertise and resources. To 
fulfil these obligations, the committee reviewed the external 
auditor’s presentation of its policies and safeguards to ensure its 
continued independence within the meaning of all regulatory 
and professional requirements and that the objectivity of the 
audit engagement partner and audit staff had not been 
impaired. In addition, key members of the audit team rotate off 
the Company’s audit after a specific period of time. The previous 
audit engagement partner, Mark Beddy, rotated on completion 
of the 2016 audit and was replaced by Makhan Chahal, a 
senior audit partner with over 20 years’ experience, who leads 
Deloitte LLP’s business, infrastructure and professional services 
audit team. Those policies and safeguards, together with the 
Company’s own policies on engaging the external auditor for 
non-audit work and employment by the Company of former 
employees of the external auditor, enabled the committee to 
confirm that it was satisfied with Deloitte LLP’s continued 
independence and objectivity. The committee noted that, 
during the year, Fit Out commenced work on a contract for 
the fit out of a new building for Deloitte LLP in London. The 
committee was satisfied that given the contract was awarded 
after a competitive procurement process carried out at arm’s 
length, auditor independence is unaffected.

As part of its responsibility for assessing the effectiveness 
of the external audit, the committee discussed the external 
audit plan at the committee meeting held in July 2017 and 
reviewed progress against the audit plan at the meeting 
held in November 2017, noting at that time the significant 
accounting issues being addressed by the external auditor. At 
the meeting prior to the announcement of the full year results, 
the committee reviewed the external auditor’s fulfilment of the 
agreed audit plan and the major issues highlighted as part of 
the external audit. In addition, the internal evaluation on the 
external audit process was undertaken with the assistance of 
the Group head of audit and assurance and senior members 
of the Company’s and the divisions’ finance teams. The feedback, 
which covered matters including the quality of the process, 
the adequacy of resources employed by the external auditor, 
its communication skills and its objectivity and independence, 
was then reviewed by the committee as part of its assessment 
of the external auditor’s effectiveness. No issues arose in the 
course of these reviews which impacted the effectiveness of 
the external auditor.

Reappointment of external auditor
Deloitte LLP has been the Company’s auditor since the Group 
was established from the reverse takeover of William Sindall 
plc in 1994 and the audit has not been put out for tender since 
that time. There are no contractual obligations which restrict 
the committee’s choice of external auditor. The committee 
has noted the requirements of the Competition & Markets 
Authority 2014 Order and The Statutory Auditors and Third 
Country Auditors Regulations 2016 that all public interest 
entities are required to conduct an auditor tender at least 
every 10 years and to rotate their auditors after at least 20 
years. While not subject to the provisions set out within the 
Code for FTSE 350 companies, the committee has taken into 
account the formal regulatory tender requirements that form 
part of UK law and confirms that the Group intends to put the 

80 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

external audit contract out to tender during 2020 to take 
effect from the conclusion of the 2020 financial year end at 
the AGM in 2021. Having regard to the considerations referred 
to above, the committee has satisfied itself that Deloitte LLP, 
the external auditor, remains independent and effective. 

The committee has recommended to the Board that a 
resolution proposing the reappointment of Deloitte LLP as 
external auditor be put to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.

Policy on the auditor providing non-audit services
The Company’s policy on the engagement of the external 
auditor for non-audit related services which applied during 
the 2017 financial year complies with the EU audit directive 
and regulation. 

The Company’s policy is designed to ensure that the provision 
of non-audit services does not impair the external auditor’s 
independence or objectivity. The policy applies to the Company 
and all its wholly-owned subsidiaries and provides guidance 
on the type of work that is acceptable or prohibited for the 
external auditor to undertake, and the process to be followed 
for approval. The categories of services that are prohibited are 
in line with the legislation and preclude Deloitte LLP from 
providing certain services such as valuation work and preparing 
accounting records and financial statements. For other services 
not falling within the prohibited services list, the external auditor 
is eligible for selection by the Company provided that its skills 
and experience make it competitive and the most appropriate 
supplier of these services. Permitted services can be carried 
out by the external auditor subject to the advance approval 
of the finance director or, if the fees for such services exceed 
a threshold of £50,000, the advance approval of the audit 
committee chair. In 2017, Deloitte LLP did not provide any 
non-audit services that required the approval of the committee.

The fees for non-audit services during the year are set out in 
note 3 to the consolidated financial statements on page 124 
and total £22,800 (2.6% of the audit fee) in respect of town 
planning advice in relation to a planning application for one 
of the Group’s regeneration schemes. The committee has 
reviewed the nature of the work and level of fees for these 
services and concluded that they have not affected Deloitte 
LLP’s objectivity or independence.

Risk management and internal controls
The Board has reserved for itself specific responsibility 
for formulating the Group’s risk management strategy, 
reviewing the system of internal controls and monitoring 
their effectiveness. The Board fulfils this obligation by 
agreeing the strategy, setting delegated authorities and 
approving appropriate policies and procedures which are 
then cascaded throughout the Group. Certain of these 
responsibilities have been delegated to the audit committee 
as outlined below and in the risk review on pages 48 to 49. 
We also have a risk committee that meets twice a year and 
assists the Board and audit committee in monitoring risk 
management and internal control. The risk committee ensures 
that both inherent and emerging risks across the business are 
properly identified and managed, approving new standards 
and processes where any weaknesses are considered to exist.

The risk management process and the system of internal 
controls were in place for the whole year and up to the date 
of approval of the annual report. They accord with the FRC’s 
internal control revised guidance for directors and with the Code.

The committee has conducted a review of the effectiveness of 
the system of internal control for the year ended 31 December 
2017 and for the period to the date of this report. The process 
included a review of the relationship between the internal and 
external audit function, a formal review of the Group risk 
register, and a review of the results of internal audit work 
and the overall effectiveness of the process.

Risk management process
The risk management system is designed to identify principal 
risks attached to our Group strategy and objectives as well 
as the root cause for each risk, and to confirm the internal 
controls in place to mitigate the risk and any further actions 
required. This process includes the identification and 
assessment of the key environmental, social and corporate 
governance risks facing the business. The executive directors 
met regularly with the divisions throughout the year to discuss 
matters relating to strategy, financial and operational 
performance, and risk. Internal control and risk management 
processes are embedded in the operations of each division. 
In addition, the Board devoted time during some of the 
scheduled Board meetings to considering specific commercial 
issues which at the time represented the greatest risks to the 
achievement of our objectives and the mitigating actions in 
place to address them.

Further details of our approach to risk and the principal risks 
identified facing the Group are highlighted in the risk review 
on pages 48 to 59.

The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve certain business objectives 
due to circumstances which may reasonably be foreseen 
and can only provide reasonable assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. Overall, the committee considers that 
the Group’s risk profile is continuing to improve due to our 
strong cash performance, strengthened balance sheet and 
the resolution of older contract issues.

System of internal controls
The system of internal controls, which includes financial, 
operational and compliance controls, is based on a process 
of identifying, evaluating and managing risks. The committee 
assesses the effectiveness of the internal controls system on 
an ongoing basis. The key features of our system of internal 
controls are as follows:

Group structure
The Group consists of six divisions, each with its own 
management board with authority and responsibility for 
managing its division. This authority is set within a framework 
of overarching Group policies, reporting lines and detailed 
delegated authorities which ensure that decisions and approvals 
are made at the appropriate level. While responsibility for 
managing each division is delegated to its management Board 
as far as practicable, responsibility for certain of the Group’s 
key functions, including treasury, internal audit, pensions 
and insurance, is retained at Company level.

Financial reporting system
The Board recognises that an essential part of the 
responsibility for running a business is the effective 
safeguarding of assets, the proper recognition of liabilities 
and the accurate reporting of profits. The Company has 
internal control and risk management systems in place in 
relation to its financial reporting process and the Group’s 
process for preparing the consolidated accounts.

We have a comprehensive budgeting and forecasting 
system which is regularly reviewed and updated, together 
with a management reporting system established in each 
division for monthly reporting to the Board. In addition, the 
annual internal audit plan includes financial reviews to validate 
the integrity of the divisions’ management accounts.

Investment and capital expenditure
There are detailed procedures and defined levels of authority, 
depending on the value and/or nature of the investment or 
contract, in relation to corporate transactions, investment, 
capital expenditure, significant cost commitments and 
asset disposals.

Tender, project selection and contract controls
Individual tenders are subject to detailed review with 
approvals required at relevant levels and at various stages 
from commencement of the bidding process through to 
contract award. As part of this process, the financial standing 
of both clients and key subcontractors is assessed. In addition, 
robust procedures exist to manage the ongoing risks associated 
with contracts, with monthly reviews of each contract’s 
performance.

Working capital
We continually monitor current and forecast cash and 
working capital balances through a regime of daily and 
monthly reporting.

Internal audit 
The Group head of audit and assurance is responsible for 
managing the internal audit function, overseeing the divisional 
heads of internal audit and assisting with risk management 
practices. During the year, the Group head of audit and 
assurance met separately with the chair of the committee and 
has direct access to him whenever required. No new matters 
or issues were raised by the internal audit team directly to the 
committee that had not already been reported to the 
committee by the executive directors.

The committee is responsible for approval in advance of the 
plans of the internal audit function: 

■  an audit plan for each year is drawn up following a review of 
the divisional and Group risk registers and discussion with 
the management team and the committee to ensure it is 
aligned to the principal risks of the Group focusing 
predominantly on areas of key risks and materiality;
■  internal audit and assurance work carried out in 2017 

included operational, project and financial reviews across 
the Group and the results of these reviews were recorded in 
audit reports and presented to the committee; and
■  the status of agreed management actions to address 
identified operational weaknesses is actively tracked 
through to implementation.

At each meeting, the committee receives a report on the 
internal controls framework and the internal audit activities. 
In 2017 the committee received information on and reviewed 
risk management tools being implemented in Construction & 
Infrastructure, reviews carried out by the internal audit teams, 
management’s response to the reports and any key trends 
that emerged during the year. 

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 81

GovernanceGovernance Audit committee
— continued

The Group head of audit and assurance also reports to the 
Board monthly on a range of performance metrics including 
the current status of agreed audit actions and progress 
against the annual audit plan.

The internal audit process is supplemented by a rolling 
programme of peer group reviews in Construction & 
Infrastructure and Partnership Housing, which assist in the 
professional development of the individual staff concerned 
while providing a mechanism for the cross-fertilisation of 
ideas and dissemination of best practice.

These peer group reviews are overseen by the divisional 
heads of internal audit and tracking of agreed management 
actions is included in the overall internal audit process.

The committee assesses annually the effectiveness of the 
internal audit function and reviews and confirms that the 
internal audit group is staffed appropriately and operating 
effectively. 

In its annual assessment the audit committee:

■  met with the Group head of audit and assurance separately 
without management present to discuss the effectiveness 
of the internal audit function;

■  reviewed and assessed the audit plan; and
■  assessed the role and effectiveness of the internal 

audit function in the overall context of the Company’s 
risk management system and whether the function is 
able to continue to meet the needs of the Group.

The results of the latest assessment were reviewed by the 
committee in November 2017 and it was satisfied that the 
internal audit team remained independent, was operating 
effectively, and that the risk to their independence and 
objectivity was low.

Business conduct and ethics
Raising concerns procedures 
Our procedures are supported by the operation of an 
independent external phone line and an online reporting 
mechanism for raising concerns, which enables employees 
across the Group and other workers on our sites to report 
concerns anonymously and in confidence. During the year 
we extended the methods by which concerns can be reported 
by introducing a ‘Speaking Up’ app which can be downloaded 
by employees in order to submit reports. The existence of the 
various reporting mechanisms is covered with all employees 
on induction and is publicised via the Company’s and 
divisions’ intranets and on construction site notice boards. 
Reports of concerns raised are presented to the committee 
at each meeting, together with the results of investigations 
and any follow-up actions. Any significant matter arising from 
a call would be brought to the attention of the committee 
without delay, although no such matters arose during the year. 
Following a focused drive in the year on raising awareness 
of the concerns helpline through our online training and 
a refreshed poster campaign our calls have increased by 
400% in the year. Of the total calls 44% related to human 
resource matters and 12% to health and safety. All such 
reports were investigated appropriately.

E-learning 
During the year, we rolled out an e-learning module to 
employees across the Group which explained and highlighted 
the duties of directors under the Companies Act 2006 sections 
171-177 as well as wider responsibilities under health and safety, 
anti-bribery and corruption and competition legislation. The 
directors’ duties module was aimed at statutory directors 
and senior employees with either director in their job title 
or a position of seniority akin to a director, ultimately being 
delivered to 414 colleagues. At the time of writing, 68% of 
these employees had successfully completed the module. 
Those yet to complete a module are sent a reminder email or 
called by their line manager to check on their progress. New 
joiners are invited to complete our e-learning modules as 
part of their induction. We aim to launch refresher training 
periodically and, in early 2018, we issued refresher training 
on bribery and corruption and competition law, two of the 
e-learning modules released in 2016. In early 2018, we also 
released additional e-learning modules relating to the Market 
Abuse Regulation. The market abuse e-learning is split into 
two modules, the first being an in-depth training module 
for the Board and another more general overview for all 
employees in the Group. Future plans for e-learning include 
insurance and tax-related modules.

Group tax strategy
The committee reviewed the Group’s tax strategy statement 
and submitted it for Board approval. The statement was 
approved by the Board at the November meeting and 
has been published on our website.

Modern slavery
The committee reviewed and approved the Group’s modern 
slavery statement in respect of the 2016 financial year which is 
available on our website. The 2017 statement will be published 
in the first half of 2018, explaining in more detail the actions 
taken during the year to ensure that we do not undertake 
activities or engage suppliers or subcontractors who undertake 
activities that may be in breach of the Modern Slavery Act. 
We confirmed that we would be reporting against various 
KPIs in future statements (see below) and the committee 
reviewed our progress against those KPIs in November 2017.

Modern slavery KPIs:
■  staff training levels;
■  the results of mapping exercises of the supply chain;
■  the development of an online due diligence questionnaire;
■  progress with the Supply Chain Sustainability School 
members to develop an industry review and audit 
process for common suppliers; and

■  investigations undertaken into reports of modern slavery 

and remedial actions taken in response.

Malcolm Cooper
Chair of the audit committee 

22 February 2018

82 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
Remuneration report
■ Remuneration

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to introduce our remuneration report for the year 
ended 31 December 2017. The report is split into two sections: 

i) the annual report on remuneration which includes this 

letter and will be subject to an advisory vote at our AGM 
on 4 May 2018; and

ii) the 2017 remuneration policy approved at the AGM on 

4 May 2017.

Key remuneration committee activities in 2017
■  review of remuneration policy;
■  consultation with shareholders regarding potential 

changes to the policy;

■  submission of the 2017 remuneration policy for approval 

by shareholders;

■  adjudication of the 2016 annual bonus outcome and the 
vesting outcome for the 2014-2016 long-term incentive 
plan (LTIP) awards; 

■  setting of targets for the 2018 bonus plan and 2018-

2020 LTIP awards;

■  approval of rules for the new deferred bonus plan and 

Sharesave scheme (SAYE) rules;

■  review of senior executive salaries for 2018; and
■  review of the committee’s performance.

Performance in 2017
2017 was a successful year for the Group, with further financial 
and strategic progress made. The increase in underlying revenue 
growth, profit before tax (adjusted*) (PBTA*) and adjusted 
earnings per share (EPS), shown below, reflect management 
actions to improve commercial performance and operational 
efficiency (see the strategic report from the inside front cover 
to page 60 for further information).

Remuneration policy 
Following detailed debate by the committee and extensive 
consultation with shareholders, the 2017 remuneration policy 
was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 4 May 2017, and 
is set out again on pages 92 to 93. 88% of shareholders voted 
in favour of the 2017 remuneration policy, and 99% in favour 
of the annual report on remuneration (see pages 92 to 96). 
The committee expects the remuneration policy to remain 
effective until the 2020 AGM.

Our policy is that performance-related components should form 
a significant portion of the overall remuneration opportunity, 
with maximum total potential rewards being earned through 
the achievement of appropriately stretching performance 
targets based on measures that the committee believes 
reflect the interests of shareholders.

When considering the remuneration of executive directors, 
the committee takes account of remuneration levels offered to 
other senior executives within the Group as well as pay awards 
affecting Group employees generally. For example, in reviewing 
the executive directors’ remuneration for 2018, we reviewed the 
salaries and proposed incentive arrangements for the senior 
executives in the divisions to ensure that there was a coherent 
and fair approach across the Group. The committee does not 
formally consult with employees in respect of the design of the 
remuneration policy, although we will keep this under review.

Summary of proposed remuneration arrangements for 2018 
Fixed pay
From 1 January 2018, the base salaries for John Morgan and 
Steve Crummett will be increased by 3%, which is in line with 
average salary increases awarded across the rest of the Group. 
No changes have been made to benefit provision or to pension 
allowances which at 10% of salary are consistent with those for 
the employee population. 

Annual bonus
In line with our remuneration policy the maximum bonus 
opportunity for the executive directors for 2018 is 125% of 
salary. 30% of any bonus earned will be deferred into nil cost 
share options for three years. 

Long-term incentive plan
The executive directors will each receive LTIP awards 
equivalent to 150% of basic salary. These awards will be 
subject to a two-year holding period on vesting. For 2018, 
EPS targets will be equivalent to a growth rate of 6–13% per 
year over the three-year period, while the TSR target will require 
10% per year outperformance of the comparator median, a level 
which is broadly equivalent to an upper quartile level of difficulty. 
Reflecting concerns around the robustness of the current 
comparator group, the committee has changed the comparator 
group for the 2018 awards to be the constituents of the FTSE 
250 Index (excluding investment trusts). See page 87 for 
further details.

Revenue £m

PBTA* £m

Adjusted EPS pence

Share price at 31 December 

2017

2,793

66.1

121.1

£14.28

2016

% change

2,562

45.3

84.7

£7.45

+9

+46

+43

+92

Conclusion
The committee remains committed to a remuneration policy and 
implementation which we feel provides suitable opportunity for 
the executive directors to be rewarded for their contribution 
to the business, aligned with the interests of all stakeholders. 

Review of remuneration for 2017
Reflecting the strong results set out above, the executive 
directors will each receive a bonus of 125% of salary, of which 
30% will be deferred in shares for three years. LTIP awards 
granted in 2015, which vest on three-year performance to 
31 December 2017 (two thirds on EPS and one third on relative 
total shareholder return (TSR)) will vest in full. The committee 
satisfied itself that the outcome reflected the underlying 
performance of the business over the relevant period.

We value the support which shareholders have provided, as 
reflected in the feedback from our engagement and the votes 
on remuneration at our 2017 AGM. We hope to continue to 
receive your support at the forthcoming AGM.

Patrick De Smedt
Chair of the remuneration committee

22 February 2018

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 83

GovernanceGovernance Remuneration report
— continued

Remuneration framework at a glance

Remuneration philosophy
The key principles of our approach to executive remuneration are to ensure that remuneration:

Aligns
management and 
shareholder interests.

Is competitive
in the market place.

Retains and motivates
executive directors of the 
calibre required in order 
to deliver strategy.

Rewards growth
in earnings over the 
long term, thereby 
driving growth in value 
to our shareholders.

Phasing of payments (based on the chief executive’s maximum remuneration opportunity for 2018)

Phasing

Salary

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

26% of total package

Pension/ benefits

4% of total package

Annual bonus

22% of total package 
cash element (70% 
of total bonus)

10% of total package.  
Deferred element – deferred in nil cost options for three years 
(30% of total bonus)

LTIP

Three-year performance period (100% of LTIP)

38% of total package

two-year holding period – delivered in shares (100% of LTIP)

Application of remuneration policy approved in 2017

Salary

Annual bonus

LTIP

Overview of policy 
■  Set by reference to market rates, 
taking into account individual 
performance, experience, Group 
performance and the pay and 
conditions of other senior 
management in the Group.

Remuneration in respect of 2017
■  Chief executive: £490,537
■  Finance director: £391,142

Application of policy in 2018
■  Chief executive: £505,254 (+3%)
■  Finance director: £402,877 (+3%)

Overview of policy
■  Maximum 125% of salary.
■  Paid 70% in cash, with the remaining 
30% subject to deferral in Company 
shares for three years.

■  All or a majority of the bonus will be 
based on PBTA set relative to the 
Group budget. Financial measures 
will account for not less than 80% 
of the annual bonus.

■  Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Remuneration in respect of 2017
■  Chief executive: £613,171 

(100% of maximum)

■  Finance director: £488,928 

(100% of maximum)

■  In each case, 30% of the bonus earned 
will be deferred in shares for three years.

Application of policy in 2018
Up to 125% of salary, with payments 
subject to PBTA target set relative 
to a stretching Group budget.

Overview of policy
■  Maximum 150% of salary.
■  Subject to performance (EPS and 
TSR) and, for awards made from 
2017 onwards, a two-year post-vest 
holding period.

■  Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Remuneration in respect of 2017
The 2015 LTIP vested in full with EPS of 
121.1p being equivalent to a compound 
annual growth rate of RPI+34.8% per 
year over the three-year period and 
three-year TSR of 132.2% placing the 
Company top of the comparator group.

Application of policy in 2018
Awards of shares with a face value 
of 150% of salary vesting on 3-year 
performance, measured against 
stretching EPS and TSR targets 
(weighted two thirds, one third 
respectively).

John Morgan 

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

LTIP

Total

Steve Crummett

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

LTIP

Total

(excluding share price growth)

(excluding share price growth)

(including share price growth)

2017 Maximum  

2017 Actual  

2017 Actual  

564

613

693

1,870

453

489

522

1,464

30%

33%

37%

31%

33%

36%

564

613

693

1,870

453

489

522

1,464

30%

33%

37%

31%

33%

36%

564

613

1,401 

2,578 

453

489

1,055

1,997

22%

24%

54%

23%

24%

53%

84 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Remuneration committee membership and activities in 2017

Advisers
During the year, remuneration advisers, Kepler, updated 
the committee on best practice in executive remuneration, 
changes in shareholders’ voting guidelines, benchmarking 
information for the executive directors, chairman and 
non-executive directors and updates in respect of the TSR 
performance condition. The committee also consulted the 
chief executive but not in relation to his own remuneration.

Kepler also provided advice to the Company on accounting 
for share awards and the operation of the Group’s share 
option schemes but provided no other material services 
to the Company or the Group.

The fees paid by the Company to Kepler during the financial 
year for advice to the committee in relation to the above 
were £33,010 (2016: £55,576). 

Kepler is a founding member and signatory of the Code 
of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants, details of which 
can be found at remunerationconsultantsgroup.com and the 
committee considers its advice objective and independent. 
Kepler has no connection with the Company.

Consideration of shareholder views
We are committed to maintaining good communications with 
investors. The committee considers the AGM an opportunity 
to meet and communicate with investors and considers 
shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each 
year. This feedback, plus any additional feedback received 
during any meetings from time to time, is then considered 
as part of our annual review of remuneration policy.

In addition, the committee seeks to engage directly with 
major shareholders and their representative bodies should 
any material changes be made to the remuneration policy 
(for example, this was done in respect of the changes to 
the revised policy approved by shareholders at the AGM 
in May 2017).

Members during the year

Patrick De Smedt (Chair)
Malcolm Cooper
Simon Gulliford
Tracey Killen (from 5 May 2017)
Liz Peace (until 4 May 2017)

All members of the committee are independent. The chairman 
of the Board and chief executive attended all meetings of the 
committee and the company secretary acted as secretary to 
the committee. The chairman of the committee reported to 
subsequent meetings of the Board on the committee’s work. 
No person was present during any discussion relating to their 
own remuneration.

Responsibilities
The committee is responsible for:

■  reviewing the ongoing appropriateness and effectiveness 

of the remuneration policy including in relation to retention 
and development;

■  proposing to shareholders changes to the remuneration 
policy and approve its implementation for executive 
directors and other senior executives taking into 
account arrangements for the wider employee group;
■  approving the design of our annual bonus arrangements 
and LTIPs, including the performance targets that apply; 
and

■  determining the award levels for the executive directors 

and other senior executives based on performance 
against annual bonus targets and long-term incentive 
performance conditions.

The terms of reference of the committee are available on 
our website.

Activities during the year
The committee met on two occasions during the year. 
Attendance at the meetings is disclosed in the corporate 
governance report on page 69. The meetings covered a 
review of the feedback from the shareholder consultation on 
proposed changes to the remuneration policy, finalisation 
of the remuneration policy to put to shareholders for 
approval at the AGM in May 2017 and a benchmarking 
review of fees for company chairmen. In addition, the 
committee undertook its normal business of confirming 
performance-related pay for the year ended 31 December 
2017 and setting bonus and long-term incentive targets for 
2018. Additional consultation between committee members 
and between the chair of the committee and the chief 
executive took place outside of formal meetings.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 85

GovernanceAnnual report on remuneration

The information provided in this section of the remuneration report which is subject to audit has been highlighted.

Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2018 
Base salaries
In setting the 2018 base salaries, the committee considered 
the budgeted level of increases in base salary for senior 
executives below Board level and the workforce generally, 
which averaged 3%. The committee determined that the base 
salaries for John Morgan and Steve Crummett should increase 
by 3% with effect from 1 January 2018. In considering the salary 
increases, the committee took account of the performance of 
each executive director and their respective responsibilities as 
well as benchmarking information for comparable roles at 
companies of similar revenue and market capitalisation. 

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

From 
1 January
2018
£

505,254

402,877

From
1 January
2017
£

490,537

391,142

Increase

3%

3%

Pension arrangements
The Company contributes up to 10% of base salary to 
a personal pension plan and/or as a cash supplement. 
Consistent with all employees participating in the Morgan 
Sindall Retirement Benefits Plan (the Retirement Plan), 
relevant executive directors may exchange part of their gross 
salary and bonus awards in return for pension contributions. 
Where additional pension contributions are made through 
the salary exchange process, the Company enhances the 
contributions by half of the saved employer’s National 
Insurance contribution.

Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus potential for 2018 will be 125% 
of base salary with 70% of any bonus earned paid in cash 
and the remaining 30% deferred in shares for three years. To 
ensure that management is focused on the Group’s financial 
performance in 2018, 100% of the bonus will continue to be 
based on a PBTA* target range set in relation to the Group 
budget. The annual bonus including the deferred shares 
will be subject to malus and clawback provisions.

The targets for the forthcoming year are set in relation to the 
Group budget, which is considered commercially sensitive. 
Retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance 
against them will be disclosed in next year’s annual 
remuneration report.

Long-term incentives
The committee intends to make awards to the executive 
directors under the 2014 LTIP in March 2018.

The awards to be granted in 2018 will be set at 150% of base 
salary. Two thirds of awards (100% of salary) will be based on an 
EPS performance target with the remaining one third of awards 
(50% of salary) based on the Company’s TSR performance 
compared with the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index 
(excluding investment trusts), over a three-year period. Further 
details on these performance conditions are set out below.

Net shares vesting under LTIP awards granted in 2018 will be 
subject to a mandatory two-year holding period at the end 
of the vesting period. All awards are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions.

EPS performance condition (two thirds of award)
For the awards granted in 2018, EPS targets will be expressed 
in cumulative pence terms in order to reduce the sensitivity of 
vesting to final year performance and incentivise executives 
to deliver sustained steady growth. For 2018, targets will be 
equivalent to a growth rate of 6-13% per year over the 
three-year period. The committee believes these targets 
represent an appropriately stretching range in the context 
of internal and external reference points, and are broadly 
consistent with the average target range for EPS growth 
in other FTSE long-term incentives.

The vesting range for the EPS targets is shown in the 
graph below:

100%

)
y
r
a
a
s

l

f
o
%
0
0
1
(

75%

50%

25%

0%

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
d
r
a
w
a
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
e
S
P
E
f
o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

l

408

466

Three-year cumulative EPS 2018–2020 (pence)

86 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TSR performance condition (one third of award)
TSR targets for 2018 awards will be expressed as an 
outperformance of median as per the 2017 awards.

The committee has reviewed the comparator group for 
TSR, as the number of comparator companies has reduced to 
six following the recent liquidation of Carillion. The committee is 
concerned about the robustness of this reduced comparator 
group and therefore has decided to change the TSR 
comparator group to be based on the constituents of the 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts). It is proposed 
that full vesting for the TSR component will remain at 10% per 
year outperformance of comparator median, a level which is 
broadly equivalent to an upper quartile level of difficulty.

The target range for the TSR performance condition is shown 
in the graph below:

Fees for the non-executive directors
The chairman’s fee is determined by the committee while the 
non-executive directors’ remuneration is determined by the 
Board (excluding non-executive directors) within the limits 
set by the Company’s Articles of Association and is based 
on relevant market data, together with external advice 
as appropriate. Following a benchmarking review of the 
chairman’s fees during 2017, it was decided that it be 
increased by 17% with effect from 1 January 2018. This 
increase is in recognition of the fact that Michael Findlay was 
paid below the market benchmark when he joined the Group. 
Following a review by the Board, it was further agreed that the 
base fee for non-executive directors be increased in line with 
the increase for wider employees across the Group, i.e. by 3%.

Accordingly, the annual fees from 1 January 2018 are as follows:

100%

75%

50%

25%

0%

)
y
r
a
a
s

l

f
o
%
0
5
(

g
n
i
t
s
e
v
d
r
a
w
a
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
e
R
S
T
f
o
e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

l

0%

10%

Morgan Sindall TSR outperformance of comparator median (per year)

The committee has discretion to scale back (potentially to zero), 
vesting outcomes under the TSR element in the event it considers 
that financial performance has been unsatisfactory and/or the 
outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for the Company 
or any comparator company being considered abnormal.

Chairman

Non-executive directors

Base fee

Additional fees:

Audit committee chair

Remuneration committee chair

Senior independent director

From 
1 January
2018
£

170,000

From
1 January
2017
£

145,000

46,144

44,800

7,500

6,000

6,000

7,500

6,000

6,000

Increase

17%

3%

0%

0%

0%

Non-executive directors receive no other benefits and do not 
participate in any short-term or long-term incentive schemes.

Dilution and share usage under employee share plans
Shares required for the 2007 Employee Share Option Plan are 
satisfied by shares purchased in the market via The Morgan 
Sindall Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust) and shares for the 
Company’s other share plans may be satisfied using either 
new issue shares or market purchase shares. Our present 
intention is to use market purchase shares to satisfy these 
awards, however we retain the ability to use new issue 
shares and may decide to do so up to the dilution limits 
recommended by the Investment Association (10% of issued 
ordinary share capital for all employee share plans over a 
10-year period and, within this limit, no more than 5% of issued 
ordinary share capital for executive or discretionary share 
plans). The outstanding level of dilution against these limits 
equates to 7.56% of the current issued ordinary share capital 
under all employee share plans, of which 0% relates to 
discretionary share plans.

As at 31 December 2017, the Trust held 555,104 shares, 
which may be used to satisfy awards.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 87

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance Annual report on remuneration
— continued

Directors’ remuneration (audited)
Single total figures of remuneration for 2017

 Executive directors
John Morgan

2017

2016

Steve Crummett

2017

2016

Fees/ 
basic salary
£000

Benefits1
£000

Pension 
contributions
£000

Annual
bonuses2
£000

Value of 
long-term
incentives3,4

£000

Total 
remuneration
£000

491

476

391

380

24

24

23

23

49

48

39

38

613

476

489

380

1,401

443

1,055

333

2,578

1,467

1,997

1,154

1  Benefits for the executive directors comprise a travel allowance, private medical insurance, income protection insurance and life assurance.

2  Annual bonus figures represent the full amount earned for 2017; 30% of this amount will be deferred gross of tax in shares for three years.  

The table below shows performance against PBTA* targets for 2017 representing 100% of the annual bonus potential:

Adjusted Group PBTA* at 31 December 2017

Threshold 
target
£m

45.6

50%  

target
£m

48.5

Maximum 
target
£m

Actual 
performance
£m

Percentage 
of salary

54.3

66.1

100

3  LTIP awards granted in 2015 are due to vest on 2 March 2018 subject to confirmation of EPS and relative TSR performance for the year ended 31 December 2017. As set out in the 

table below, 100% of the 2015 -2017 awards are expected to vest:

Performance condition:

Adjusted EPS

Relative TSR

Total vesting

Weighting

Threshold 
target

40%  

target

Stretch 
target

Actual 
performance

Percentage 
vesting

66.67%

RPI  
+4% p.a.
52.5p

33.33%

Median

RPI  
+12% p.a.
65.6p

Fourth 
position

RPI 
+18% p.a.
76.7p

RPI 
+34.8% p.a.
121.1p

Second 
position 

132.2% TSR 
(above first 
position)

66.67

33.33

100%

As the market price on the date of vesting is currently unknown, the values shown are estimated using the average market value over the last quarter of 2017 of £14.20.

4  The 2016 comparative figures for the value of the long-term incentives and total remuneration have been revised from last year’s report to reflect the actual share price on the 
date of vesting and the value of dividend equivalent shares awarded. Awards granted in 2014, which vested based on performance to 31 December 2016, are valued using the 
market prices at the date of vesting (19 May 2017) of £11.90. 

 Non-executive directors
Michael Findlay2

Patrick De Smedt

Malcolm Cooper

Simon Gulliford

Tracey Killen3

Liz Peace4

Adrian Martin5

Fees
£000

2017

145

57

52

45

30

19

–

2016

36

57

50

45

–

47

108

Taxable benefits1
£000

2017

2016

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
£000

2017

145

57

52

45

30

19

–

2016

36

57

50

45

–

47

108

1  Taxable benefits include taxable relevant travel and accommodation expenses for attending Board meetings and related business.  

Any value disclosed is to be inclusive of tax arising on the expense, which is settled by the Company.

2  Michael Findlay joined the Board on 3 October 2016.

3  Tracey Killen joined the Board on 5 May 2017.

4  Liz Peace stepped down from the Board on 4 May 2017.

5  Adrian Martin stepped down from the Board on 3 October 2016.

88 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Share awards granted during the year 
On 6 March 2017 LTIP awards were made to the executive directors, which will vest subject to performance over the three 
financial years to 31 December 2019. 67% of these awards are subject to an EPS performance condition and 33% subject 
to a TSR performance condition, full details of which are included in last year’s annual report on remuneration.

Date  

of grant

Percentage  
of salary  
awarded

Five-day 
average  
share price 
at date  
of grant

No. of shares  
over which  
award was  
granted

Face value  
of award  

£

Percentage  
of awards  
vesting at  
threshold

Performance  

period

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

6 March 2017

150

£10.13

72,636

735,803

57,918

586,709

16.7%  
(12.5% for EPS 
element, 25% 
for TSR 
element)

Three 
financial  
years to 31 
December 
2019

The share price used to calculate the awards at the date of grant was based on the average share price for the five dealing days 
preceding the date of grant. The closing share price on 6 March 2017 was £10.36.

Other disclosures
Payments to past directors or for loss of office 
No payments were made during the year. 

Shareholder voting 
At last year’s AGM held on 4 May 2017, the remuneration policy and remuneration report (excluding the remuneration policy) 
for the year ended 31 December 2016 were approved by shareholders:

Remuneration policy

Annual remuneration report

Voting for

Voting against

Number  
of shares

28,699,357

35,465,005

Percentage

88.28

99.25

Number  
of shares

3,811,276

268,513

Percentage

11.72

0.75

Total  

votes cast

32,510,633

35,733,518

Votes  

withheld1

3,751,597

530,712

1  People who have indicated that they wish to actively abstain from voting are counted as a vote withheld. A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation 

of the proportion of votes cast ‘for’ and ‘against’ a resolution.

Performance graph
The graph below shows the TSR for the Company’s shares over the last nine financial years. It shows the value to 31 December 
2017 of £100 invested in the Company on 1 January 2009 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE All Share Index 
(excluding investment trusts) and the FTSE All Share Index (Construction and Materials Sector). The other points plotted are 
the values at intervening financial year ends.

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Year ended 31 December

— Morgan Sindall Group plc

— FTSE All Share Index

— FTSE All Share Index 

(Construction and Materials Sector)

— FTSE 250

(excluding investment trusts)

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 89

Governance 
 
 
Governance Annual report on remuneration
— continued

Chief executive remuneration
The table below provides a summary of the total remuneration received by the chief executive over the last nine years, including 
details of annual bonus pay out and long-term incentive award vesting level in each year. The annual bonus pay out and long-term 
incentive award vesting level as a percentage of the maximum opportunity are also shown for each of these years.

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2012

2011

2010

2009

John Morgan

John Morgan

John Morgan

John Morgan

John Morgan

John Morgan

Paul Smith

Paul Smith

Paul Smith

Paul Smith

Annual bonus 
percentage  

Long-term 
incentive 
award vesting 
percentage  

Long-term 
incentive 
award vesting 
percentage  

of maximum

of maximum

of maximum

Share awards

Share options

100

100

80

–

–

30

26

85

100

27

100

62

–

–

–

–

49

–

–

25

–

–

–

–

–

46

46

–

–

–

Total 
remuneration

£000

2,578

1,467

905

519

507

671

1,327

1,025

1,096

796

1  John Morgan was appointed chief executive on 5 November 2012, having previously been executive chairman.

2  Paul Smith resigned on 5 November 2012 and ceased employment on 31 December 2012.

3  John Morgan waived his bonus entitlement for 2013.

Percentage change in remuneration levels
The table below shows details of the percentage change in base salary, benefits and annual bonus for the chief executive between 
31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017, compared to the average percentage change for other employees of the Group:

Chief executive

All employees

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows pay for all employees compared to other key financial indicators:

Employee remuneration

Adjusted EPS (pence)

Dividends paid during the year

Employee headcount1

Percentage 
change in  

base salary

Percentage 
change in 
benefits

3

3

0

(3.5)

Percentage 
change  
in bonus 
payment

29

16

2017

£m

455.5

121.1

16.8

6,409

2016

£m

404.6

84.7

13.2

5,982

Percentage 
change

13

43

27

7

1  Employee headcount is the monthly average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis. More detail is set out in note 2 on pages 123 to 124.

Shareholding guidelines
Through participation in performance-linked share-based plans, there is strong encouragement for senior executives to build 
and maintain a significant shareholding in the business. Shareholding guidelines are in place requiring the executive directors 
to build and maintain a shareholding in the Company equivalent to 200% of base salary. Until such time as this threshold is 
achieved there is a requirement for executives to retain no less than 50% of the net of tax value of vested incentive awards.

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

The share price used to value the shares as at 31 December 2017 was £14.28.

Percentage  
of salary 
required under 
shareholding 
guidelines

200

200

Percentage  
of salary  
held at  
31 December  

2017

13,024

167

90 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Directors’ interests 
The figures below set out the shareholdings beneficially owned by directors and their family interests at 31 December 2017.

Michael Findlay

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

Patrick De Smedt

Malcolm Cooper

Simon Gulliford

Tracey Killen

31 December 
2017

31 December 
2016

No. of shares

No. of shares

4,173

4,173

4,474,069

4,504,352

45,870

2,000

10,000

11,350

–

14,815

2,000

10,000

11,350

–

There have been no changes in the interests of the directors between 31 December 2017 and 22 February 2018.

External appointments
At the discretion of the Board, executive directors are allowed to act as non-executive directors of other companies and retain 
any fees relating to those posts. Steve Crummett is a non-executive director and chair of the audit committee at Consort 
Medical plc, for which he receives a fee of £47,750 per year.

Outstanding interests under share schemes
Details of the executive directors’ interests in long-term incentive awards as at 31 December 2017 and movements during the 
year are as follows:

Performance shares

Date of  
award

19.5.2014

2.3.2015

2.3.2016

6.3.2017

55,687

98,680

93,627

Total

247,994

19.5.2014

2.3.2015

2.3.2016

6.3.2017

Total

41,956

74,348

74,655

190,959

–

–

–

72,636

72,636

–

–

–

57,918 

57,918

John  
Morgan

Steve 
Crummett

No. of shares 
outstanding as 
at  
1 January  

No. of  
shares  

2017

awarded

No. of  
dividend  
equivalent  
shares  

awarded

No. of  
shares  
vested

Total 
no. of  
shares  
vested

34,560

2,642

(37,202)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

No. of  
shares  
lapsed

(21,127)

No. of awards 
outstanding  
as at  
31 December 
2017

End of 
performance 
period

Date  
awards  
vest

–

31.12.2016

19.5.2017

98,680

93,627

72,636

31.12.2017

31.12.2018

2.3.2018

2.3.2019

31.12.2019

6.3.2020

34,560

2,642

(37,202)

(21,127)

264,943

26,038

1,991

(28,029)

(15,918)

–

31.12.2016

19.5.2017

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

74,348

74,655

57,918

31.12.2017

31.12.2018

2.3.2018

2.3.2019

31.12.2019

6.3.2020

26,038

1,991

(28,029)

(15,918)

206,921

1  Of the awards granted in 2014, 62% vested as a result of the EPS and TSR performance achieved. Adjusted EPS for the Group as at 31 December 2016 was 84.7p which equated 
to 98.13% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The Group achieved a TSR percentile rank of 53.41% (between the fifth and fourth positions) which equated to 26% of the 
TSR element of the award vesting.

2  Of the awards granted in 2015, 100% will vest as a result of the EPS and TSR targets being achieved. Adjusted EPS for the Group as at 31 December 2017 was 121.1p (RPI+34.8% 
per year) which resulted in 100% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The Group also achieved a TSR of 132.2% which was top of the comparator group, and resulted in 
100% of the TSR element of the award vesting.

3  The awards of performance shares over 150% of salary granted in 2016 are subject to adjusted EPS growth targets and a TSR performance condition. For awards over 100% of 
salary, awards vest in full for achieving adjusted EPS growth of RPI+15% per year, reducing on a sliding scale to 40% vesting for achieving EPS growth of RPI+10% per year and 
again on a sliding scale down to 12.5% vesting for achieving EPS growth of RPI+5% per year. There is no vesting for this part of an award for EPS growth less than RPI+5% per 
year. For awards over the remaining 50% of salary, the award is subject to the same TSR performance measure relative to seven listed comparators, with 25% vesting for 
performance in line with median, rising to full vesting if the Company’s TSR is equal to or exceeds the TSR of the company ranked second.

4  The awards of performance shares over 150% of salary granted in 2017 are subject to cumulative EPS growth targets equivalent to a growth rate of 6-13% and a TSR performance 
condition. There is no vesting for the EPS part of an award for compound annual EPS growth of less than 6% per year. Full vesting for the TSR component will require 10% per 
year outperformance of the comparator median.

Share options

John Morgan

No. of  
options 
outstanding as 
at  
1 January  

2017

106,364

Date  

of grant

17.3.2010

No. of  
options  

exercised

–

No. of  
options 
outstanding as 
at  
31 December 
2017

No. of  
options  
lapsed

End of 
performance 
period

–

106,364

31.12.2012

Exercise  

price

£5.55

Date  
from which  
exercisable

17.3.2013

1  The outstanding options granted in 2010 satisfied their performance condition and are exercisable. These options will, if not exercised, lapse 10 years from the date of grant.

The mid-market price of a share on 31 December 2017 was £14.28 and the range during the year was £7.54 to £15.02.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 91

GovernanceRemuneration policy

The table below summarises the main elements of the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the AGM on 4 May 2017 
and which came into effect from that date. 

Remuneration policy table

Fixed 
elements

Purpose and link 
to strategy

Operation

Basic salary is reviewed annually by the committee 
or, if appropriate, in the event of a change in an 
individual’s position or responsibilities.

Salary levels are set by reference to market rates, 
taking into account individual performance, 
experience, company performance and the pay and 
conditions of other senior management in the Group.

The committee will take into account the general 
increase for the broader employee population but 
on occasion may need to recognise, for example, 
an increase in the scale, scope or responsibility of 
the role.

Current benefits include travel allowance, private 
medical insurance, income protection insurance 
and life assurance. Other benefits may be 
provided where appropriate.

Maximum 
opportunity

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual increase.

Current salary levels are 
presented on page 86.

Performance  
targets

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

The travel allowance 
is £17,000.

The value of other 
benefits is based on 
the cost to the Company 
and is not predetermined.

Base 
salary

Benefits

Pension

To provide competitive 
fixed remuneration.

To attract, retain and 
motivate executive 
directors of the calibre 
required in order to 
deliver the Company’s 
strategy and enhance 
earnings over the 
long term.

To provide market 
consistent benefits, 
including insured 
benefits to support 
the individual and 
their family during 
periods of ill health, 
accidents or in the 
event of death.

Car or travel 
allowances to 
facilitate effective 
travel.

To provide a pension 
arrangement to 
contribute towards 
retirement planning.

Annual 
bonus

Rewarding the 
achievement of 
demanding annual 
performance metrics.

The Company will contribute to the defined 
contribution pension scheme, The Morgan Sindall 
Retirement Benefits Plan (the Retirement Plan) or 
to personal pension arrangements at the request 
of the individual.

The Company may also consider a cash alternative 
(for example where a director has reached the 
HMRC’s lifetime or annual allowance limit).

Performance measures and targets are reviewed 
annually by the committee.

70% of any bonus earned is payable in cash 
and 30% is normally deferred for three years 
and satisfied in Company shares. Dividends 
accrue during the deferral period and may be 
paid in cash or shares at the time of release.

The committee has discretion: (i) to override the 
formulaic outturn of the bonus to determine the 
appropriate level of bonus payable where it believes 
the outcome is not truly reflective of performance; 
and (ii) to ensure fairness to both shareholders 
and participants.

Employer contributions 
are 10% of base salary.

Directors who are 
members of the 
Retirement Plan may 
elect to exchange part 
of their salary or bonus 
award in return for 
pension contributions, 
where the Company will 
enhance the additional 
contributions by half of 
the saved employer’s 
National Insurance 
contribution.

The maximum 
opportunity is 125% 
of base salary.

Financial targets 
incorporate an 
appropriate sliding 
scale range around 
a challenging target.

Target performance will 
typically deliver up to 50% 
of maximum bonus, with 
threshold performance 
typically paying up to 
15% of maximum bonus.

Not applicable.

All or a majority of the 
bonus will be based on 
PBTA*, set relative to the 
Group’s budget or such 
other financial measures 
as the committee deems 
appropriate.

Financial targets will 
account for not less than 
80% of the annual bonus.

A minority of the bonus 
may be based on non- 
financial, strategic and/or 
personal objectives linked 
to the strategic objectives 
of the Group to provide a 
rounded assessment of 
Group and management’s 
performance.

92 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

GovernanceMaximum 
opportunity

150% of base salary.

Remuneration policy table

Fixed 
elements

Purpose and link 
to strategy

Operation

2014  
LTIP

To balance 
performance 
pay between the 
achievement of 
financial performance 
objectives and 
delivering sustainable 
stock market 
outperformance.

To encourage share 
ownership and provide 
further alignment 
with the interests 
of shareholders.

Annual awards of conditional shares or nil (or 
nominal) cost options are granted with vesting 
dependent on the achievement of performance 
conditions over a three-year period.

For awards granted in 2017 onwards net LTIP shares 
vesting will typically be subject to a two-year holding 
period, creating a total of five years between the 
award being granted, and the first opportunity 
to sell.

Performance targets are reviewed annually 
by the committee for each new award.

Dividends that accrue during the vesting period may, 
at the committee’s discretion, be paid in cash or 
shares at the time of vesting. The calculation of the 
dividend equivalent may assume the reinvestment 
of dividends.

The committee has discretion to scale back 
(potentially to zero), vesting outcomes under the 
TSR element in the event it considers that financial 
performance has been unsatisfactory and/or the 
outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for 
the Company or any comparator company 
being considered abnormal. 

Any use of committee discretion with respect to 
waiving or modifying performance conditions 
will be disclosed in the relevant annual report.

Performance  
targets

Awards are subject to 
performance conditions 
based on the Company’s 
EPS and on relative TSR 
compared to a group of 
UK-listed peers.

The committee has 
discretion to introduce 
additional performance 
condition(s) (to 
complement EPS and 
TSR) for up to one third 
of future awards.

For both the EPS and 
TSR conditions, no more 
than 25% of the awards 
will vest for achieving 
threshold performance, 
increasing to 100% 
vesting for achievement 
of stretching performance 
targets.

All 
employee 
Sharesave 
plan

To encourage share 
ownership and provide 
further alignment with 
shareholders.

This is an HMRC tax-advantaged plan under which 
regular monthly savings can be made over a period 
of three years and can be used to fund the exercise 
of an option to purchase shares. Options are 
granted at up to a 20% discount.

Prevailing HMRC 
limits apply.

Not applicable.

Non-
executive 
directors' 
fees

Set to attract, retain 
and motivate talented 
individuals.

This scheme is open to all employees including 
executive directors.

Non-executive directors receive a basic annual 
fee in respect of their Board duties. Additional 
fees may be paid to the chairs of the committees 
and the senior independent director to reflect 
their additional responsibilities.

The chairman receives a fixed annual fee. 
Fees are normally reviewed annually.

The committee is guided by fee levels in 
the non-executive director market and may 
recognise an increase in certain circumstances 
such as assumed additional responsibility or 
an increase in the scale or scope of the role.

Non-executive directors are reimbursed for 
reasonable expenses and any tax arising on 
those expenses will be settled directly by the 
Company. To the extent that these are deemed 
taxable expenses, they will be included in the 
annual remuneration report as required.

Not applicable

For the non-executive 
directors, there is no 
prescribed maximum 
annual increase.

The Company’s Articles 
of Association provide 
that the total aggregate 
remuneration paid to the 
chairman of the Company 
and non-executive 
directors will be 
determined by the Board 
within the limits set by 
shareholders and detailed 
in the Company’s Articles.

Notes to the policy table
The committee is satisfied that the above remuneration policy is in the best interests of shareholders and does not promote 
excessive risk-taking.

For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this directors’ remuneration policy, authority was given to the Company to honour 
any commitments entered into with current or former directors (such as the payment of a pension or the vesting or exercise 
of past share awards).

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 93

GovernanceGovernance Remuneration policy
— continued

Performance measure selection and approach to target setting
The annual bonus is currently based 100% on PBTA*, which is the key measure of how successful the Group is in managing 
its operations. Any additional measures which may be introduced in the future would be aligned to our strategy and we would 
provide details at the relevant time. The long-term incentive performance measures, EPS and TSR, reward long-term financial 
growth and significant long-term returns to shareholders. The TSR performance condition is monitored on the committee’s 
behalf by Kepler, while EPS is derived from the Group’s audited financial statements.

Targets take account of internal strategic planning and external market expectations for the Group and are set appropriate to 
the economic outlook and risk factors prevailing at the time, ensuring that such targets remain challenging in the circumstances, 
while remaining realistic enough to motivate and incentivise management.

Overview of remuneration policy for other employees 
Employees across the Group below Board level may be eligible to participate in an annual bonus arrangement. Long-term 
incentive awards and/or discretionary share options may be awarded to certain other senior executives and employees, for 
which the maximum opportunity and the performance conditions may vary by organisational level.

Use of discretion
The committee will operate the incentive plans in accordance with their respective rules, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules 
where relevant. The committee, consistent with market practice, retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the 
operation and administration of certain plan rules. These include (but are not limited to) the following:

■  who participates in incentives;
■  the timing of grant of awards and/or payments;
■  the size of awards (up to plan/policy limits) and/or payments;
■  where the result indicated by the relative TSR performance condition should be scaled back (potentially to zero) in the event 
that the committee considers that financial performance has been unsatisfactory and/or the outcome has been distorted 
due to the TSR for the Company or any comparator company TSR being considered abnormal;

■  measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction;
■  determination of good leaver status (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan purposes;
■  payment of dividends accrued during the vesting period;
■  adjustments required in certain circumstances (for example, rights issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends);
■  adjustments to existing performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original purpose;
■  the release of deferred bonus shares for leavers; and
■  retention of LTIP shares subject to a holding period for leavers.

Malus and clawback
Awards under the annual bonus, the deferred bonus and the LTIP are subject to malus and clawback provisions which can 
be applied to both vested and unvested awards. Clawback provisions will apply for a period of three years post vesting. 
Circumstances in which malus and clawback may be applied include: for overpayments due to material misstatement of the 
Company’s financial accounts; gross misconduct on the part of the award-holder; an error in calculating the vesting outcomes; 
or in the event of corporate failure.

Remuneration scenarios for the executive directors
The charts below provide an indication of the level of remuneration that would be received by each executive director under 
the following three assumed performance scenarios.

Below threshold performance

Fixed elements of remuneration only – base salary, 
benefits and pension.

On-target performance

Assumes 50% pay out under the annual bonus.

Maximum performance

Assumes 16.7% pay out under the LTIP 
(aligned with threshold performance).

Assumes 100% pay out under the annual bonus 
(125% of salary).

Assumes 100% pay out under the LTIP 
(150% of salary).

94 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Chief executive

Finance director

Maximum

30%

32%

38%

£1,969,000

Maximum

30%

32%

38%

£1,575,000

On-target

57%

31%

£1,022,000

On-target

57%

31%

£820,000

12%

12%

Minimum

100%

£580,000

Minimum

100%

£467,000

£000s

£500

£1,000

£1,500

£2,000

£000s

£500

£1,000

£1,500

£2,000

■ Fixed 

■ Annual Bonus 

■ LTIP

■ Fixed 

■ Annual Bonus 

■ LTIP

■  Base salary levels are as at 1 January 2018.
■  The value of benefits has been estimated based on amounts received in respect of 2017.
■  The value of pension receivable is the equivalent of 10% of base salary.
■  Share price movement and dividend accrual have been excluded from the above analysis.

Recruitment remuneration
The committee takes into account the need to attract, retain and motivate the best person for each position, without paying 
more than is necessary.

External appointment
For external appointments, the committee would seek to align the remuneration package with the remuneration policy 
approved by shareholders, as follows:

Fixed  
elements

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

Approach

The base salaries of new executive directors will be determined by reference to 
relevant market data, experience and skills of the individual, internal relativities 
and their current basic salary. In the event that the committee elects to set 
the initial basic salary of a new appointee below market, any shortfall may be 
managed with phased increases over a period of two to three years subject 
to the individual’s development in the role.

New executive directors will receive company contributions or cash alternative 
not greater than the existing policy.

New executive directors will be eligible to receive benefits which may include 
(but are not limited to) travel allowances, private medical insurance, income 
protection insurance, life assurance and any necessary relocation and/or 
incidental expenses.

Maximum annual  
grant value

Sharesave plan

New appointees will also be eligible to participate in all-employee share schemes.

Annual bonus

The structure described in the policy table will apply to new executive directors, 
with the maximum opportunity being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the 
financial year served.

125% of base salary.

LTIP

New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as 
other executives, as described in the policy table.

150% of base salary.

In determining appropriate remuneration, the committee will take into consideration all relevant factors to ensure that 
arrangements are in the best interests of both the Company and its shareholders. The committee may additionally make 
awards or payments in respect of deferred remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer.

The committee will look to replicate the arrangements being forfeited as closely as possible and, in doing so, will take account 
of relevant factors including the value of deferred remuneration; the performance conditions; and the time over which they 
would have vested or been paid. Any such arrangements would typically have an aggregate fair value no higher than the 
awards being forfeited.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 95

GovernanceGovernance Remuneration policy
— continued

Internal promotion
In cases of appointing a new executive director by way of internal promotion, the committee will be consistent with the policy 
for external appointees detailed above. Any incentive amount awarded in respect of a prior role may be allowed to vest on its 
original terms, or adjusted as relevant to take into account the appointment. Any other ongoing remuneration obligations 
existing prior to appointment may continue.

Non-executive directors
For the appointment of a new non-executive director, the fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the approved 
remuneration policy at that time.

Directors’ service contracts and payments for loss of office 
Current executive directors’ service agreements are terminable on 12 months’ notice. In circumstances of termination on notice, 
the committee will determine an equitable compensation package, having regard to the particular circumstances of the case. 
The committee has discretion to require notice to be worked or to make payment in lieu of notice or to place the director on 
garden leave for the notice period. In respect of new hires, the initial notice period for a service contract may be longer than 
the policy of a 12-month notice period, provided it reduces to 12 months within a short space of time.

In case of payment in lieu or garden leave, base salary, employer pension contributions and employee benefits will be paid 
for the period of notice served on garden leave or paid in lieu. The committee will endeavour to make payments in phased 
instalments and to apply mitigation in the case of offsetting payments against earnings elsewhere.

The annual bonus may be payable in respect of the period of the bonus scheme year worked by the director; there is no 
provision for an amount in lieu of bonus to be payable for any part of the notice period not worked. The bonus would be 
payable at the normal date. Leavers would normally retain deferred bonus shares, albeit release would normally be at the 
end of the deferral period, with committee discretion to treat otherwise.

Long-term incentives granted under the LTIP will be determined by the LTIP rules which contain discretionary good leaver 
provisions for designated reasons (that is, participants who leave early on account of injury; disability; death; a sale of their 
employer or business in which they were employed; statutory redundancy; retirement; or any other reason at the discretion 
of the committee). In these circumstances a participant’s awards will not be forfeited on cessation of employment and instead 
will vest on the normal vesting date. In exceptional circumstances, the committee may decide that the participant’s awards 
will vest early on the date of cessation of employment. In either case, the extent to which the awards will vest depends on 
the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied and a pro rata reduction of the awards will be applied 
by reference to the time of cessation (although the committee has discretion to disapply time pro rating if the circumstances 
warrant it).

Leavers would normally retain vested LTIP shares subject to a holding period and these would normally be released at the 
end of the holding period with committee discretion to treat otherwise.

Service agreements
Executive directors
Executive directors have rolling service contracts that provide for 12 months’ notice on either side.  
There are no special provisions that apply in the event of a change of control.

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

 Date of service 
contract

20 February 2012

5 February 2013

Non-executive directors
All non-executive directors have specific terms of engagement being an initial period of three years which thereafter may 
be extended by mutual consent, subject to the requirements for re-election and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority and the relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006. 

Michael Findlay

Patrick De Smedt 

Malcolm Cooper

Simon Gulliford

Tracey Killen

Appointment  
letter date

1 October 2016

Month/year initial 
three-year term  
was extended

Month/year second 
three-year term  
was extended

–

–

26 November 2009

November 2012

November 2016

9 November 2015

24 February 2010

5 May 2017

–

–

February 2013

February 2017

–

–

The non-executive directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders.

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Patrick De Smedt
Chair of the remuneration committee 

22 February 2018

96 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
Directors’ report

Other statutory disclosures
The Companies Act 2006 (the Act) requires the directors to present a fair review of the business during the year to 
31 December 2017 and of the position of the Company at the end of the financial year together with the financial statements, 
auditor’s report and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the Group faces. The strategic report can be 
found from the inside front cover of the annual report to page 60. The Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA’s) Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules require certain information to be included which can be found in the corporate governance report on 
pages 66 to 71. The financial risk management objectives and policies can be found in the principal risks on pages 54 to 55.

There were no significant events since the balance sheet date. An indication of likely future developments in the business of 
the Group and details of research and development activities are included in the strategic report. Information about the use 
of financial instruments by the Company and its subsidiaries is given in note 25 to the consolidated financial statements.

The strategic report and the governance section, from the inside front cover of the annual report to page 100, together with 
the notice of AGM including the explanatory notes and sections of the annual report incorporated by reference, form part 
of the directors’ report which is presented in accordance with, and with reliance upon, applicable English company law. 
The liabilities of the directors in connection with this report shall be limited as provided by English law.

The table below sets out where key information can be found across the annual report:

Subject

Dividends

Page reference

See note 7 of the consolidated financial statements on page 126.

Capital structure (details of the issued share capital)

See the consolidated financial statements on page 133.

Directors

Employees

The Morgan Sindall Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust)

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) disclosures

Morgan Sindall Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

■  See page 88 of the remuneration report detailing the 

directors who served during the year.

■  Biographical details of the directors of the Company who 
are seeking election and re-election at the 2018 AGM are 
set out on pages 62 to 63.

■  Details of directors’ interests, including interests in the 

Company’s shares, are disclosed in the directors’ 
remuneration report on page 91.

Details of the Group’s employment policies and employee 
consultation may be found in the strategic report on pages 
25 to 26 and the corporate governance report on page 68.

Details of the shares held by the Trust may be found in the 
consolidated financial statements on page 114.

Details of the Group’s approach to diversity and ESG disclosures 
can be found in the strategic report on pages 25 to 27, the risk 
review on pages 52 to 53 and in the governance section of 
the annual report on pages 75 to 76. Further information is 
also provided in the Group’s 2017 responsible business report.

Details of the Group’s LTIP are set out in note 23 of the 
consolidated financial statements on page 133 and the 
annual report on remuneration on pages 86 to 87.

Greenhouse gas emissions

See page 76 of the HSE committee report.

Powers of directors
Subject to the Articles of Association (the Articles), the Act and any directions given by the Company by special resolution, 
the business of the Company will be managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of the Company, whether relating 
to the management of the business or not. In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, 
to mortgage or charge any of its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures 
and other securities and to give security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 97

GovernanceGovernance Directors’ report
— continued

Directors’ indemnities
The Articles entitle the directors of the Company to be 
indemnified, to the extent permitted by the Act and any 
other applicable legislation, out of the assets of the Company 
in the event that they suffer any loss or incur any liability in 
connection with the execution of their duties as directors. 
Neither the indemnity nor any applicable insurance provides 
cover in the event that a director (or officer or company 
secretary as the case may be) is proved to have acted 
fraudulently or dishonestly.

In addition, and in common with many other companies, 
the Company had during the year and continues to have in 
place directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in favour of 
its directors and other officers in respect of certain losses or 
liability to which they may be exposed due to their office. The 
insurance is categorised as a ‘qualifying third-party indemnity 
provision’ for the purposes of the Act and will continue in 
force for the purposes of the Act and for the benefit of 
directors (or officers or company secretary as the case 
may be) on an ongoing basis.

The Company also had and continues to have in place a 
pension trustee’s liability insurance policy in favour of the 
trustees of The Morgan Sindall Retirement Benefits Plan in 
respect of certain losses or liabilities to which they may be 
exposed due to their office. This constitutes a ‘qualifying 
pension scheme indemnity provision’ for the purposes 
of the Act.

Amendment of Articles 
The Company’s constitution, known as the Articles, 
is essentially a contract between the Company and its 
shareholders, governing many aspects of the management 
of the Company. The Articles may be amended by special 
resolution at a general meeting of the Company’s 
shareholders and are available on our website.

Power to issue and allot shares
At each AGM the Board seeks authorisation from its 
shareholders to allot shares. The directors were granted 
authority at the AGM on 4 May 2017 to allot relevant securities 
up to a nominal amount of £745,165. That authority will apply 
until the conclusion of this year’s AGM or close of business on 
4 August 2018, whichever is the earlier, and a resolution to 
renew the authority will be proposed at this year’s AGM, as 
explained further in the notice to shareholders accompanying 
this report.

Special resolutions will also be proposed to renew the 
directors’ power to make non-pre-emptive issues for cash, 
as explained in the notice to the shareholders accompanying 
this report. The Board confirms that the Company has not 
used this authority in the last three years and there are 
no immediate plans to make use of this provision.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Subject to applicable statutes, shares may be issued with 
such rights and restrictions as the Company may by ordinary 
resolution decide or (if there is no such resolution or so far as 
it does not make specific provision) as the Board as defined 
in the Company’s Articles may decide. Subject to the Articles, 
the Act and other shareholders’ rights, unissued shares are at 
the disposal of the Board.

Subject to the Act, if at any time the share capital of the 
Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights 
attached to any class of shares may be varied with the written 
consent of the holders of not less than 75% in nominal value 
of the issued shares of that class (calculated excluding any 
shares held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a 
special resolution passed at a separate general meeting 
of the holders of those shares.

The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, 
unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to 
those shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue 
of further shares ranking pari passu with them.

Voting
Subject to any other provisions of the Articles, every member 
present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has, upon 
a show of hands, one vote and, upon a poll, one vote for every 
share held by him or her. In the case of joint holders of a share, 
the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in 
person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the 
votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority 
shall be determined by the order in which the names stand 
in the register of members in respect of the joint holding 
(the first-named being the most senior).

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting in 
respect of any share held by him or her if any call or other sum 
then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains 
unpaid or if a member has been served with a restriction 
notice (as defined in the Articles) after failure to provide the 
Company with information concerning interests in those 
shares required to be provided under the Act.

No person has any special rights of control over the 
Company’s share capital and the directors are not aware of 
any agreements between holders of shares which may result 
in restrictions on voting rights.

Transfer of shares
There are no restrictions on the transfer of securities in the 
Company, except:

■  that certain restrictions may, from time to time, be imposed 
by laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws); and

■  pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FCA whereby certain 
employees of the Company require its approval to deal 
in the Company’s shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
holders of securities that may result in restrictions on 
the transfer of securities or voting rights.

Purchase of own shares
At the AGM on 4 May 2017, a resolution was passed giving 
the directors authority to make market purchases of Company 
shares up to 4,470,994 shares of 5p each at a maximum price 
based on the market price of a share at the relevant time, as 
set out in the resolution. No purchases of shares were made 
during the year pursuant to this authority. The authority 
expires on the date of this year’s AGM or close of business on 
4 August 2018, whichever is earlier. A resolution to renew this 
authority will be proposed at this year’s AGM, as explained 
further in the notice to shareholders accompanying this report.

98 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Dividends and distributions
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, from time to time, 
declare dividends not exceeding the amount recommended 
by the Board. Subject to the Act, the Board may pay interim 
dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, whenever the 
financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the 
Board, justifies its payment.

The Board may withhold payment of all or any part of 
any dividends or other monies payable in respect of the 
Company’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest if such 
a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined 
in the Articles) after failure to provide the Company with 
information concerning interests in those shares required to 
be provided under the Act. Other than as referred to under 
‘Rights under employee share schemes’ below, during the 
year there were no arrangements under which a shareholder 
has waived or agreed to waive any dividends nor any 
agreement by a shareholder to waive future dividends. 

Rights under employee share schemes
Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited, as Trustee of the Trust, 
held 1.2% of the issued share capital of the Company as at 
31 December 2017 on trust for the benefit of the employees 
and former employees of the Group and their dependants. 
The voting rights in relation to these shares are exercised by 
the Trustee and there are no restrictions on the exercise of 
the voting of, or the acceptance of any offer relating to, those 
shares. The Trust agreed to waive its right to both the final and 
interim dividends payable in 2017 which equated to 1.5% of the 
total dividend paid. 

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 December 2017, the following information has been 
disclosed to the Company under the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules (DTR 5), in respect of notifiable interests 
in the voting rights in the Company’s issued share capital:

Change of control
The Group’s banking facilities which are described on 
page 22 in the financial review require repayment in the 
event of a change of control. The Group’s facilities for surety 
bonding require provision of cash collateral for outstanding 
bonds upon a change of control. In addition, the Company’s 
employee share incentive schemes contain provisions whereby, 
upon a change of control, outstanding options and awards 
would vest and become exercisable by the relevant employees, 
subject to the rules of the relevant schemes.

There are no agreements between the Company and its 
directors or employees providing for compensation for 
loss of office or employment in the event of a takeover bid.

Political contributions
No contributions were made to any political parties during 
the current or preceding year.

Disclosures required under UK Listing Rule 9.8.4
Apart from the dividend waiver which has been issued in 
respect of shares held by Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited 
(see page 114 of the consolidated financial statements), there 
are no disclosures required to be made under UK Listing 
Rule 9.8.4.

Disclosure of information to the external auditor
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware:

■  there is no relevant audit information of which the 

Company’s auditor is unaware; and

■  each director has taken all reasonable steps that 

he or she ought to have taken as a director in order 
ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of such information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Act.

Total
voting
rights1

% of total
voting 
rights2

5,713,174

4,504,352

12.78

10.09

Direct or
indirect
holding

Indirect

Direct

External auditor
Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in 
office as external auditor and a resolution to reappoint 
it will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Name of holder

Standard Life Aberdeen Limited

HSBC Global Custody Nominee 
(UK) Limited <944918>3

J O Hambro Capital 
Management Ltd

Ameriprise Financial Inc

JP Morgan Asset 
Management Holdings Inc

John James Clifford Lovell

4,493,752

10.05

Indirect

2,627,969

2,310,035

5.93

5.17

Indirect

Indirect

1,715,273

3.96

Direct

1  Total voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares of the Company at the time of 

disclosure to the Company.

2  Percentage of total voting rights at the date of disclosure to the Company.

3  John Morgan’s shareholding.

As at 22 February 2018, J O Hambro Capital Management Ltd 
had notified the Company in accordance with DTR 5 that its 
interest in the total voting rights of the Company was 
4,941,205 (11.05%).

Related party transactions
There were no related party transactions in the year to 
31 December 2017.

Annual general meeting
The AGM of the Company will be held at the offices of 
Jefferies International Limited, Vintners Place, 68 Upper 
Thames Street, London EC4V 3BJ on 4 May 2018 at 
10.00am. The formal notice convening the AGM, together 
with explanatory notes, can be found in the separate circular 
accompanying this document and is available on our website. 
Shareholders will also find enclosed with this document a 
form of proxy for use in connection with the meeting.

The directors’ report from pages 97 to 99 inclusive was 
approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Clare Sheridan
Company Secretary

22 February 2018

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 99

GovernanceDirectors’ responsibility statement

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law), including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. Under company law the directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the Parent Company financial statements, the directors are required to:

■  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
■  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
■  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 

and explained in the financial statements; and

■  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company 

will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

■  properly select and apply accounting policies;
■  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable 

and understandable information;

■  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 

understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

■  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Act. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and 
therefore taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

■  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

■  the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the 

Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face; and

■  the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 

information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board and is signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director 

22 February 2018 

22 February 2018

100 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Governance 
Financial 
Statements

Marischal Square, 
Aberdeen

Independent auditor’s report
Consolidated financial statements
Company financial statements
Shareholder information

102

111

138

146

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 101

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report

to the members of Morgan Sindall Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion:

■  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 

31 December 2017 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

■  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

■  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice including Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’; and

■  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as 

regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
which comprise:

■  the consolidated income statement;
■  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
■  the consolidated and Company balance sheets;
■  the consolidated cash flow statement;
■  the consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity;
■  the critical accounting judgements and estimates;
■  the significant accounting policies; and
■  the related notes 1 to 26 and Company only notes 1 to 2.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law 
and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of 
the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 

We remained independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that the non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

102 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsSummary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

■  Recognition of contract revenue, margin and related receivables and liabilities
■  Carrying value of land and work in progress
■  Impairment of goodwill
■  Valuation of shared equity loan receivables
■  Increasing uncertainty in the construction and business support services industry

The key audit matters identified within this report are consistent with those reported on in 
the prior year with the exception of the final matter, as set out within the significant changes 
in our approach section.

The materiality that we used in the current Group financial statements was £3m which was 
determined on the basis of 5% of the profit before tax for the year.

We consider the principal business units to reflect the components of the Group as this is 
how management monitor and control the business. Our full-scope audit of components 
provided coverage of 91% of the Group’s revenue, 92% of the Group’s net absolute assets 
and 84% of the Group’s profit before tax.

Materiality

Scoping

Significant changes 
in our approach

As a result of recent uncertainty within the construction and business support services 
industry, triggered by the liquidation of Carillion, we identified a key audit matter relating to 
increasing uncertainty in the construction and business support services industry.

In addition we have reconsidered the benchmark used for materiality in the current year. The 
materiality that we used in the prior year was determined on the basis of 7.5% of the average 
profit before tax and exceptional items over the last five years. As the level of profits is more 
reflective of ongoing trading now that legacy contract issues have been worked through, 
profit before tax has been considered the appropriate benchmark.

We confirm that we have 
nothing material to report, 
add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

We confirm that we have 
nothing material to report, 
add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement

Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in the significant accounting polices to the 
financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the statement is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were 
consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the 
knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether we have 
anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

■  the disclosures on pages 48 to 59 that describe the principal risks and explain how they are 

being managed or mitigated;

■  the directors’ confirmation on page 60 that they have carried out a robust assessment of 

the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

■  the directors’ explanation on page 60 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 

Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any 
necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the prospects of 
the Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 103

Financial statementsFinancial statements Independent auditor’s report
— continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Recognition of contract revenue, margin and related receivables and liabilities

Key audit matter 
description

For construction companies, there is judgement in assessing the appropriate contract revenue and 
margin to recognise and this is therefore a key audit matter.

Revenue and margin are recognised based on the stage of completion of individual contracts, 
calculated on the proportion of total costs at the reporting date compared to the estimated total costs 
of the contract.

This involves the assessment of the valuation of work performed considering performance against the 
programme of works, claims and liquidated damages, the completeness and accuracy of forecast costs 
to complete, and in turn the evaluation of the related receivables and liabilities at each reporting date. 
Profit is not recognised until the outcome of the contract is reasonably certain.

In light of recent events within the construction and business services industry, including the liquidation 
of Carillion, certain contracts may be directly impacted. In addition the wider impact on the industry 
could see an impact on the security of the supply chain and cash management.

The audit committee considered the recognition of contract revenue, margin and related receivables and 
liabilities as an issue as set out in the audit committee report on page 79. Management have included this 
within key sources of estimation uncertainty on page 122.

The accounting policies are set out within the significant accounting policies on page 115. Revenue 
from construction contracts at 31 December 2017 was £1,992.4m (2016: £1,846.0m) as set out in note 1. 
Amounts due from construction contract customers was £174.2m (2016: £147.9m) and trade receivables 
were £208.5m (2016: 163.9m) as set out in note 15.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

■  We evaluated the design and implementation of controls over revenue recognition, amounts due 

from construction contract customers and contract debtors and for certain divisions we also tested 
the operating effectiveness of such controls. Additionally we carried out site visits for a number of 
contracts in the year.

■  We selected a sample of contracts to allow us to assess and challenge the most significant and more 

complex contract positions and the accounting thereon under the percentage of completion 
methodology. The sample selected was based on both quantitative and qualitative factors.

■  For this sample of contracts, we critically assessed the forecast costs to complete, variations within 
contract revenue and contract costs, and the completeness and validity of provisions arising from 
customer disputes. This assessment included agreeing contract valuation positions to third-party 
certificates and signed variations, reviewing contract terms and conditions, interviewing and 
challenging contract managers and commercial directors and reviewing correspondence 
with customers and solicitors.

■  For the sample of contracts selected we tested the recoverability of amounts due from construction 

contract customers and the related receivables by agreeing to certifications and cash receipts.
■  We assessed the completeness and validity of allowances recorded based upon the liabilities that 
may arise from disputes with customers or rectification works required through interviewing and 
challenging contract managers, commercial directors and a review of correspondence with 
customers and solicitors.

■  We compared the final outcome on projects completed in the year to previous estimates to determine 

the reliability of management estimates.

■  We considered the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of contract accounting and the key 

risks relating to these amounts.

Key observations We are satisfied that the judgements applied by management in assessing the appropriate contract 

revenue and margin to recognise are appropriate.

104 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Carrying value of land and work in progress

Key audit matter 
description

The determination of net realisable value is an area of judgement due to the assumptions made by 
management on future expected sales values and development opportunities. Due to the size of the 
balance and the level of management judgement, for example around market values, local demand and 
likelihood of success of planning applications this area is a key audit matter.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

The accounting policies are set out within the significant accounting policies on page 115. The carrying 
value of inventory at 31 December 2017 was £295.0m (2016: £213.9m) as set out in note 14.

For a sample of land and development appraisals, we have:

■  assessed the design and implementation of controls surrounding the land and development appraisals;
■  evaluated the assumptions made which underpin the assessments, such as market values, local 

demand and likelihood of success of planning applications, by scrutinising them against recent sales 
information and external market data on house prices and commercial property values;

■  tested the future development cost assumptions against detailed site appraisals and to contractual 

documentation; and

■  reviewed and challenged the site appraisals for reasonableness against externally available data to 
benchmark the inherent assumptions against wider market forecasts of cost increases, likely sales 
rates and planning developments.

Key observations We concur with management that the carrying value of land and work in progress is recoverable.

Impairment of goodwill

Key audit matter 
description

Under accounting standards, goodwill must be tested annually for impairment, which requires a comparison 
between the carrying amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) and its recoverable amount.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

Determination of the recoverable amount incorporates judgements based on assumptions about future 
profitability and cash flows for the related businesses and the application of appropriate long-term 
growth rates and discount rates.

Management use judgement in determining the value-in-use model to support the value of goodwill. 
Together with the size of the balance, goodwill is therefore a key audit matter.

In light of recent events within the construction and business support services industry there could be 
an impact on assumptions used within the value-in-use model. 

The audit committee also considered this as an issue as set out in the audit committee report on page 79.

The accounting policies are set out within the significant accounting policies on page 115. The carrying 
value of goodwill at 31 December 2017 was £213.9m (2016: £213.9m).

We challenged the assumptions used in the impairment model which calculates the recoverable amount 
of goodwill, described in note 9 to the financial statements. Our challenge focused on:

■  assessing the appropriateness of the design and implementation of the controls surrounding the 

impairment model;

■  assessing the appropriateness of the CGUs identified and goodwill allocation during the period; 
■  assessing the appropriateness of cash flow projections relative to previous performance, current 

order book, and Office for National Statistics guidance on construction growth rate; 

■  benchmarking against the wider peer group; 
■  recalculating the discount rates and perpetuity rates used; 
■  challenging management’s sensitivity analysis on reasonable reductions in the cash flow projections 

and discount rates; and 

■  considering the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of contract accounting and the key 

risks relating to these amounts.

We tested the mechanical accuracy of the models, performed our own sensitivity analysis and utilised 
our internal valuation experts to assist in the assessment of the appropriateness of the discount rates.

Following the changes in our approach set out above we reassessed the headroom within our 
sensitivity analysis.

Key observations We concluded that management’s assumptions around forecast growth and discount rates were within 

a reasonable range and as a result have not identified that any impairment of goodwill is required.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 105

Financial statementsFinancial statements Independent auditor’s report
— continued

Valuation of shared equity loan receivables

Key audit matter 
description

The determination of the fair value of the loans issued under the shared equity schemes in the 
Partnership Housing division requires judgement in relation to the discount rate, rate of expected 
default and forecast house price growth therefore making this a key audit matter.

The audit committee also considered this as an issue as set out in the audit committee report on page 79.

The accounting policies are set out within the significant accounting policies on page 115. The carrying 
value of shared equity loan receivables at 31 December 2017 was £15.6m (2016: £18.4m) as set out in 
note 13.

We have reviewed, challenged and sensitised the assumptions in accounting for shared equity schemes 
and assessed the model methodology, as disclosed in note 13. We have also assessed the design and 
implementation of controls surrounding the model.

There have been no significant changes in the valuation model and we consider management’s 
underlying assumptions to be within a reasonable range.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

Key observations

Increasing uncertainty in the construction and business support services industry 

Key audit matter 
description

In January 2018 Carillion plc entered liquidation which is expected to have wide ranging impacts on the 
construction and business support services industry. The event has highlighted key considerations 
within the industry, some captured above as key audit matters.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

We have revisited our risk assessment and enhanced our procedures in other areas such as contract 
revenue, margin and related receivables and liabilities, impairment of goodwill and appropriateness of 
the going concern assumption.

Due to the uncertainty following this event and potential impact on the Group we have determined this 
to be a key audit matter and have considered other potential impacts below.

In addressing this key audit matter we have:

■  in light of recent events revisited what would be considered reasonable reductions in the forecasts 

used to drive the goodwill and going concern assumptions;

■  assessed the solvency and liquidity of the Group by taking into account the daily average cash 

position, relevant liquidity ratios, the ability of the Group to collect receipts and settle payments 
in a reasonable timescale, and its commitments (including pension scheme funding);

■  considered the Group’s financing arrangements;
■  confirmed our understanding of the business model, key contractual arrangements and how actual 

performance on contracts compares with the bidding stage;

■  included within our testing sample the joint venture contracts the Group had with Carillion and 

assessed the Group’s exposure in light of recent events; and

■  assessed the wider issues impacting the industry highlighted by these events including the security 

of the supply chain, cash management and the culture within the entity.

Key observations We concur with management that there are no significant matters identified as a result of these 

procedures. We have set out our observations in relation to goodwill and the recognition of contract 
revenue, margin and related receivables and liabilities in the key audit matters above which are unchanged. 

106 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the 
scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

£3m (2016: £2.55m)

£2.97m (2016: £2.54m)

2.4% of net assets, capped below Group 
materiality (2016: 3% of net assets, capped 
below Group materiality)

As the Parent Company is a non-trading entity and 
a cost centre, it is considered appropriate to use 
net assets as the basis for determining materiality. 

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark 
applied

5% of profit before tax

The materiality that we used in the prior year was 
determined on the basis of 7.5% of the average 
profit before tax and exceptional items over the 
last five years.

We used profit before tax as it represents a key 
performance measure for the Group. We have 
reconsidered the benchmark used for materiality 
in the current year. The materiality that we used in 
the prior year was determined on the basis of 7.5% 
of the average profit before tax and exceptional 
items over the last five years. As the level of profits 
is more reflective of ongoing trading now that 
legacy contract issues have been worked through, 
profit before tax has been considered the 
appropriate benchmark. 

PBT
£64.9m

Group materiality £3m

Component materiality
range £1.2m to £2.1m

Audit committee
reporting threshold 
£0.15m

We agreed with the audit committee that we would report to the committee all audit differences in excess of £0.15m (2016: 
£0.1m) for the Group, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the audit committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 107

Financial statementsFinancial statements Independent auditor’s report
— continued

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, 
and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level.

Based on this assessment, our Group audit scope focused primarily on the audit work at the significant components which 
were selected based on our assessment of the identified risks of material misstatement identified above. These represent the 
principal business units within the Group’s reportable segments. We have performed full audit procedures for the significant 
components which account for 92% (2016: 95%) of the Group’s revenue, 84% (2016: 90%) of the Group’s reported profit before 
tax and 91% (2016: 90%) of the Group’s absolute net assets. 

Our audit work on the remaining components was determined based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement 
and of the materiality of the Group’s operations in those components. The components which had individually material 
balances were subject to an audit of specific account balances and the remaining components were subject to analytical 
review procedures by the Group audit team.

Our audit work on components in addition to the parent entity was executed to a lower level of materiality ranging from 
50%–70% of Group materiality (2016: 50%–65%).

The Parent Company is located in Central London and audited directly by the Group audit team. At the parent entity level we 
tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant 
risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or 
audit of specified account balances.

The senior statutory auditor is also the audit partner for the Group’s most significant components, the Construction & Infrastructure 
and the Fit Out divisions. The Group audit team held a Group-wide planning meeting to discuss the risk assessment at the start 
of the audit and subsequently held regular update calls throughout the audit. The senior statutory auditor or another senior 
member of the Group audit team participated in all of the close meetings, both at the interim and final visits, of the Group’s 
components. The senior statutory auditor or another senior member of the Group audit team carried out a review of the 
component auditor files.

Revenue

Profit
before tax

Net assets

■  Full audit scope 
■  Specified audit  
procedures 

3%
■  Review at Group level  6%

91%

■  Full audit scope 
■  Specified audit  
procedures 

■  Review at Group level 

92%

7%
1%

■  Full audit scope 
■  Specified audit  
procedures 

■  Review at Group level 

84%

11%
5%

108 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon.

We have nothing to report 
in respect of these matters.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to 
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or 
a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required 
to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected 
material misstatements of the other information include where we conclude that:

■  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they 

consider the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

■  Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does 

not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

■  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts 

of the directors’ statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for 
review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose 
a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 109

Financial statementsFinancial statements Independent auditor’s report
— continued

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

■  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

■  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and of the Parent Company and their environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

■  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
■  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

■  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Other matters
Auditor tenure 
The Company listed and therefore became a public interest entity in in 1994. We have been auditor since that date. The period 
of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 24 years, covering the years 
ending 1994 to 2017. The auditors were appointed by the shareholders at the Company’s annual general meeting.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance 
with ISAs (UK).

Makhan Chahal ACA
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, UK

22 February 2018

110 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Share of net profit of joint ventures

 Operating profit before amortisation of intangible assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

There were no discontinued operations in either the current or comparative years.

Notes

2017
£m

2016
£m

1

2,792.7

2,561.6

(2,518.3)

(2,317.9)

274.4

(209.9)

243.7

(202.3)

12

9

5

5

6

3

8

8

4.1

68.6

(1.2)

67.4

1.6

(4.1)

64.9

(12.5)

52.4

7.4

48.8

(1.4)

47.4

1.3

(4.8)

43.9

(7.1)

36.8

52.4

36.8

118.8p

112.7p

83.8p

81.4p

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Profit for the year

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Actuarial gain arising on retirement benefit asset

Deferred tax on retirement benefit asset

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign exchange movement on translation of overseas operations

Gains arising during the year on cash flow hedges

Reclassification from cash flow hedges to the income statement

Deferred tax relating to items that may be reclassified

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Total comprehensive income

Attributable to:

  Owners of the Company

Notes

18

6

6

2017
£m

52.4

0.1

–

0.1

(0.2)

0.3

(0.7)

0.1

(0.5)

(0.4)

52.0

2016
£m

36.8

0.7

(0.1)

0.6

0.6

0.8

–

(0.2)

1.2

1.8

38.6

52.0

38.6

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 111

Financial statementsConsolidated balance sheet

at 31 December 2017

Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Investments in joint ventures

Other investments

Shared equity loan receivables

Retirement benefit asset

Non-current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Finance lease liabilities

Borrowings

Current liabilities

Net current assets

Trade and other payables

Finance lease liabilities

Borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Total equity

Notes

9

10

11

12

13

18

14

15

25

2017
£m

215.8

14.4

5.9

76.7

1.3

15.6

2.8

332.5

295.0

404.1

221.2

920.3

2016
£m

217.0

16.6

6.6

56.9

–

18.4

2.6

318.1

213.9

332.8

228.5

775.2

1,252.8

1,093.3

17

(854.1)

(748.3)

25

17

25

6

19

22

(8.9)

(0.5)

(27.8)

(891.3)

29.0

(9.6)

(0.4)

–

(13.9)

(21.0)

(44.9)

(936.2)

316.6

2.2

33.8

(0.3)

280.9

316.6

316.6

(7.7)

(0.5)

(4.8)

(761.3)

13.9

(8.6)

(0.7)

(15.0)

(11.7)

(18.8)

(54.8)

(816.1)

277.2

2.2

33.7

0.2

241.1

277.2

277.2

The consolidated financial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc were approved by the Board on 22 February 2018 and 
signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

112 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Operating activities

Operating profit

Adjusted for:

  Amortisation of intangible assets

  Share of net profit of equity accounted joint ventures

  Depreciation

  Share option expense

  Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

  Movement in fair value of shared equity loan receivables

Additional pension contributions

Disposals of investment properties

Repayment of shared equity loan receivables

Increase in provisions

Operating cash inflow before movements in working capital

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

Increase in payables

Movements in working capital

Cash inflow from operations

Income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Interest received

Dividend from joint ventures

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of intangible fixed assets

Net increase in loans to joint ventures

Payment for the acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and other businesses

Payment for other investments

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Repayments of obligations under finance leases

Proceeds from/(repayment of) borrowings

Proceeds on issue of share capital

Payments by the Trust to acquire shares in the Company 

Proceeds on exercise of share options

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Notes

9

12

10

23

13

18

11

13

19

12

10

9

12

7

25

22

25

2017
£m

67.4

1.2

(4.1)

5.6

5.5

(0.1)

(0.5)

–

0.7

3.3

2.2

81.2

(78.7)

(71.3)

112.2

(37.8)

43.4

(9.6)

33.8

1.4

2.6

0.6

(6.3)

–

(14.2)

(9.6)

(1.1)

(26.6)

(4.6)

(16.8)

(0.4)

8.0

0.1

(1.1)

0.3

(14.5)

(7.3)

228.5

221.2

2016
£m

47.4

1.4

(7.4)

5.5

4.6

(0.2)

(0.6)

(0.4)

2.2

2.5

1.8

56.8

32.8

22.6

69.8

125.2

182.0

(3.3)

178.7

1.3

1.2

3.6

(4.7)

(1.1)

(0.4)

(7.7)

–

(7.8)

(3.1)

(13.2)

(2.2)

(38.0)

1.7

(3.3)

–

(58.1)

112.8

115.7

228.5

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 113

Financial statementsConsolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Notes

Share
capital
£m

2.2

Share
premium
account
£m

32.0

23

22

7

23

6

22

7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.7

–

–

–

2.2

33.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

Other
reserves
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

(1.0)

1.2

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

216.5

37.4

4.6

–

(0.9)

(3.3)

(13.2)

241.1

52.5

5.5

(0.6)

–

(1.1)

0.3

(16.8)

280.9

Non-
controlling
interests
£m

(0.7)

–

–

–

0.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
£m

249.7

38.6

4.6

1.7

(0.9)

(3.3)

(13.2)

277.2

52.0

5.5

(0.6)

0.1

(1.1)

0.3

(16.8)

316.6

Total
equity
£m

249.0

38.6

4.6

1.7

(0.2)

(3.3)

(13.2)

277.2

52.0

5.5

(0.6)

0.1

(1.1)

0.3

(16.8)

316.6

2.2

33.8

(0.3)

1 January 2016

Total comprehensive income

Share option expense

Issue of shares at a premium

Purchase of additional stake in 
subsidiary undertaking

Purchase of shares in the Company by the Trust

Dividends paid

 1 January 2017

Total comprehensive income

Share option expense

Tax relating to share option expense

Issue of shares at a premium

Purchase of shares in the Company by the Trust

Exercise of share options

Dividends paid

 31 December 2017

Other reserves
Other reserves include:

■  Capital redemption reserve of £0.6m (2016: £0.6m) which was created on the redemption of preference shares in 2003.
■  Hedging reserve of (£0.3m) (2016: nil) arising under cash flow hedge accounting. Movements on the effective portion 
of hedges are recognised through the hedging reserve, while any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement. 

■  Translation reserve of (£0.6m) (2016: (£0.4m)) arising on the translation of overseas operations into the Group’s 

functional currency.

Retained earnings
Retained earnings include shares in Morgan Sindall Group plc purchased in the market and held by the Morgan Sindall Employee 
Benefit Trust (the Trust) to satisfy options under the Company’s share incentive schemes. The number of shares held by the 
Trust at 31 December 2017 was 555,104 (2016: 759,098) with a cost of £4.2m (2016: £5.8m). All of the shares held by the Trust 
were unallocated at the year end and dividends on these shares have been waived. Based on the Company’s share price at 
31 December 2017 of £14.28 (2016: £7.45), the market value of the shares was £7.9m (2016: £5.7m).

114 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsSignificant accounting policies

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Reporting entity
Morgan Sindall Group plc (the Group or Company) is domiciled and incorporated in the United Kingdom. The nature of 
the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in note 2 and in the strategic report from the inside front 
cover to page 60.

Basis of preparation 
(a)  Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as set out in the finance review 
on page 23 and in accordance with IFRS adopted by the European Union and, therefore, comply with Article 4 of the 
EU IAS Regulation.

(b)  Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except where 
otherwise indicated. 

(c)  Going concern

The directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

(d)  Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling which is the Group’s functional currency. 
All financial information, unless otherwise stated, has been rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

(e)  Adoption of new and revised standards

(i)  New and revised accounting standards adopted by the Group 

 During the year, the Group has adopted the following new and revised standards and interpretations. Their adoption 
has not had any significant impact on the amounts or disclosures reported in these financial statements.

■  IAS 7 (amended) ‘Statement of Cash Flows’. Clarifies that entities shall provide disclosures that enable users of 

financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

■  IAS 12 (amended) ‘Income Taxes’. Clarifies that the carrying amount of an asset does not limit the estimation of 

probable future taxable profits, estimates for future taxable profits exclude tax deductions resulting from the reversal 
of deductible temporary differences, and an entity assesses a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred 
tax assets. Where tax law restricts the utilisation of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred tax asset in 
combination with other deferred tax assets of the same type.

(ii)   New and revised accounting standards and interpretations which were in issue but were not yet effective and have 

not been adopted early by the Group 
At the date of publishing these financial statements the following new and revised standards and interpretations were 
in issue but were not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU). None of these new and 
revised standards and interpretations have been adopted early by the Group:

■  Annual improvements 2014-2016 cycle;
■  Annual improvements 2015-2017 cycle;
■  IAS 40 (amended) ‘Investment Property’;
■  IFRIC 22 (amended) ‘Foreign Currency Transactions and Advanced Consideration’;
■  IFRIC 23 (amended) ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’;
■  IFRS 4 (amended) ‘Insurance Contracts’;
■  IFRS 2 (amended) ‘Share-based Payments’;
■  IAS 28 (amended) ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’;
■  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’;
■  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’; and
■  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.
 The directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group in future periods, except as follows on the next page:

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 115

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements Significant accounting policies
— continued

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ 
 The Group will adopt this accounting standard on 1 January 2018. The directors have identified the following differences 
between current accounting standards and IFRS 15:

Description

Recognition of 
uncertain revenue

Current treatment
When estimating contract revenue the Group includes uncertain amounts to the extent 
that they are probable to be received from the customer.

Future treatment
Revenue relating to uncertain amounts will only be recognised when it becomes highly 
probable to be received from the customer. This is a higher threshold than is required by 
current accounting standards.

The primary scenario in which this change may cause revenue to be recognised later is 
where the Group does not expect to complete works by a contractually agreed deadline 
and is reliant on agreeing an extension to the deadline with the customer or reaching 
a commercial resolution to avoid or mitigate damages being deducted. The Group will 
consider a series of factors to determine whether the higher probability threshold has 
been met and will not recognise the uncertain revenue until that time.

It is estimated that revenue of c£6m which was recognised prior to 31 December 2017 
would have been deferred to later years.

Recognition of revenue 
for forward-sold, pre-let 
developments

Current treatment
Revenue is recognised at the point in time that the risks and rewards transfer to 
the customer. For forward-sold, pre-let developments this is typically at practical 
completion as the customer cannot specify or change the major structural elements 
of the design.

Costs of fulfilment

Future treatment
Revenue will be recognised as the Group fulfils the performance obligations in the 
contract. For forward-sold, pre-let developments this will be over time where the Group 
is not able to readily direct the asset for an alternative use and has an enforceable right 
to payment as work progresses.

It is estimated that revenue of c£16m which had not yet been recognised prior to 
31 December 2017 would have been recognised earlier.

Current treatment
Costs that relate to future activity on a contract are recognised as an asset when it is 
probable that they will be recovered. This is typically when the contract is expected to 
generate a profit in excess of the capitalised costs. The asset is amortised over a period 
equal to or less than the contract term.

Future treatment
Costs that relate to future activity on a contract will be recognised as an asset when 
they are expected to be recovered. The directors consider that this is a higher threshold 
than is required by current accounting standards. Costs will only be capitalised when 
the contract is expected to generate a profit in excess of the capitalised costs and the 
Group has a contractual entitlement to recover the capitalised costs in the event of 
a no-fault termination of the contract.

Capitalised costs will continue to be amortised over a period equal to or less than the 
contract term.

It is estimated that costs of c£3m which were capitalised and not yet fully amortised at 
31 December 2017 would have been expensed in earlier years.

These differences will give rise to a reduction (net of deferred tax) in opening reserves at 1 January 2018 of c£7m. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 
 The Group will adopt this accounting standard early on 1 January 2018. This will require the Group to recognise a right 
of use asset and a lease liability. The gross asset and liability are estimated at £40m to £45m at 1 January 2018. The 
income statement will no longer include an operating lease expense but will include depreciation of the right of use 
asset and an interest charge on the lease liability. It is estimated that operating profit and net finance costs will both 
increase by c£1m. 

116 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accounting policies as set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and the entities controlled by 
the Company, together with the Group’s share of the results of joint ventures made up to 31 December each year. Business 
combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. 

(a)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. Control is exerted where the Group has the power to govern, 
directly or indirectly, the financial and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities. 
Typically, a shareholding of more than 50% of the voting rights is indicative of control. However, the impact of potential 
voting rights currently exercisable is taken into consideration.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group from the date 
that control is obtained to the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of new subsidiaries are changed where 
necessary to align them with those of the Group.

(b)  Joint arrangements

A joint arrangement is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity that is 
subject to joint control, which requires unanimous consent for strategic, financial and operating decisions.

(i) Joint ventures 
A joint venture generally involves the establishment of a corporation, partnership or other entity in which each venturer 
has an interest and joint control over strategic, financial and operating decisions. The results, assets and liabilities of jointly 
controlled entities are incorporated in the financial statements using the equity method of accounting.

Goodwill relating to a joint venture which is acquired directly is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is 
not amortised. After application of the equity method, the Group’s investments in joint ventures are reviewed to determine 
whether any additional impairment loss in relation to the net investment in the joint venture is required, and if so it is written 
off in the period in which those circumstances are identified. When there is a change recognised directly in the equity of 
the joint venture, the Group recognises its share of any change and discloses this, where applicable, in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

  Where the Group’s share of losses exceeds its equity accounted investment in a joint venture, the carrying amount of the 

equity interest is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has 
incurred legal or constructive obligations. Appropriate adjustment is made to the results of joint ventures where material 
differences exist between a joint venture’s accounting policies and those of the Group.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have been established.

(ii) Joint operations 
Construction contracts carried out as a joint arrangement without the establishment of a legal entity are joint operations. 
The Group’s share of the results and net assets of these joint operations are included under each relevant heading in the 
income statement and the balance sheet.

(c)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-Group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expense arising from intra-Group transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity 
accounted investments are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in that investment. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 117

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements Significant accounting policies
— continued

Revenue and margin recognition
Revenue and margin are recognised as follows:

(a)  Construction contracts

Revenue is the fair value of construction services carried out in the year. This may be measured through a valuation of the 
works undertaken by a professional surveyor or may be an allocation of the total value of the contract based on the costs 
incurred as a proportion of the total estimated cost of the contract. 

In estimating the total value of the contract it is necessary to consider the value of unagreed variations, claims, pain and 
gain share, performance bonuses and liquidated damages. Variations are only included in the total value where it is 
probable that they will be approved by the client. Claims are only included in the total value when negotiations have 
reached an advanced stage such that it is probable that the client will accept the claim. Expected pain share is recognised 
immediately while gain share and performance bonuses are only recognised in the total value at the point that they are 
agreed by the client. Where there has been a delay in the programme of works and liquidated damages are contractually 
due, an estimate is made of the amount that is probable to be deducted after extensions of time are agreed and 
commercial resolution is achieved. 

In estimating the total costs of the contract it is necessary to consider the cost of work packages which have not yet 
been let and materials which have not yet been procured and the expected cost of any acceleration of, or delays to, 
the programme or changes in the scope of works. 

Once the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, margin is recognised in the income statement 
in line with the stage of completion. Losses expected in bringing a contract to completion are recognised immediately 
in the income statement as soon as they are forecast. 

  Where houses for open market sale are included in a construction contract as part of a mixed-tenure development, revenue 
on open market sales is recognised at fair value on sale completion. The margin recognised is consistent with the construction 
contract element of the development.

(b)  Service contracts

Revenue is measured through an internal assessment of work carried out based on time incurred and materials utilised or 
percentage of completion depending upon the nature of the service.

(c)  Sale of development properties

Revenue from the sale of development properties is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. 
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, there is 
no continuing management involvement with the properties and the amount of revenue can be estimated reliably.

The transfer of risks and rewards vary depending on the individual terms of the contract of sale. For properties, transfer 
usually occurs when the ownership has been legally transferred to the purchaser. Revenue from the sale of properties 
taken in part exchange is not included in revenue.

(d)  Pre-contract costs

Costs incurred prior to the award of a contract are expensed until the point where it becomes probable that the contract will 
be obtained. Only after it is probable that the contract is forecast to be profitable, costs that are directly related to obtaining 
the contract and which are separately identifiable and can be measured reliably are recognised as contract assets. Pre-contract 
costs are expensed in the income statement over the period of the contract except where the contract becomes loss making, 
in which case the balance is immediately expensed.

  Where pre-contract costs are reimbursable, the amount received is recognised as revenue.

(e)  Mobilisation costs
  Mobilisation costs are those costs specifically incurred to enable performance of obligations in a contract after its award 

and form an integral part of the overall costs of a contract. Such costs are capitalised where it is probable that they will be 
recovered and are amortised over the period of the contract except where the contract becomes loss making, in which 
case the balance is immediately expensed.

(f)  Government grants

Funding received in respect of developer grants, where funding is awarded to encourage the building and renovation 
of affordable housing, is recognised as revenue on a stage of completion basis over the life of the project to which the 
funding relates.

Funding received to support the construction of housing where current market prices would otherwise make a scheme 
financially unviable is recognised as revenue on a legal completion basis when the properties to which it relates are sold.

Government grants are initially recognised as deferred income at fair value when there is reasonable assurance that the 
Group will comply with the conditions attached and the grants will be received.

118 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leases
The Group as lessee:

(a)  Finance leases

Leases in which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance 
leases. Finance lease assets are recognised as assets of the Group at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and 
the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. Subsequent to 
recognition, finance lease assets are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

The lease liability is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease liability. Lease payments are apportioned between 
finance charges and the reduction of lease liabilities so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance 
of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly to the income statement.

(b)  Operating leases

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
relevant lease.

Finance income and expense
Finance income and expense is recognised using the effective interest method.

Income tax
The income tax expense represents the current and deferred tax charges. Income tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the Group’s expected tax liability on taxable profit for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the reporting date and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Taxable profit differs from that reported in the income statement because it is adjusted for items of income or expense that are 
assessable or deductible in other years and is adjusted for items that are never assessable or deductible.

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amount 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the corresponding tax bases used in tax computations. Deferred tax 
is not recognised for the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects 
neither accounting nor taxable profit, or differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures to the extent that it 
is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is not recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences which result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or 
a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at the tax rates expected to apply when they reverse, based on the laws that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as 
more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted and are only offset where 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities.

Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill arises on business combinations and represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share of the 
identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is 
the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of 
the acquiree. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed in administrative expenses as incurred. All identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are initially measured at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

Where the cost is less than the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets, the difference is immediately recognised in the 
income statement as a gain from a bargain purchase.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts 
subject to being tested for impairment at that date.

Other intangible assets identified on acquisition by the Group that have finite useful lives are recognised at fair value and 
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Those that are acquired separately, such as software, 
are recognised at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting 
period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. The estimated useful lives for 
the Group’s finite life intangible assets are between one and 12 years.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 119

Financial statements 
 
 
Financial statements Significant accounting policies
— continued

Property, plant and equipment
Freehold and leasehold property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised 
impairment loss. Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives using the 
straight-line method on the following basis:

■  plant and equipment 
■  freehold property 
■  freehold land 
■  leased property 

between 8.3% and 33% per year
2% per year
not depreciated
over the period of the lease

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 
shorter, over the term of the relevant lease. Residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed and updated annually. 

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal against the carrying amount and are 
recognised in the income statement.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or capital appreciation is stated at its fair value at the balance 
sheet date. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of investment property are included in the income statement 
for the period in which they arise.

Fixed asset investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value. Investments are reviewed for 
impairment at the earlier of the Company’s reporting date or where an indicator of impairment is identified.

Shared equity loan receivables
The Group has granted loans under shared equity home ownership schemes allowing qualifying home buyers to defer payment 
of part of the agreed sales price, up to a maximum of 25%, until the earlier of the loan term (10 or 25 years depending upon the 
scheme), remortgage or resale of the property. On occurrence of one of these events, the Group will receive a repayment based 
on its contributed equity percentage and the applicable market value of the property as determined by a member of the Royal 
Institution of Chartered Surveyors. Early or part repayment is allowable under the scheme and amounts are secured by way of 
a second charge over the property. The loans are non-interest bearing.

The shared equity loans receivable are designated at fair value through profit or loss. Fair value movements are recognised in 
operating profit and the resulting financial asset is presented as a non-current receivable. Fair value movements include accreted 
interest. There have been no transfers between categories in the fair value hierarchy in the current and preceding year.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of work in progress comprises raw materials, direct 
labour, other direct costs and related overheads. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less applicable costs.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method with an appropriate allowance for estimated irrecoverable amounts recognised in the income statement 
when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired.

Trade payables 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method.

Retirement benefit schemes
(a)  Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-retirement benefit plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions to a separate 
entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The Group recognises payments to defined 
contribution pension plans as staff costs in the income statement as and when they fall due. Prepaid contributions 
are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or reduction on future payments is available.

120 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
(b)  Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is any post-retirement plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Group recognises an asset or 
liability on its balance sheet which represents the surplus or deficit in the defined benefit plan. The calculation is performed 
by a qualified actuary on an annual basis using the projected unit credit method. The calculation estimates the amount of 
future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods and discounts it to its 
present value. Any unrecognised past service costs and the fair value of the plan’s assets are deducted to derive an overall 
surplus or deficit. 

  Where the calculation results in a surplus, this is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of 

the unconditional right to refunds from the plan, reductions in future contributions to the plan or the ability for the surplus 
to be used to meet the future administration costs of the plan. When the benefits of the plan are improved, the portion of 
increased benefit relating to past service by employees is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over 
the average period until the benefits become vested. Where the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognised in 
the income statement immediately.

The cost of the plan is charged to the income statement based on actuarial assumptions at the beginning of the financial year 
and is shown within net finance costs. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of comprehensive 
income in the period in which they occur.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than shared equity loan receivables, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet 
date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after 
the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been reduced. For loans and 
receivables, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of financial assets is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of 
trade receivables where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of a provision for impairment losses. When a trade 
receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the provision. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against the provision. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance are recognised in the income statement.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss previously recognised decreases and this decrease can be 
objectively related to an event that occurred after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment 
loss is reversed through the income statement.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. 
The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments 
that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected 
to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, 
if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity reserves.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative financial instruments are used in joint ventures to hedge long-term floating interest rate and Retail Prices Index (RPI) 
exposures and in Group companies to manage their exposure to foreign exchange rate risk.

Interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are stated in the balance sheet at fair value. At the 
inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged 
item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at 
the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instruments that are used 
in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

Where financial instruments are designated as cash flow hedges and are deemed to be effective, gains and losses on 
remeasurement relating to the effective portion are recognised in equity and gains and losses on the ineffective portion 
are recognised in the income statement, both to the extent of the Group’s equity accounted investment.

There have been no transfers between categories in the fair value hierarchy in the current and preceding year.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 121

Financial statements 
 
Critical accounting judgements and estimates

for the year ended 31 December 2017

The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the Company’s management to make judgments, assumptions and 
estimates that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies 
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that 
the directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the financial statements:

■  Revenue recognition 

The Group acts as developer and/or contractor on a number of mixed-use schemes. In some instances judgement is required 
to determine whether the revenue on a particular element of the scheme should be recognised as work progresses or upon 
legal completion. A detailed assessment is performed of the contractual agreements with the customer as well as the substance 
of the transaction to determine the point at which the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer. Relevant 
factors that are considered include the point at which legal ownership of the land passes to the customer, the degree to which 
the customer can specify the major structural elements of the design prior to construction work commencing and the degree 
to which the customer can specify modifications to the major structural elements of the building during construction. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Group does not have any key assumptions concerning the future, or other key sources of estimation uncertainty in the 
reporting period that may have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year.

Notwithstanding this, as a significant portion of the Group’s activities are undertaken through long-term construction contracts 
the Group is required to make estimates in accounting for revenue and margin. These estimates may depend upon the outcome 
of future events and may need to be revised as circumstances change. Further detail is provided in the accounting policies on 
page 115.

122 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2017

1 Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Construction contracts

Other services

Construction revenue

Regeneration revenue

Total revenue

2017
£m

1,992.4

140.9

2,133.3

659.4

2,792.7

2016
£m

1,846.0

114.4

1,960.4

601.2

2,561.6

Finance income of £1.6m (2016: £1.3m) is excluded from the table above.

2 Business segments
For management purposes, the Group is organised into six operating divisions: Construction & Infrastructure, Fit Out, Property 
Services, Partnership Housing, Urban Regeneration and Investments. The divisions’ activities are as follows:

■  Construction & Infrastructure: provides infrastructure services in the highways, rail, aviation, energy, water and nuclear markets, 
including tunnel design; and construction services in education, healthcare, defence, commercial, industrial, leisure and retail. 
BakerHicks offers a multidisciplinary design and engineering consultancy.

■  Fit Out: Overbury specialises in fit out and refurbishment in commercial, central and local government offices, further 

education and retail banking. Morgan Lovell provides office interior design and build services direct to occupiers.

■  Property Services: provides planned asset management and responsive maintenance to social housing and the wider 

public sector. 

■  Partnership Housing: works in partnerships with local authorities and housing associations. Activities include mixed-tenure 
developments, building and developing homes for open market sale and affordable rent, design and build contracting and 
planned maintenance and refurbishment. 

■  Urban Regeneration: works with landowners and public sector partners to transform the urban landscape through the 

development of multi-phase sites and mixed-use regeneration, including residential, commercial, retail and leisure. 
■  Investments: works to provide the Group with construction and regeneration opportunities through various strategic 

partnerships to develop under-utilised property assets.

‘Group activities’ represents costs and income arising from corporate activities which cannot be meaningfully allocated to the 
operating segments. These include the costs of the Group Board, treasury management, corporate tax coordination, Group 
finance and internal audit, insurance management, company secretarial services, information technology services, interest revenue 
and interest expense. The divisions are the basis on which the Group reports its segmental information as presented below:

Construction &
Infrastructure
£m

1,332.6

62.2

1,394.8

Fit Out
£m

734.5

0.4

734.9

Property
Services
£m

Partnership
Housing
£m

Urban
Regeneration
£m

Investments
£m

Group
activities
£m

Eliminations
£m

Total
£m

66.2

–

66.2

473.5

–

473.5

175.3

–

175.3

10.6

–

10.6

–

–

–

–

2,792.7

(62.6)

(62.6)

–

2,792.7

20.4

39.1

(1.3)

14.1

10.0

0.5

(14.2)

2017

External revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

  Operating profit/(loss) 
before amortisation 
of intangible assets

Amortisation of 
intangible assets 

Operating profit/(loss) 

20.4

39.1

(1.9)

13.7

9.8

–

–

(0.6)

(0.4)

(0.2)

–

0.5

–

(14.2)

Other information:

Average number of employees

3,844

750

626

942

72

96

79

6,409

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 123

–

–

–

68.6

(1.2)

67.4

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

2 Business segments continued

2016

External revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

  Operating profit/(loss) 
before amortisation of 
intangible assets

Amortisation of 
intangible assets 

Operating profit/(loss)

Other information:

Construction & 
Infrastructure
£m

1,272.0

49.5

1,321.5

Fit Out
£m

633.6

–

633.6

Property
Services
£m

Partnership
Housing
£m

Urban
Regeneration
£m

Investments
£m

Group
Activities
£m

Eliminations
£m

Total
£m

54.8

–

54.8

430.1

2.9

433.0

156.5

–

156.5

14.6

–

14.6

–

–

–

–

2,561.6

(52.4)

(52.4)

–

2,561.6

8.9

27.5

0.7

13.4

13.4

(2.0)

(13.1)

–

8.9

–

27.5

–

0.7

(0.6)

12.8

(0.8)

–

–

12.6

(2.0)

(13.1)

–

–

–

48.8

(1.4)

47.4

Average number of employees

3,587

703

560

901

68

96

67

5,982

During the year ended to 31 December 2017 and the year ended 31 December 2016, inter-segment sales were charged at prevailing 
market prices and significantly all of the Group’s operations were carried out in the UK.

3 Profit for the year
Profit before tax for the year is stated after (crediting)/charging:

Government grants received

Auditor’s remuneration

Audit of the Company’s annual report

Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries and joint ventures

Total audit fees

Other services

Total non-audit fees

Total fees

2017
£m

(2.4)

2016
£m

(10.3)

2017
£m

0.1

0.8

0.9

–

–

0.9

2016
£m

0.1

0.6

0.7

0.1

0.1

0.8

Non-audit fees totalled £17,000 in respect of town planning advice in relation to a planning application for one of the Group’s 
regeneration schemes. 

4 Staff costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs (note 18)

5 Finance income and expense

Interest receivable from joint ventures

Other interest income

Finance income

Interest payable on bank overdrafts and borrowings

Interest payable on finance leases

Loan arrangement and commitment fees

Other interest expense

Finance expense

Net finance expense

124 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

2017
£m

397.0

47.1

11.4

455.5

2016
£m

355.4

39.4

9.8

404.6

2017
£m

1.3

0.3

1.6

(0.9)

(0.1)

(2.6)

(0.5)

(4.1)

(2.5)

2016
£m

1.1

0.2

1.3

(1.8)

(0.1)

(2.1)

(0.8)

(4.8)

(3.5)

6 Tax
Tax expense for the year:

Current tax:

Current year

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax:

Current year

Revaluation of deferred tax balances due to changes in statutory tax rate

Adjustment in respect of prior years

2017
£m

11.0

(0.2)

10.8

1.9

–

(0.2)

1.7

2016
£m

8.1

(0.5)

7.6

0.9

(0.7)

(0.7)

(0.5)

Tax expense for the year

12.5

7.1

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.25% (2016: 20.0%) of the estimated taxable profit for the year.

The table below reconciles the tax charge for the year to tax at the UK statutory rate:

Profit before tax

Less: post tax share of profits from joint ventures

UK corporation tax rate

Income tax expense at UK corporation tax rate

Tax effect of: 

Non-taxable income and expenses

Tax liability upon joint venture profits1

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Expected forthcoming change in tax rates upon deferred tax balance

Other

Tax expense for the year

1  Certain of the Group’s joint ventures are partnerships for which profits are taxed within the Group rather than within the joint venture.

Deferred tax liabilities:

2017
£m

64.9

(4.1)

60.8

19.25%

11.7

0.4

0.6

(0.4)

–

0.2

12.5

1 January 2016

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Charge to other comprehensive income

Effect of change in tax rate:

  Credit/(charge) to income statement

1 January 2017

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Credit to other comprehensive income

Charge to equity

31 December 2017

Asset
amortisation
and
depreciation
£m

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
and tax 
losses
£m

Retirement 
benefit 
obligation
£m

Share-based 
payments
£m

(14.7)

(0.3)

–

0.8

(14.2)

(0.3)

–

–

(14.5)

2.3

(0.2)

(0.2)

(0.1)

1.8

(1.8)

0.1

–

0.1

(0.3)

(0.1)

(0.1)

–

(0.5)

–

–

–

(0.5)

0.8

0.4

–

–

1.2

0.4

–

(0.6)

1.0

2016
£m

43.9

(7.4)

36.5

20.0%

7.3

0.4

1.2

(1.2)

(0.7)

0.1

7.1

Total
£m

(11.9)

(0.2)

(0.3)

0.7

(11.7)

(1.7)

0.1

(0.6)

(13.9)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, as shown above, have been offset as the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so.

At 31 December 2017, the Group had unused tax losses of £3.2m (2016: £13.4m) available for offset against future profits. 
A deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £0.2m (2016: £11.2m) of these losses. No deferred tax asset has been 
recognised in respect of the remaining £3.0m (2016: £2.2m) due to the unpredictability of future profit streams against which 
the losses may be utilised. Losses may be carried forward indefinitely. 

The UK corporation tax rate is set to reduce to 17% during 2020. All closing deferred tax balances have been calculated using 
a rate of 17% as they will not materially reverse before the tax rate change is effective.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 125

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

7 Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2016 of 22.0p per share

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2015 of 17.0p per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 16.0p per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2016 of 13.0p per share

2017
£m

9.7

–

7.1

–

16.8

2016
£m

–

7.5

–

5.7

13.2

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2017 of 29.0p per share is subject to approval by shareholders at 
the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements.

8 Earnings per share

Profit attributable to the owners of the Company

Adjustments:

  Amortisation of intangible assets net of tax

  Deferred tax credit arising due to change in UK corporation tax rates

Adjusted earnings

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (m)

Dilutive effect of share options and conditional shares not vested (m)

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (m)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

2017
£m

52.4

1.0

–

53.4

44.1

2.4

46.5

118.8p

112.7p

121.1p

114.8p

2016
£m

36.8

1.1

(0.7)

37.2

43.9

1.3

45.2

83.8p

81.4p

84.7p

82.3p

The average market value of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options and long-term 
incentive plan shares was based on quoted market prices for the year. The weighted average share price for the year was 
£12.03 (2016: £7.33).

A total of 38,938 share options that could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future were excluded from the above 
calculations because they were anti-dilutive at 31 December 2017 (2016: 2,070,131).

9 Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost or valuation

1 January 2016

Additions

1 January 2017

31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation

1 January 2016

Amortisation

1 January 2017

Amortisation

31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2016

Other
intangible
assets
£m

Goodwill
£m

213.9

–

213.9

213.9

–

–

–

–

–

213.9

213.9

31.3

1.1

32.4

32.4

(27.9)

(1.4)

(29.3)

(1.2)

(30.5)

1.9

3.1

Total
£m

245.2

1.1

246.3

246.3

(27.9)

(1.4)

(29.3)

(1.2)

(30.5)

215.8

217.0

Goodwill represents the value of people, track record and expertise acquired within acquisitions that are not capable of being 
individually identified and separately recognised. Goodwill is allocated at acquisition to the cash-generating units that are 
expected to benefit from the business combination. The allocation is as follows: Construction & Infrastructure £151.1m (2016: 
£151.1m), Partnership Housing £46.8m (2016: £46.8m) and Urban Regeneration £16.0m (2016: £16.0m).

126 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. 
In testing goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment, the recoverable amount of each CGU has been estimated from 
value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are those regarding the forecast revenue and 
margin, discount rates and long-term growth rates by market sector. Forecast revenue and margin are based on past performance, 
secured workload and workload likely to be achievable in the short to medium term, given trends in the relevant market sector 
as well as macroeconomic factors.

Cash flow forecasts have been determined by using Board approved strategic plans for the next five years. Cash flows beyond 
five years have been extrapolated using an estimated nominal growth rate of 2.3% (2016: 2.3%). This growth rate does not 
exceed the long-term average for the relevant markets.

Discount rates are pre-tax and reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
CGUs. The risk-adjusted nominal rates used for the cash-generating units with goodwill balances are 12.0% (2016: 12.0%) for 
Construction & Infrastructure, 13.0% (2016: 13.0%) for Partnership Housing and 13.5% (2016: 13.5%) for Urban Regeneration.

In carrying out this exercise, no impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets has been identified.

10 Property, plant and equipment

Cost

1 January 2016

Additions

Transfers

Disposals

1 January 2017

Additions

Transfers

Disposals

31 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2016

Depreciation charge

Transfers

Disposals

1 January 2017

Depreciation charge

Disposals

31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2016

Freehold 
property  
and land
£m

Leased 
property
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

4.8

–

–

–

4.8

–

(2.4)

–

2.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.4

4.8

10.7

0.6

0.2

(2.2)

9.3

1.8

–

(0.7)

10.4

(6.3)

(1.5)

(0.1)

2.0

(5.9)

(1.4)

0.4

(6.9)

3.5

3.4

46.6

4.1

(0.2)

(13.3)

37.2

4.5

–

(1.4)

40.3

(35.0)

(4.0)

0.1

10.1

(28.8)

(4.2)

1.2

(31.8)

8.5

8.4

Total
£m

62.1

4.7

–

(15.5)

51.3

6.3

(2.4)

(2.1)

53.1

(41.3)

(5.5)

–

12.1

(34.7)

(5.6)

1.6

(38.7)

14.4

16.6

The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. The carrying value of plant and 
equipment which is subject to finance leases is £0.7m (2016: £0.9m). No other assets have been pledged to secure borrowings. 

11 Investment property

Valuation

1 January

Disposals

31 December

2017
£m

6.6

(0.7)

5.9

2016
£m

8.8

(2.2)

6.6

Investment properties comprise certain residential properties constructed by the Group as part of larger mixed-tenure projects 
for rental to social or private residential clients.

The fair value of the Group’s investment property at 31 December 2017 is based on a valuation carried out at that date by the 
directors. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was determined based on the market-comparable 
approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar properties. The fair value measurement is classified as Level 3 as 
defined by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 127

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

12 Investments in joint ventures
The Group has the following interests in significant joint ventures:

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited 50% share
Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited is a joint venture with Infrastructure Investments (Roads) Limited and is responsible 
for the upgrade and operation of the A92 between Dundee and Arbroath in Scotland.

English Cities Fund Limited Partnership 12.5% equity participation
English Cities Fund is a limited partnership with Homes England and Legal & General to develop mixed-use regeneration 
schemes in assisted areas. Joint control is exercised through the board of the general partner at which each partner is 
represented by two directors and no decision can be taken without the agreement of a director representing each partner.

HB Community Solutions Living Limited 50% share
HB Community Solutions Living Limited is a joint venture with the founders of HB Villages Limited and is developing supported 
independent living accommodation for adults with learning and physical disabilities across the UK. 

Health Innovation Partners Limited 50% share
Through the Health Innovation Partners joint venture, the Group has the following interests:

■  a 25% interest in Strategic Transformation Real Innovation and Delivery Excellence LLP (STRIDE), a joint venture with Arcadis 

BAC Limited and Burton Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust. STRIDE was set up as the Trust’s Strategic Infrastructure and 
Efficiency Partner to deliver efficiency savings and infrastructure projects over the next 10 years. 

■  A 25% interest in The Oxleas Property Partnership LLP (TOPP), a joint venture with Arcadis BAC Limited and Oxleas NHS 
Foundation Trust. TOPP is a 10-year partnership that will work to develop the Trust’s estate and surplus assets, helping to 
reduce costs and maximise revenue for the Trust which can be reinvested into healthcare delivery. 

Joint control of both joint ventures is exercised through the board of directors who are appointed in proportion to the holdings 
of each class of ordinary shares.

hub West Scotland Limited 54% share
hub West Scotland Limited is a joint venture between Wellspring Partnership Limited (itself a joint venture of Morgan Sindall 
Investments Limited with Apollo (Hub West) Limited), Scottish Futures Trust Investments Limited, East Dunbartonshire Council, 
East Renfrewshire Council, West Dunbartonshire Council, Glasgow City Council, Greater Glasgow Health Board, The Board of 
Strathclyde Fire and Rescue, Strathclyde Joint Police Board and Clydebank Property Company Limited. The joint venture is 
delivering a pipeline of public sector health, education and community projects in the Glasgow area. Joint control is exercised 
through the board of directors who are appointed in proportion to the holdings of each class of ordinary shares.

Waterside Places (General Partner) Limited 50% equity participation
Waterside Places (General Partner) is a joint venture with The Canal and River Trust to undertake regeneration of waterside sites.

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited 50% share
Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited is a joint venture with United Utilities delivering development at a site 
in Warrington.

Morgan Ashley Care Developments LLP 50% share
Morgan Ashley Care Developments LLP is a joint venture with Ashley House plc developing a pipeline of extra care and supported 
living schemes. 

Morgan-Vinci Limited 50% share
Morgan-Vinci Limited is a joint venture with Vinci Newport DBFO Ltd and is responsible for the construction and operation of 
the Newport Southern Distributor Road.

PSBP NW Holdco Limited 45% share
PSBP NW Holdco is a joint venture with Equitix and the Department for Education. The joint venture was set up to design, build, 
finance and maintain 12 schools in the North West of England under the Priority Schools Building Programme. Joint control is 
exercised through the board of directors who are appointed in proportion to the holdings of each class of ordinary shares.

Slough Urban Renewal LLP 50% share
Slough Urban Renewal LLP is a partnership with Slough Borough Council to operate a local asset-backed vehicle (LABV) 
developing a series of sites in Slough over an initial term of 15 years extendable by 10 years.

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP 50% share
The Bournemouth Development Company LLP is a partnership with Bournemouth Borough Council to operate a LABV 
developing a series of sites in Bournemouth over a 20-year period.

128 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

The Compendium Group Limited 50% share
The Compendium Group Limited is a joint venture with The Riverside Group Limited and is a company formed to carry out 
strategic development and regeneration projects of a primarily residential nature.

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP 50% partner
Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP is a joint venture with Umberslade which has completed development of the first phase of 
residential apartments within the Harbourside Regeneration Area of Bristol.

Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP 40% partner
Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP is a joint venture with Umberslade which will develop the second phase of residential apartments 
within the Harbourside Regeneration Area of Bristol.

Investments in equity-accounted joint ventures are as follows:

1 January

Equity accounted share of net profits

Loans advanced to joint ventures

Loans repaid by joint ventures

Acquisition of joint venture1

Sale of loan notes 

Dividends received

31 December

2017
£m

56.9

4.1

21.4

(7.2)

4.1

–

(2.6)

76.7

1  On 15 December 2017 the Group acquired a 50% share of Morgan Ashley Care Developments LLP for total consideration of £4.0m. Other acquisition costs were £0.1m.

Summarised financial information related to equity-accounted joint ventures is set out below:

Non-current assets (100%)

Current assets (100%)

Current liabilities (100%)

Non-current liabilities (100%)

Net assets reported by equity accounted joint ventures (100%)

Revenue (100%)

Expenses (100%)

Net profit (100%)

Results of equity-accounted joint ventures:

Group share of profit before tax

Group share of tax

Group share of profit after tax

13 Shared equity loan receivables

1 January

Net change in fair value recognised in the income statement

Repayments by borrowers

31 December

2017
£m

280.8

325.2

(184.7)

(342.7)

78.6

263.2

(254.1)

9.1

2017
£m

4.1

–

4.1

2017
£m

18.4

0.5

(3.3)

15.6

2016
£m

50.3

7.4

11.8

(7.6)

–

(3.8)

(1.2)

56.9

2016
£m

215.8

300.3

(171.6)

(255.5)

89.0

383.1

(367.4)

15.7

2016
£m

7.5

(0.1)

7.4

2016
£m

20.3

0.6

(2.5)

18.4

The Group’s maximum credit exposure is limited to the carrying value of the shared equity loan receivables granted. The Group’s 
credit risk is partially mitigated as the shared equity loan receivables are secured by way of a second charge over the property. 
The change in the fair value attributable to a change in the credit risk during the year was £0.3m (2016: £nil). There were no 
defaults during the year (2016: no defaults).

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 129

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

13 Shared equity loan receivables continued
Basis of valuation and assumptions made
There is no directly observable fair value for individual loans arising from the sale of properties under the scheme, and therefore 
the Group has developed a model for determining the fair value of the portfolio of loans based on national property prices, 
expected property price increases, expected loan defaults and a discount factor which reflects the interest rate expected on 
an instrument of similar risk and duration in the market. Details of the key assumptions made in this valuation are as follows:

Assumption

Period over which shared equity loan receivables are discounted:

  First Buy and Home Buy schemes

  Other schemes

Nominal discount rate

Weighted average nominal annual property price increase

Forecast default rate

Number of loans under the shared equity scheme outstanding at the year end

2017

2016

20 years

20 years

9 years

9 years

5.3%

2.4%

4.6%

489

5.3%

2.3%

2.0%

595

The fair value measurement for shared equity loan receivables is classified as Level 3 as defined by IFRS 7 ‘Financial 
Instruments: Disclosures’.

Sensitivity analysis
At 31 December 2017, if the nominal discount rate had been 100bps higher at 6.3% and all other variables were held constant, 
the fair value of the shared equity loan receivables would decrease by £0.3m with a corresponding reduction in both the result 
for the period and equity (excluding the effects of tax).

At 31 December 2017, if the period over which the shared equity loan receivables (excluding those relating to the First Buy and 
Home Buy schemes) are discounted had been 10 years and all other variables were held constant, the fair value of the shared 
equity loan receivables would decrease by £0.2m with a corresponding reduction in both the result for the period and equity 
(excluding the effects of tax).

14 Inventories

Work in progress

2017
£m

295.0

2016
£m

213.9

Work in progress comprises land and housing, commercial and mixed-use developments in the course of construction.

15 Trade and other receivables

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 16)

Trade receivables (note 25)

Amounts owed by joint ventures

Prepayments

Other receivables

2017
£m

174.2

208.0

2.1

10.2

9.6

404.1

2016
£m

147.9

163.9

1.5

10.6

8.9

332.8

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Trade receivables are stated after provisions for impairment losses of £0.9m (2016: £0.5m). 

16 Construction contracts

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 15)

Amounts due to construction contract customers (note 17)

Carrying amount at the end of the year

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date

Less: progress billings

2017
£m

174.2

(58.3)

115.9

2016
£m

147.9

(52.0)

95.9

6,378.0

6,290.6

(6,262.1)

(6,194.7)

115.9

95.9

Amounts due from construction contract customers are stated at cost plus the profit attributable to that contract, less 
any impairment losses. Progress payments for construction contracts are deducted from amounts due. Amounts due to 
construction contract customers represent amounts received in excess of revenue recognised on construction contracts.

130 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

17 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Amounts due to construction contract customers (note 16)

Amounts owed to joint ventures

Other tax and social security

Accrued expenses

Deferred income

Other payables

Current

Other payables

Non-current

2017
£m

162.0

58.3

0.2

37.5

573.3

2.7

20.1

854.1

9.6

9.6

2016
£m

144.6

52.0

0.2

33.2

482.0

–

36.3

748.3

8.6

8.6

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value. No interest was incurred on 
outstanding balances. Non-current other payables have been discounted by £1.9m (2016: £1.5m) to reflect the time value of money. 

18 Retirement benefit schemes
Defined contribution plan
The Morgan Sindall Retirement Benefits Plan (the Retirement Plan) was established on 31 May 1995 and currently operates on 
defined contribution principles for employees of the Group. The assets of the Retirement Plan are held separately from those 
of the Group in funds under the control of the Trustee of the Retirement Plan. The total cost charged to the income statement of 
£11.4m (2016: £9.8m) represents contributions payable to the defined contribution section of the Retirement Plan by the Group.

As at 31 December 2017, contributions of £1.5m (2016: £1.6m) were due in respect of December’s contribution not paid over to 
the Retirement Plan. 

Defined benefit plan
The Retirement Plan includes a defined benefit section comprising liabilities and transfers of funds representing the accrued 
benefit rights of active and deferred members and pensioners of pension plans of companies which are now part of the Group. 
These include salary-related benefits for members in respect of benefits accrued before 31 May 1995 (and benefits transferred 
in from The Snape Group Limited Retirement Benefits Scheme accrued up to 1 August 1997). No further defined benefit 
membership rights can accrue after those dates. The scheme duration is an indicator of the weighted-average time until 
benefit payments are expected to be made. For the scheme as a whole, the duration is around 15 years.

The last triennial valuation of the Retirement Plan was undertaken on 5 April 2016. The ongoing liabilities of the Retirement Plan 
were assessed using the projected unit credit method and the assets were taken at realisable market value. The actuarial valuation 
showed that the defined benefit liabilities were partly funded and the value of the assets of £12.2m represented 99% of the value 
of these liabilities on an ongoing funding basis. The next triennial valuation is due to be undertaken as at 5 April 2019.

The present value of the defined benefit liabilities were measured using the projected unit credit method. The following table 
shows the key assumptions used:

Key assumptions used:

Discount rate

Expected rate of salary increases

Rate of inflation

Rate of future pension increases

Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring now at age 65 (years)

Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring in 20 years at age 65 (years)

(a) Depending on their date of joining, members receive pension increases of 3.0% or 3.5%.

2017
%

2.5

4.4

2.4

2016
%

2.7

4.5

2.5

(a)

3.0–3.5

3.0–3.5

87.6

89.8

87.6

89.7

1 January

Finance income/(expense)

Actuarial gain/(loss)

Contributions from sponsoring company

Benefits paid

31 December

2017

Assets
£m

Liabilities
£m

13.8

0.4

0.5

–

(0.7)

14.0

(11.2)

(0.3)

(0.4)

–

0.7

(11.2)

Total
£m

2.6

0.1

0.1

–

–

2.8

Assets
£m

11.3

0.5

1.9

0.4

(0.3)

13.8

2016

Liabilities
£m

(9.9)

(0.4)

(1.2)

–

0.3

(11.2)

Total
£m

1.4

0.1

0.7

0.4

–

2.6

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 131

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

18 Retirement benefit schemes continued
Defined benefit plan continued
The effect on the defined benefit liabilities of changing the key financial assumptions is set out below:

Decrease in discount rate of 50bps

Increase in inflation rate of 50bps

Increase in average life expectancy of one year

The amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income were as follows:

Actuarial gain recognised during the year

Cumulative actuarial loss recognised

Increase in 
liabilities
£m

0.9

0.2

0.4

2016
£m

0.7

(2.2)

2017
£m

0.1

(2.1)

The Retirement Plan assets comprise 44% corporate bonds (2016: 55%), 52% gilts (2016: 43%) and 4% cash (2016: 2%). The fair 
value of all asset classes are determined based on quoted market prices.

The expected return on the Retirement Plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets 
underlying the current investment policy. Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption yields 
as at the balance sheet date.

The history of the Retirement Plan assets, liabilities and deficit is as follows:

Present value of the Retirement Plan liabilities

Fair value of the Retirement Plan assets

Surplus in the Retirement Plan

2017
£m

(11.2)

14.0

2.8

2016
£m

(11.2)

13.8

2.6

2015
£m

(9.9)

11.3

1.4

2014
£m

(10.5)

11.3

0.8

No contributions are expected to be paid to the defined benefit section of the Retirement Plan during 2018.

19 Provisions

1 January 2016

Utilised

Additions

1 January 2017

Utilised

Additions

Released

31 December 2017

Insurance
£m

Other
£m

14.5

(2.0)

4.5

17.0

(1.0)

4.1

(0.6)

19.5

2.4

(0.7)

0.1

1.8

(0.5)

0.2

–

1.5

2013
£m

(9.3)

9.3

–

Total
£m

16.9

(2.7)

4.6

18.8

(1.5)

4.3

(0.6)

21.0

Insurance provisions comprise the Group’s self-insurance of certain risks and include £7.3m (2016: £5.5m) held in the Group’s 
captive insurance company, Newman Insurance Company Limited.

Other provisions include onerous lease commitments, property dilapidations and obligations to former employees other than 
retirement or post-retirement obligations. 

The majority of the provisions are expected to be utilised within 10 years. 

20 Operating lease commitments
At 31 December, the Group was committed to making the following future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases:

Within one year

Within two to five years

After more than five years

31 December

132 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Land and 
buildings
£m

£m

6.6

16.6

11.2

34.4

2017

Other
£m

£m

4.9

7.9

–

12.8

Total
£m

£m

11.5

24.5

11.2

47.2

Land and 
buildings
£m

£m

5.4

10.1

6.8

22.3

2016

Other
£m

£m

3.5

3.9

–

7.4

Total
£m

£m

8.9

14.0

6.8

29.7

The operating lease expense in the year was £13.2m (2016: £11.8m). Leases are negotiated for an average term of five years 
(2016: four years) and rentals are fixed for an average of five years (2016: four years).

21 Contingent liabilities
Group banking facilities and surety bond facilities are supported by cross guarantees given by the Company and participating 
companies in the Group. There are contingent liabilities in respect of surety bond facilities, guarantees and claims under contracting 
and other arrangements, including joint arrangements and joint ventures entered into in the normal course of business. As at 
31 December 2017, contract bonds in issue under uncommitted facilities covered £192.0m (2016: £227.7m) of contract 
commitments of the Group.

22 Share capital

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 5p each:

1 January

Exercise of share options

31 December

2017

Number

44,708,236

15,446

44,723,682

2016

Number

44,296,003

412,233

44,708,236

£m

2.2

–

2.2

£m

2.2

–

2.2

All issued ordinary shares are fully paid. Ordinary shares are entitled to dividends when declared and each share carries the right 
to one vote at a meeting of the Company.

15,446 shares were issued during 2017 in respect of options exercised under the Group’s Savings-Related Share Option Plan 
(SAYE) plan for a total consideration of £0.1m (2016: 412,233 shares were issued for a total consideration of £1.7m). 

23 Share-based payments
The Group recognised a share option expense of £5.5m (2016: £4.6m) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions. 
The Group has three share option schemes with unvested options or awards at 31 December 2017: 

■  Share option plan (2014 SOP) for eligible employees across the Group. Options can be exercised if the EPS performance 

conditions are met over a three-year maturity period. If the options remain unexercised after a period of 10 years from the 
date of grant the options lapse. If employees are deemed not to be good leavers under the rules of the 2014 SOP, their 
options will be forfeited if they leave the Group before the end of the option maturity period. 

■  SAYE for all employees that have been employed by the Group for at least three months at the time of grant. There are no 

performance criteria for the SAYE and options are issued to participants in accordance with HMRC rules. 

■  Long Term Incentive Plan (2014 LTIP). Details of the performance conditions and other information in respect of the 2014 LTIP 

are set out in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 86 to 87. 

Details of the share awards and options granted during the year and the valuation methodology are as follows: 

Number of awards or options granted

Weighted average fair value at date of grant (per share)

Weighted average share price at date of grant

Weighted average exercise price

Valuation model

Expected term (from date of grant)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Risk free rate

Share awards
under 2014 LTIP

Awards with 
TSR condition

Awards with 
EPS condition

Share options
under SAYE

Share options 
under 2014 
SOP

127,613

£8.37

£10.36

n/a

255,240

1,192,363

1,059,922

£10.36

£10.36

n/a

£2.50

£11.03

£8.08

£2.04

£10.10

£9.91

Monte–Carlo Black–Scholes Black–Scholes Black–Scholes

3.0 years

3.0 years

3.0 years

6.5 years

(a)

(b)

31.0%

n/a

0.1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

30.0%

2.7%

0.1%

29.0%

3.0%

0.6%

(a) Volatility has been calculated over the period of time commensurate with the expected award term immediately prior to the 
date of grant.

(b) Under the 2014 LTIP, award holders may receive the value of any dividends paid during the vesting period in respect of their 
vested shares at the end of the vesting period. Consequently, the fair value is not discounted for value lost in respect of dividends. 

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 133

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

23 Share-based payments continued
The following table provides a summary of the options granted under the Company’s employee share option schemes during 
the current and comparative year: 

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average remaining contractual life

2017

2016

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(£)

7.07

8.96

8.53

7.34

7.83

6.47

Number 
of share 
options

3,201,082

2,252,285

(308,550)

(196,613)

4,948,204

260,364

8.0 years

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(£)

6.62

7.63

8.54

4.43

7.07

7.32

Number 
of share 
options

2,841,922

1,136,969

(351,968)

(425,841)

3,201,082

377,693

6.3 years

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £12.51 (2016: £7.59).

The options outstanding at 31 December 2017 had exercise prices ranging from £5.35 to £12.75.

24 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and 
are not disclosed in this note. During the year, Group companies entered into transactions to provide construction and property 
development services with related parties, all of which were joint ventures, not members of the Group, amounting to £86.6m 
(2016: £112.5m).

Remuneration of key management personnel
The Group considers key management personnel to be the members of the Group management team, and sets out below in 
aggregate, remuneration for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’.

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Termination benefits

Share option expense

2017
£m

8.0

0.1

0.2

2.8

11.1

2016
£m

8.8

0.4

0.9

2.9

13.0

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the directors’ remuneration report on page 88.

Directors’ transactions
There have been no related party transactions with any director in the year or in the subsequent period to 22 February 2018.

Directors’ material interests in contracts with the Company
No director held any material interest in any contract with the Company or any Group company in the year or in the subsequent 
period to 22 February 2018.

25 Financial instruments
Net cash 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, demand deposits and other short-term, highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying amount 
of these assets approximates to their fair value. Net cash is defined as cash and cash equivalents less borrowings and non-
recourse project financing as shown below:

Cash and cash equivalents

Non-recourse project financing due in less than one year

Borrowings due within one year

Borrowings due between two and five years

Net cash

2017
£m

221.2

(26.5)

(1.3)

–

193.4

2016
£m

228.5

(4.8)

–

(15.0)

208.7

Included within cash and cash equivalents is £45.4m (2016: £35.4m) which is the Group’s share of cash held within jointly 
controlled operations.

134 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

The Group has £180m of committed loan facilities maturing more than one year from the balance sheet date, of which £30m 
matures in March 2022 and £150m in May 2022. Additional project finance borrowings of £26.5m (2016: £4.8m) were drawn 
from separate facilities to fund specific projects. These project finance borrowings are without recourse to the remainder of 
the Group’s assets. 

Average daily net cash during 2017 was £118.0m (2016: £25.0m).

Financial risks and management
The Group has exposure to a variety of financial risks through the conduct of its operations. Risk management is governed by 
the Group’s operational policies, which are subject to periodic review by the Group’s internal audit team and twice yearly review 
by management. The policies include written principles for the Group’s risk management as well as specific policies, guidelines 
and authorisation procedures in respect of specific risk mitigation techniques such as the use of derivative financial instruments. 
The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

The following represent the key financial risks resulting from the Group’s use of financial instruments:

■  credit risk;
■  liquidity risk; and
■  market risk.

(a) Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a client or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations and arises primarily in respect of the Group’s trade receivables and amounts due from construction contract customers.

The degree to which the Group is exposed to this credit risk depends on the individual characteristics of the contract 
counterparty and the nature of the project. The Group’s credit risk is also influenced by general macroeconomic conditions. 
The Group does not have any significant concentration risk in respect of amounts due from construction contract customers or 
trade receivable balances at the reporting date with receivables spread across a wide range of clients. Due to the nature of the 
Group’s operations, it is normal practice for clients to hold retentions in respect of contracts completed. Retentions held by 
clients at 31 December 2017 were £74.5m (2016: £61.6m). These will be collected in the normal operating cycle of the Group.

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk through the application of its credit risk management policies which specify 
the minimum requirements in respect of the creditworthiness of potential customers, assessed through reports from credit 
agencies, and the timing and extent of progress payments in respect of contracts.

The risk management policies of the Group also specify procedures in respect of obtaining Parent Company guarantees or, 
in certain circumstances, use of escrow accounts which, in the event of default, mean that the Group may have a secure claim. 
The Group does not require collateral in respect of amounts due from construction contract customers or trade receivables.

The Group manages the collection of retentions through its post-completion project monitoring procedures and ongoing contact 
with clients to ensure that potential issues that could lead to the non-payment of retentions are identified and addressed 
promptly. The Group assesses amounts due from construction contract customers and trade receivable balances for 
impairment and establishes a provision for impairment losses that represents its estimate of incurred losses.

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

2017

2016

Gross trade 
receivables
£m

Provision for 
impairment 
losses
£m

Gross trade 
receivables
£m

Provision for 
impairment 
losses
£m

Not past due

Past due one to 30 days

Past due 31 to 120 days

Past due 121 to 365 days

Past due greater than one year

159.4

16.6

10.5

9.6

12.8

208.9

–

–

–

0.5

0.4

0.9

The movement in the provision for impairment losses on trade receivables during the year was as follows:

1 January

Amounts recovered during the year

Other movements in the provision

31 December

121.6

21.3

7.5

6.2

7.8

164.4

2017
£m

0.5

(0.1)

0.5

0.9

–

–

–

0.1

0.4

0.5

2016
£m

1.2

(0.7)

–

0.5

The average credit period on revenue is 27 days (2016: 23 days). No interest is charged on the trade receivables outstanding 
balance. Trade receivables overdue are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 135

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements
— continued

25 Financial instruments continued
Financial risks and management continued
Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £48.6m (2016: £42.3m) which are past 
due at the reporting date, for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and 
the Group considers that the amounts are still recoverable. The average age of these receivables is 139 days (2016: 105 days).

In determining the recoverability of trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade 
receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to 
the customer base being large and spread across the Group’s operating segments. Accordingly, the directors believe that there 
is no further credit provision required in excess of the provision for impairment losses. 

At the reporting date, there were no trade and other receivables which have had renegotiated terms that would otherwise have 
been past due.

(b) Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The ultimate 
responsibility for liquidity risk rests with the Board.

The Group aims to manage liquidity by ensuring that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, 
under both normal and stress conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. 

Liquidity is provided through cash balances and committed bank loan facilities. Additional project finance borrowings are 
used to fund specific projects. These project finance borrowings are without recourse to the remainder of the Group’s assets. 

The Group reports cash balances daily and invests surplus cash to maximise income whilst preserving liquidity and credit quality. 
The Group prepares weekly short-term and monthly medium-term cash forecasts, which are used to assess the Group’s expected 
cash performance and compare with the facilities available to the Group and the Group’s covenants.

Key risks to liquidity and cash balances are a downturn in contracting volumes, a reduction in the profitability of work, delayed 
receipt of cash from customers and the risk that major clients or suppliers suffer financial distress leading to non-payment of 
debts or costly and time consuming reallocation and rescheduling of work. Certain measures and key performance indicators 
are continually monitored throughout the Group and used to quickly identify issues as they arise, enabling the Group to address 
them promptly.

Key among these are continual monitoring of the committed order book and the regeneration and development pipeline, 
including the status of orders and likely timescales for realisation so that contracting volumes are well understood; monitoring 
of overhead levels to ensure they remain appropriate to contracting volumes; continual monitoring of working capital exceptions 
(overdue debts and conversion of work performed into certificates and invoices); continual review of levels of current and forecast 
profitability on contracts; review of client and supplier credit references; and approval of credit terms with clients and suppliers 
to ensure they are appropriate.

The Group does not have any material derivative or non-derivative financial liabilities with the exception of trade and other 
payables, current tax liabilities and finance lease liabilities. Trade and other payables are generally non-interest bearing and, 
therefore, have no weighted average effective interest rates. Finance lease liabilities are carried at the present value of the 
minimum lease payments. Trade and other payables are due to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle. 

(c) Market risk 
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates or equity prices, will affect 
the Group’s income or the carrying amount of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management 
is to achieve a level of market risk that is within acceptable parameters as set out in the Group risk management framework.

Interest rate risk 
The Group is not exposed to significant interest rate risk as it does not have significant interest-bearing liabilities and its only 
interest-bearing asset is cash invested on a short-term basis.

Certain of the Group’s equity accounted joint ventures have entered into interest rate swaps to manage their exposure to 
interest rate risk arising on floating rate bank borrowings.

The Group’s share of joint ventures’ interest rate swap contracts have a nominal value of £13.6m (2016: £14.0m) and fixed 
interest payments at an average rate of 5.1% (2016: 5.1%) for periods up until 2033.

136 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Currency risk 
The majority of the Group’s operations are carried out in the UK and the Group has a low level of exposure to currency risk 
on sales and purchases. The Group’s policy is to hedge foreign currency transactions where they are material, at which point 
derivative financial instruments are entered into so as to hedge forecast or actual foreign currency exposures. 

In order to hedge foreign currency exposures for a construction joint arrangement the Group has entered into foreign 
exchange forward contracts with third-party banks, and has entered into corresponding contracts with the joint arrangement. 
The cash flows are expected to arise on various dates within two years of the balance sheet date. The Group has designated a 
portion of the contracts with the banks, equal to its share of the joint arrangement, as hedging instruments for the purposes of 
the consolidated financial statements. The fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts with the third-party banks is an 
asset of £1.6m (2016: £2.9m) and the fair value of the contracts with the other joint arrangement partners is a liability of £1.1m 
(2016: £1.9m). The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using quoted forward exchange rates at the 
reporting date and yield curves derived from quoted interest rates matching the maturities of the foreign exchange contracts 
and is classified as Level 2 as defined by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’. 

Capital management
The Board aims to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain 
the future development of the business, and its approach to capital management is explained fully in the financial review 
on pages 20 to 23.

The capital structure of the Group consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the 
Company, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity. The cash and cash equivalents are supplemented by £180m of committed bank facilities expiring in 2022.

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year and the Group is not subject to 
any capital requirements imposed by regulatory authorities.

26 Subsequent events
At the balance sheet date the Group was working on a limited number of projects with Carillion plc through joint operations. 
Subsequently, on Monday 15 January 2018, the High Court appointed the Official Receiver as liquidator of Carillion plc. The Group 
is committed to completing these projects. The directors have reviewed each of the contracts, and believe the completion of these 
will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s reported financial position. There were no other significant subsequent 
events that affected the financial statements of the Group.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 137

Financial statementsCompany balance sheet

at 31 December 2017

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Retirement benefit asset

Non-current assets

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

  – due within one year

  – due after one year

Deferred tax asset

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Cash at bank and in hand

Current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Finance lease obligations

Trade payables

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Corporation tax payable

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accrued expenses

Current liabilities

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Bank loans

Finance lease obligations

Provision for liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Special reserve

Retained earnings

Shareholders’ funds

Notes

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

1

2

1.3

426.3

2.8

430.4

0.3

67.2

2.9

0.6

4.8

3.9

70.2

149.9

580.3

1.1

426.3

2.6

430.0

0.1

52.6

2.9

0.8

3.2

2.0

42.1

103.7

533.7

(17.7)

(0.3)

(1.5)

(73.9)

(0.3)

(0.9)

(408.3)

(307.0)

(0.9)

(0.9)

(2.3)

(10.1)

(442.0)

(292.1)

138.3

–

(0.1)

(12.6)

(12.7)

125.6

2.2

33.8

0.6

13.7

75.3

125.6

(6.0)

(0.2)

(3.4)

(7.3)

(399.0)

(295.3)

134.7

(15.0)

(0.4)

(11.8)

(27.2)

107.5

2.2

33.7

0.6

13.7

57.3

107.5

The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 of £30.6m (2016: £14.5m).

The financial statements of the Company (company number 00521970) were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 
22 February 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan 
Chief Executive 

Steve Crummett
Finance Director

138 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2017

1 January 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

  Actuarial gain arising on retirement benefit asset

  Tax arising on actuarial gain

Total comprehensive income

Share option expense

Issue of shares at a premium

Purchase of shares in the Company by the Trust

Dividends paid

1 January 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

  Actuarial gain arising on retirement benefit asset

Total comprehensive income

Share option expense

Tax relating to share options

Issue of shares at a premium

Purchase of shares in the Company by the Trust

Exercise of share options and vesting of share awards

Dividends paid

31 December 2017

Share 
capital
£m

2.2

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

32.0

0.6

Special 
reserve
£m

13.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

33.7

0.6

13.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

33.8

0.6

13.7

Profit 
and loss 
account
£m

54.1

14.5

0.7

(0.1)

15.1

4.6

–

(3.3)

(13.2)

57.3

30.6

0.1

30.7

5.5

(0.6)

–

(1.1)

0.3

(16.8)

75.3

Shareholders’ 
funds
£m

102.6

14.5

0.7

(0.1)

15.1

4.6

1.7

(3.3)

(13.2)

107.5

30.6

0.1

30.7

5.5

(0.6)

0.1

(1.1)

0.3

(16.8)

125.6

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 139

Financial statementsSignificant accounting policies

for the year ended 31 December 2017

Basis of accounting
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 (the Act). The Company 
meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the FRC. Accordingly, 
the Company has prepared its financial statements in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the FRC.

The Company’s accounting policies are consistent with those described in the consolidated accounts of Morgan Sindall Group 
plc, except that, as permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that 
standard in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement 
and related party transactions. Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated accounts. In addition, 
disclosures in relation to retirement benefit schemes (note 18), share capital (note 22) and dividends (note 7) have not been 
repeated here as there are no differences to those provided in the consolidated accounts. 

These financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as set out in the finance review on page 23, and 
under the historical cost convention. The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Company’s 
functional currency, and unless otherwise stated have been rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Act and consequently the statement of comprehensive income 
(including the profit and loss account) of the Parent Company is not presented as part of these accounts. 

140 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements

for the year ended 31 December 2017

1 Investments

Cost

1 January 2017 and 31 December 2017

Provisions

1 January 2017 and 31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2017

Net book value at 31 December 2016

A list of all subsidiary, associated undertakings and significant holdings owned by the Group is show below:

Morgan Sindall Group

Name of undertaking

Backbone Furniture Limited

Barnes & Elliott Limited

Bluebell Printing Limited

Elec-Track Installations Limited

Hinkins & Frewin Limited

Lovell Partnerships (Northern) Limited

Lovell Partnerships (Southern) Limited

Morgan Est (Scotland) Limited (b)

Morgan Beton And Monierbau Limited (b)

Morgan Lovell London Limited

Morgan Sindall Trustee Company Limited

Morgan Utilities Group Limited

Newman Insurance Company* (n)

Roberts Construction Limited

Sindall Eastern Limited

Sindall Limited

SMHA Limited

Snape Design & Build Limited

Snape Roberts Limited

Stansell Limited

T J Braybon & Son Limited

The Snape Group Limited

Underground Professional Services Limited

Vivid Interiors Limited

Wheatley Construction Limited

Subsidiary 
undertakings
£m

429.8

(3.5)

426.3

426.3

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Indirect

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Indirect

Direct

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 141

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the Company financial statements
— continued

1 Investments continued
Construction & Infrastructure

Name of undertaking

Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Ltd

Bluestone Limited

Magnor Plant Hire Limited

Morgan Est Rail Limited

Morgan Sindall Engineering Solutions Limited

Morgan Sindall Holdings Limited

Morgan Utilities Limited

MS (MEST) Limited

Baker Hicks Limited

Morgan Sindall Professional Services (France) Ltd

Morgan Sindall Professional Services (Switzerland) Ltd

Morgan Sindall Professional Services AG* (g)

Morgan Sindall Professional Services GmbH* (h)

Fit Out

Name of undertaking

Overbury plc

Morgan Lovell plc

Property Services

Name of undertaking

Morgan Sindall Property Services Limited

Lovell Powerminster Limited

Manchester Energy Company Limited

Partnership Housing

Name of undertaking

Lovell Partnerships Limited

Lovell Bow Limited

Lovell Director Limited (a)

Lovell Guf Limited (a)

Lovell Plus Limited

Lovell Property Rental Limited

The Compendium Group Limited

Yallops Yard Management Company Limited (a)

142 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

100

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

100

100

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

100

100

100

97

100

50

50

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Direct

Direct

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

 Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Urban Regeneration

Name of undertaking

Muse Developments Limited

Alexandria Business Park Management Company Limited (6)

Ashton Moss Developments Limited

Brook House (Brixton) Management Company Limited (3)

Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited

Chatham Place (Building 1) Limited

Chatham Place Building 1 (Commercial) Limited

Chatham Place (Phase 1) Estate Manco Limited(i) (3)

Chatham Square Limited

Cheadle Royal Management Company Limited(i) (4)

ECF (General Partner) Limited(j)

English Cities Fund(j) (5)

Eurocentral Partnership Limited

EPL Contractor (Plot B West) Limited

EPL Contractor (Plot F East) Limited

EPL Contractor (Plot F West) Limited

EPL Developer (Plot B West) Limited

EPL Developer (Plot F East) Limited

EPL Developer (Plot F West) Limited

Hulme High Street Limited(k)

Hulme Management Company Limited(k) (3)

ICIAN Developments Limited

Intercity Developments Limited

Ivor House (Brixton) Management Company Limited(3)

Lewisham Gateway Developments (Holdings) Limited

Lewisham Gateway Developments Limited

Lewisham Gateway (Plot A & B) Management Company Limited(3)

Lewisham Gateway Estate Management Company Limited(3)

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited(l)

Logic Leeds Management Company Limited(3)

Muse Aberdeen Limited

Muse (Brixton) Limited

Muse (ECF) Partner Limited

Muse (Warp 4) Partner Limited

Muse Chester Limited

Muse Developments (Northwich) Limited

Muse Properties Limited

North Shore Development Partnership Limited

Northshore Management Company Limited(3)

Rail Link Europe Limited(k)

Sovereign Leeds Limited

St Andrews Brae Developments Limited

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP(1)

Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP(1)

Warp 4 General Partner Limited

Warp 4 General Partner Nominees Limited

Warp 4 Limited Partnership(5)

Waterside Places (General Partner) Limited(m)

Waterside Places Limited Partnership(m) (5)

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

100

100

50

100

50

100

100

100

100

28

33

13

99

99

99

99

99

99

99

80

33

100

50

100

100

100

62

81

50

50

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

80

100

50

50

40

100

100

100

50

50

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 143

Financial statementsFinancial statements Notes to the Company financial statements
— continued

1 Investments continued
Investments

Name of undertaking

Morgan Sindall Investments Limited

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited(c)

Community Solutions for Education Limited

Community Solutions for Emergency Services Limited

Community Solutions for Leisure Limited

Community Solutions for Leisure (Basildon) Limited

Community Solutions Limited

Community Solutions Living Limited

Community Solutions Management Services Limited

Community Solutions Management Services (Hub) Limited

Community Solutions Partnership Services Limited

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Bournemouth) Limited

Community Solutions for Regeneration Limited

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Slough) Limited

Hampshire LIFT Management Services Limited(d)

Hamsard 3134 Limited

Hamsard 3135 Limited

HB Community Solutions Holdco Limited

HB Community Solutions Living Limited(2)

Health Innovation Partners Limited

hub West Scotland Limited(f)

Morgan Ashley Care Developments LLP(1) (o)

Morgan Sindall Investments (Newport SDR) Limited

Morgan-Vinci Limited

PSBP NW Holdco Limited

Slough Urban Renewal LLP(1)

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP(1)

Towcester Regeneration Limited

WellSpring Finance Company Limited

WellSpring Partnership Limited(e)

WellSpring SubDebt Limited

Weymouth Community Sports LLP(1)

Group 
interest in 
allotted 
capital
(%)

100

50

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

100

100

79

50

50

54

50

100

50

45

50

50

100

50

90

50

100

Direct or 
indirect 
holding

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect 

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

*  With the exception of Newman Insurance Company Limited, registered and operating in Guernsey, Morgan Sindall Professional Services AG, registered and operating in 

Switzerland, and Morgan Sindall Professional Services GmbH, registered and operating in Germany, all undertakings are registered in England and Wales or Scotland and 
the principal place of business is the UK.

Unless otherwise stated the registered office address for each of the above is Kent House, 14-17 Market Place, London W1W 8AJ.

Registered office classification key:

(a)  One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands B3 2HJ

(b)  1 Rutland Court, Edinburgh EH3 8EY

(c)  Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London EC4N 6AF

(d)  15th Floor, Colbalt Square, 83-85 Hagley Road, Birmingham B16 8QG

(e)  C/o, Anderson Strathern, 1 Rutland Court, Edinburgh EH3 8EY

(f)  Suite 7/3, Skypark 1, 8 Elliot Place, Glasgow G3 8EP

(g)  Badenstrasse 3, 4057, Basel, Switzerland

(h)  Engelbergerstrasse 19, DE-79106, Freiburg im Breisgau, Germany

(i)  Eversheds House, 70 Great Bridgewater Street, Manchester M1 5ES

(j)  One Coleman Street, London EC2R 5AA

(k)  Booths Park, Chelford Road, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 8QZ

Classification key:

(1)  Limited Liability Partnership.

(2)  Holding of ordinary and preference shares.

(3)  Limited by guarantee.

(4)  Holding of ordinary and special shares.

(5)  Limited Partnership.

(6)  Holding of special shares.

Unless otherwise stated, the Group’s 
interest is in the ordinary shares issued 
(or the equivalent of ordinary shares 
issued in the relevant country of issue).

(l)  Haweswater House, Lingley Mere Business Park, Lingley Green Avenue, Great Sankey, Warrington WA5 3LP

(m) First Floor North Station House, 500 Elder Gate, Milton Keynes MK9 1BB

(n)  Willis Management (Guernsey) Limited, PO Box 384 The Albany, South Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 4NF

(o)  Unit 1, Barnes Wallis Court Wellington Road, Cressex Business Park, High Wycombe HP12 3PS

The proportion of ownership interest is the same as the proportion of voting power held except English Cities Fund, details of 
which are shown in note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.

144 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

2 Provisions

1 January 2016

Utilised

Additions

1 January 2017

Utilised

Additions

31 December 2017

Insurance
£m

10.9

(1.2)

1.7

11.4

(0.7)

1.5

12.2

Other
£m

0.4

–

–

0.4

–

–

0.4

Total
£m

11.3

(1.2)

1.7

11.8

(0.7)

1.5

12.6

Insurance provisions comprise the Group’s self-insurance of certain risks. Other provisions comprise obligations to former employees 
other than retirement or post-retirement benefits. The majority of the provisions are expected to be utilised within 10 years.

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 145

Financial statementsShareholder information

Financial calendar 2018
The following dates have been announced:

Financial year end
Full year results announcement
Publication of 2017 
responsible business report
Annual general meeting 
and trading update
Final dividend:
   Ex-dividend date
   Record date
   Payment date
Half year results announcement
Interim dividend payable
Trading update

31 December 2017
22 February 2018
Mid-April 2018

4 May 2018

26 April 2018
27 April 2018
21 May 2018
August 2018
October 2018
November 2018

Registrar
All administrative enquiries relating to shareholdings, such as 
lost certificates, changes of address, change of ownership 
or dividend payments and requests to receive corporate 
documents by email should, in the first instance, be directed 
to the Company’s Registrar and clearly state the shareholder’s 
registered address and, if available, the full shareholder 
reference number:

By post: 

Computershare Investor Services PLC, 
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

By telephone:  +44 (0) 370 707 1695 

Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm 
(UK time), Monday to Friday)

By email: 

webcorres@computershare.co.uk

Online: 

investorcentre.co.uk

Registering on the Registrar’s website enables you to view 
your shareholding in Morgan Sindall Group plc including an 
indicative share price and valuation, check your holding 
balance and transactions, change your address or bank 
details and view or request outstanding payments. If 
you wish to view your shareholding, please log on to 
investorcentre.co.uk and select ‘Sign In’ if you already 
have an Investor Centre user ID or click ‘Register’ if 
you are a new user, then follow the instructions.

Dividend mandates
Shareholders who do not currently have their dividends paid 
directly to a UK bank or building society account and wish to 
do so should complete a mandate instruction available from 
the Registrar on request or at investorcentre.co.uk within 
the ‘Downloadable Forms’ section.

Group website and electronic communications
The 2017 annual report and other information about the 
Company are available on our website. We operate a service 
whereby you can register to receive notice by email of all 
announcements released by the Company.

The Company’s share price (15 minutes delay) is displayed 
on our website.

Shareholder documents are now, following changes in 
Company law and shareholder approval, primarily made 
available via the Company’s website, unless a shareholder 
has requested to continue to receive hard copies of such 
documents. If a shareholder has registered their up-to-date 
email address, an email will be sent to that address when such 
documents are available on the website. If shareholders have 
not provided an up-to-date email address and have not 
elected to receive documents in hard copy, a letter will be 
posted to their address that is recorded on the register of 
members notifying them that the documents are available on 
the website. Shareholders can continue to receive hard copies 
of shareholder documents by contacting the Registrar.

If you have not already registered your current email address, 
you can do so at investorcentre.co.uk.

Investors who hold their shares via an intermediary should 
contact the intermediary regarding the receipt of shareholder 
documents from the Company.

A wide range of information is available on our website including:

■  finance information – annual reports and half year results, 

financial news and events;

■  share price information;
■  shareholder services information; and
■  press releases – both current and historical.

Multiple accounts
Shareholders who receive more than one copy of 
communications from the Company may have more than one 
account in their name on the Company’s register of members. 
Any shareholder wishing to amalgamate such holdings should 
write to the Registrar giving details of the accounts concerned 
and instructions on how they should be amalgamated.

146 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsUnsolicited mail, investment advice and fraud
The Company is obliged by law to make its share register 
publicly available and, as a consequence, some shareholders 
may receive unsolicited mail. In addition, many companies 
have become aware that their shareholders have received 
unsolicited phone calls or correspondence, typically from 
overseas ‘brokers’, concerning investment matters.

These callers can be very persistent and extremely persuasive 
and their activities have resulted in considerable losses for 
some investors. It is not just the novice investor that has been 
deceived in this way; many victims have been successfully 
investing for several years. Shareholders are advised to be 
very wary of any unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares 
at a discount or offers of free company reports.

Please keep in mind that firms authorised by the FCA are 
unlikely to contact you out of the blue with an offer to buy 
or sell shares.

If you receive any unsolicited mail or investment advice:

■  Make sure you get the correct name of the person 

and organisation.

■  Check the Financial Services Register at fca.org.uk.
■  Use the details on the Financial Services Register to contact 

the firm.

■  Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 if there 
are no contact details on the Register or you are told they 
are out of date.

■  Beware of fraudsters claiming to be from an authorised firm, 

copying its website or giving you false contact details.
■  Use the firm’s contact details listed on the Register if you 

want to call them back.

■  Search the list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid 

doing business with at fca.org.uk/scams.

■  Report a share scam by telling the FCA using the share 
fraud reporting form in the ‘Consumers’ section of the 
FCA website.

■  If the unsolicited phone calls persist, hang up.
■  If you wish to limit the amount of unsolicited mail 

you receive, contact The Mailing Preference Service 
on 020 7291 3310 or visit the website at mpsonline.org.uk.

If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible to 
receive payment under the Financial Services Compensation 
Scheme. If you have already paid money to share fraudsters 
you should contact Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040.

Share dealing services
You can buy shares through any authorised stockbroker or 
bank that offers a share dealing service in the UK, or in your 
country of residence if outside the UK.

The Company’s Registrar also offers an internet and 
telephone dealing service. Further details can be found at  
computershare.trade or by telephoning +44 (0) 370 703 0084.

Annual general meeting (2018 AGM)
The AGM of the Company will be held at 10.00am on Friday 
4 May 2018 at the offices of Jefferies International Limited, 
Vintners Place, 68 Upper Thames Street, London EC4V 3BJ. 
The Notice of Annual General Meeting can be found in the 
investors section on the Morgan Sindall Group plc website.

Electronic voting
Shareholders can submit proxies for the 2018 AGM electronically 
by logging on to investorcentre.co.uk and selecting ‘Share 
Activities’. Electronic proxy appointments must be received by 
the Company’s registrar no later than 10.00am on Wednesday 
2 May 2018 (or not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for 
any adjourned meeting).

Analysis of shareholdings at 31 December 2017

Holding of shares

Up to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 100,000

100,001 to 1,000,000

Over 1,000,000

Number
of accounts

Percentage
of total
accounts

Number
of shares

336,694

935,911

5,351,460

16,822,144

21,277,439

Percentage
of total
shares

0.75

2.09

 11.97

37.61

47.58

51.20

29.52

14.76

3.88

0.64

100.00

44,723,648

100.00

725

418

209

55

9

1,416

Shareholder communication
Email: 

cosec@morgansindall.com

Telephone: 

020 7307 9200

Company information 
Registered in England and Wales 
Company number: 00521970

Registered office
Kent House, 14-17 Market Place, London W1W 8AJ

Advisers
Brokers: 

Jefferies International Limited 
Numis Securities Limited

Solicitors:  

Slaughter and May

Registrars:  

Computershare Investor Services PLC

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP London

MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017 ——— 147

Financial statementsForward-looking statements

This document and written information released, or oral statements made, to the public in the future by or on behalf of the Group, 
may include certain forward-looking statements, beliefs or opinions that are based on current expectations or beliefs, as well 
as assumptions about future events. These forward-looking statements give the Group’s current expectations or forecasts of 
future events. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current 
facts. Without limitation, forward-looking statements often use words such as anticipate, target, expect, estimate, intend, plan, 
goal, believe, will, may, should, would, could or other words of similar meaning. No assurance can be given that any particular 
expectation will be met and shareholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such statements because, by their 
very nature, they are subject to risks and uncertainties and can be affected by other factors that could cause actual results, 
and the Group’s plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. 
All forward-looking statements contained in this document are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements 
contained or referred to in this section.

There are several factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking 
statements. Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in forward-looking statements 
are changes in the global, political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory forces, fluctuations in exchange and 
interest rates, changes in tax rates and future business combinations or dispositions.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Other than in accordance with its legal or regulatory 
obligations (including under the UK Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority), 
the Group, its directors, officers, employees, advisers and associates disclaim any intention or obligation to revise or update any 
forward-looking or other statements contained within this document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as 
a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

Morgan Sindall Group plc
Kent House 
14-17 Market Place  
London W1W 8AJ

Company number: 00521970 
@morgansindall 
morgansindall.com

148 ———  MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT 2017

Financial statementsPrinted by Park Communications on FSC® certified paper. 
Park is an EMAS certified company and its Environmental Management  
System is certified to ISO 14001. 100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based,  
95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any 
waste associated with this production will be recycled.

This document is printed on Galerie Satin, a paper containing 15% recycled fibre and 
85% virgin fibre sourced from well managed, responsible, FSC® certified forests. The 
pulp used in this product is bleached using an elemental chlorine free (ECF) process.

Designed and produced by MerchantCantos 
merchantcantos.com

Project photography of 55 Colmore Row, Anglia Ruskin 
University and BasWorx social enterprise, together with 
various on-site photos of employees, taken by Darren Carter, 
Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Ltd. Board and 
executive team photography by Liam Bailey.

Morgan Sindall Group plc 
Kent House 
14-17 Market Place 
London W1W 8AJ 
Company number: 00521970

@morgansindall

morgansindall.com